WO2024051571A1 - Connecting apparatus, joint surgical apparatus and surgical operation system - Google Patents

Connecting apparatus, joint surgical apparatus and surgical operation system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024051571A1
WO2024051571A1 PCT/CN2023/116190 CN2023116190W WO2024051571A1 WO 2024051571 A1 WO2024051571 A1 WO 2024051571A1 CN 2023116190 W CN2023116190 W CN 2023116190W WO 2024051571 A1 WO2024051571 A1 WO 2024051571A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
actuator
force
locking
joint
saw blade
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/116190
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张晓峰
张春
李卫
张钊
马舜尧
杜可斌
赵宇
江标
刘鹏春
郑小中
王超
Original Assignee
北京和华瑞博医疗科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202211084958.4A external-priority patent/CN116725682A/en
Priority claimed from CN202211186817.3A external-priority patent/CN116725684A/en
Application filed by 北京和华瑞博医疗科技有限公司 filed Critical 北京和华瑞博医疗科技有限公司
Publication of WO2024051571A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024051571A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B34/00Computer-aided surgery; Manipulators or robots specially adapted for use in surgery
    • A61B34/30Surgical robots

Definitions

  • This application relates to the technical field of orthopedic surgical robots, and specifically to a connecting device, a joint surgical device and a surgical system.
  • lower limb joint diseases include knee osteoarthrosis, hip osteoarthrosis, femoral neck fracture, femoral head necrosis, etc. These diseases seriously affect patients' normal walking and lower limb activities.
  • Artificial joint replacement surgery can treat the above conditions. For severely diseased joints, joint replacement can relieve joint pain, maintain joint mobility, maintain joint stability, or improve lower limb deformity.
  • Joint replacement surgery mainly includes knee replacement and hip replacement.
  • TKA Total Knee Arthroplasty
  • the distal femur and proximal tibia that make up the knee joint need to be processed to form a suitable shape and size for prosthetic implantation.
  • the processing of the femur and tibia mainly involves cutting and processing multiple planes with a saw.
  • the shape of the processed bone basically determines the accuracy of knee prosthesis implantation, so the processing accuracy of each plane determines the accuracy of prosthesis implantation.
  • THA Total Hip Arthroplasty
  • the acetabulum and proximal femur that make up the hip joint need to be processed to form a suitable shape and size for prosthesis implantation.
  • Hip arthroplasty involves grinding and shaping of the acetabular socket and osteotomy and reaming of the proximal femoral head.
  • the accuracy of hip replacement involves the accuracy of prosthesis implantation on the acetabular side and the accuracy of prosthesis implantation on the femoral side.
  • the implantation accuracy of the acetabular prosthesis depends on the processing accuracy of the acetabular socket and the control accuracy of the implantation angle and depth of the acetabular prosthesis during the implantation process.
  • the accuracy of prosthesis implantation on the femoral side depends on the accuracy of the reaming on the femoral side.
  • a robot system includes a robot arm, a navigation and positioning system, and a control system.
  • the robotic arm is equivalent to the surgeon's arm and can hold the execution tool and position the execution tool with high accuracy.
  • the navigation positioning system is equivalent to the surgeon's eyes and can measure the position of the execution tool and the patient's tissue in real time.
  • the control system is equivalent to the surgeon's brain, which stores surgical plans internally.
  • the control system calculates the route and/or position of the robot arm based on the information obtained through the navigation and positioning system during the operation. It can actively control the movement of the robot arm, or manually push the robot arm along the edge after setting the virtual boundary of the robot arm through force feedback mode.
  • Robot-assisted knee replacement surgery has many advantages over traditional knee replacement surgery. For example, the reliance on the surgeon's experience is reduced; the iatrogenic injuries caused by the use of traditional mechanical positioning structures are reduced.
  • the above-mentioned robotic system may not be suitable for types of surgeries such as hip replacement surgery, because as mentioned earlier, hip surgery requires multiple operations (such as reaming the acetabulum, tapping the acetabular cup, and reaming the femoral marrow), corresponding to Different configurations of execution tools are required.
  • Systems designed to accommodate multiple tools require multiple end effectors, and removing and installing different types of actuators onto the robotic arm during a surgical procedure can increase surgical time.
  • the process of knocking the acetabular cup to the acetabular socket will produce high impact force, which may damage the delicate robot arm.
  • Marco Surgical Company also provides a surgical robot specially used for hip replacement, and the Chinese invention patent CN102612350B discloses its composition.
  • this surgical robot for acetabular grinding, it is necessary to first install the grinding tool to the holding structure at the end of the robot arm, and then connect the power unit to the grinding tool.
  • the holding structure is also used to connect the cup holder for the installation of the acetabular prosthesis. Therefore, after completing the acetabular grinding operation, the power unit must be removed first, then the grinding tool, and finally the cup holder must be removed.
  • the device is mounted to the holding structure.
  • knee surgery robot and hip replacement surgery robot are two separate sets of devices, and each set of surgical robots can only complete knee surgery or hip surgery alone.
  • the end of the robot arm is connected to an actuator equipped with surgical tools.
  • the robot arm can move autonomously or under the guidance of the doctor to move the surgical tools to the target position.
  • the end effector is rigidly connected to the end arm of the robotic arm, and this connection needs to be stable and reliable.
  • the stable and reliable rigid connection between the end effector and the robot arm ensures that the robot arm can move or position the surgical tool to the target position more accurately.
  • the connection between the end effector and the robot arm is not easily loosened due to vibration, which ensures the cutting accuracy of the surgical tool to a certain extent.
  • the end effector is usually fixed at the end of the robot arm through screw tightening, and the tightening effect is ensured by the pre-tightening force of the screw.
  • This fastening method requires manual application of large enough external force to the screw to generate the predetermined pre-tightening force, which is laborious to operate.
  • a long enough thread mating section can ensure that there are enough threads to share the pre-tightening force, so when tightening the screw, Tightening the screw requires many turns of the drive screw. If the number of screws is large, the tightening process will be more time-consuming.
  • the present disclosure provides a joint surgical device and a surgical system, which solves the problem that a surgical robot cannot perform both hip replacement surgery and knee joint surgery.
  • a first aspect of the present disclosure provides a joint surgery device for selectively performing knee surgery or hip replacement surgery, including a knee joint actuator, a hip joint actuator and a robotic arm.
  • the knee joint actuator is used to connect the saw blade to cut on the bone to prepare a predetermined shape;
  • the hip joint actuator is used to connect the execution tool to prepare the prosthesis installation space on the bone and implant the prosthesis;
  • the robot arm is used to connect the knee joint actuator Or a hip actuator;
  • the knee actuator and the hip actuator are configured to have the same first interface, and the first interface is used to detachably connect the knee actuator or the hip actuator to the robot arm.
  • the knee joint actuator or hip joint actuator is coaxial with the end arm.
  • the first interface includes a locking mechanism, and the locking mechanism is used to connect the knee joint actuator or the hip joint actuator to the end arm of the robot arm.
  • the hip joint actuator includes a first actuator and a second actuator; the first actuator is used to connect a cutting tool to process the acetabulum and/or medullary cavity,
  • the first actuator has a first interface and a second interface; the second actuator is used to connect to the second interface of the first actuator when performing a prosthesis implantation operation. port, the second actuator is used to connect the prosthesis and receive the impact of installing the prosthesis; wherein, the first actuator is used to install to the robot arm through the first interface.
  • the structure for connecting the prosthesis is parallel to the structure for connecting the cutting tool.
  • the first interface and the second interface are distributed at both ends of the first actuator.
  • the first actuator is provided with a first handle, and the first handle is configured to be parallel or coaxial with the cutting tool when the cutting tool is connected to the first actuator. , the first handle and the cutting tool are distributed on both sides of the first actuator.
  • the first actuator includes a power device and a tool assembly, the tool assembly and the power device are detachably connected, and the first interface is provided on the power device.
  • the power device includes a built-in power assembly, the power assembly includes a power source and an output shaft, the output shaft is connected to the power source; the tool assembly includes a connecting part and a surgical tool , the surgical tool is rotatably disposed on the connecting part, and the tool assembly is detachably disposed on the power device through the connecting part; wherein, when the tool assembly is connected to the power device through the connecting part, the surgical tool is engaged with the output shaft to receive the output of the output shaft. Rotational movement.
  • the surgical tool is engaged relative to the output shaft by an axial insertion or sleeve action.
  • a radial positioning structure is further provided between the surgical tool and the power device.
  • the radial positioning structure is provided between the surgical tool and the output shaft, and the radial positioning structure is a shaft hole fit between the output shaft and the surgical tool.
  • a positioning module is provided between the connection part and the power device, and the positioning module causes a predetermined force to be formed between the connection part and the power device.
  • the positioning module includes an elastic member, and the elastic member is extruded by the power device and the tool assembly to generate a predetermined force, and the direction of the predetermined force is the direction of the output shaft. axial.
  • the second actuator is a prosthetic installation actuator, including a sliding rod, a support assembly and a sliding rod tracer; one end of the sliding rod is used for connection The prosthesis, the other end of the sliding rod is used to receive the impact force when installing the prosthesis;
  • the support assembly includes a coupling part, the coupling part accommodates part of the rod section of the sliding rod, the sliding rod is axially movable relative to the support assembly; the support assembly is used to The second actuator is connected to the robot arm of the robot system; the slide rod tracer is disposed on the slide rod to indicate the orientation of the slide rod.
  • the second actuator further includes an axial buffering mechanism.
  • the axial buffering mechanism forms an axis between the sliding rod and the support assembly. towards the buffer.
  • an axial limiting structure is provided between the sliding rod and the supporting component, and the axial buffering mechanism is provided between the supporting component and the axial limiting structure.
  • the coupling part is a channel that runs through the support assembly, and the axial buffering mechanism includes two buffer members, and the two buffer members are located at both ends of the channel.
  • the knee joint actuator includes a main body and a tracer; the main body has a first interface, a third interface and a power mechanism, and the first interface is used to connect the robot arm , the third interface is used to connect the saw blade, the power mechanism is arranged inside the main body, and the power mechanism is used to provide power to the third interface; the tracer is arranged on the main body and is used to indicate the orientation of the saw blade; wherein the third interface is configured as It can form a first connection relationship or a second connection relationship with the saw blade. Under the first connection relationship, the saw blade and the main body have a first relative orientation relationship, and under the second connection relationship, the saw blade and the main body have a third connection relationship. Two relative orientation relationships.
  • the first relative orientation relationship is that the saw blade and the main body have a first included angle value
  • the second relative orientation relationship is that the saw blade and the main body have a second included angle value. value.
  • the first relative orientation relationship is that the saw blade is perpendicular to the main body
  • the second relative orientation relationship is that the saw blade is parallel to the main body
  • the first interface is located at the first end of the body, and the third interface is located at the first side of the body.
  • the third interface is located on the first side of the main body close to the second end, and the second end and the first end are the two ends of the main body.
  • the cutting end of the saw blade in the first connection relationship, extends away from the main body from the first side of the main body, and in the second connection relationship, the saw blade The cutting end of the body is oriented opposite to the first end of the body.
  • the plane of the saw blade is arranged parallel to the virtual longitudinal section of the main body.
  • the main body when the main body is connected to the robot arm, it is arranged coaxially with the end arm of the robot arm, and the virtual longitudinal section is parallel to the axis of the end arm.
  • a second aspect of the present disclosure is a surgical system, including a joint surgery device, a navigation system and a control system.
  • the joint surgery device is a joint surgery device of the first aspect;
  • the navigation system is used to detect the position of the knee joint actuator or the hip joint actuator;
  • the control system is used to drive the robot arm to move the knee joint actuator or hip joint actuator according to the surgical plan. to the target location.
  • the joint surgery device proposed in the first aspect of the present disclosure includes a knee joint actuator, a hip joint actuator and a robot arm.
  • the knee joint actuator is used to connect the saw blade to cut on the bone to prepare a predetermined shape;
  • the hip joint actuator is used to connect the execution tool to prepare the prosthesis installation space on the bone and implant the prosthesis;
  • the robot arm is used to connect the knee joint actuator or hip joint actuator, and can control the movement and orientation of the saw blade or execution tool;
  • the knee joint actuator and the hip joint actuator are configured to have the same first interface, and the first interface is used to connect the knee joint actuator or the hip joint actuator
  • the joint actuator is removably connected to the robot arm.
  • a knee actuator or hip actuator can be selectively mounted to the robot arm. This enables a set of surgical devices to perform both knee and hip surgeries.
  • a third aspect of the present disclosure provides a connecting device, including a first connecting piece, a second connecting piece and a locking piece.
  • One end of the first connecting piece is used to connect the first device, and the other end has a receiving part and a first limiting part.
  • One end of the second connecting piece is used to connect the second device, and the other end is sleeved on the receiving part from the outside.
  • the second connecting piece has a second limiting part, and the first limiting part and the second limiting part are configured to When the two connecting parts are sleeved on the receiving part, they abut against each other to limit the sleeved depth; the locking piece is movably provided on the second connecting piece, and the locking piece is configured to move when relative to the second connecting piece. Squeeze the first connecting piece and the second connecting piece to compress the first limiting part and the second limiting part.
  • the locking member is configured such that the locking member moves relative to the second connecting member.
  • the second connector is sleeved transversely to the sleeve sleeve direction of the first connector.
  • the locking piece and the second connecting piece are configured such that the locking piece is radially movable relative to the second connecting piece, and the locking piece is radially movable along the locking piece.
  • the first connecting piece and the second connecting piece can be squeezed during radial movement.
  • a through hole leading to the receiving portion is provided on the wall of the second connecting member, and the locking member is located in the through hole and connects the second connecting member and the first connecting member.
  • the connecting piece can abut against the receiving portion when being sleeved.
  • the receiving portion of the first connecting member is provided with a locking surface, and the locking surface is used to receive the extrusion of the locking member.
  • the orientation of the locking surface is consistent with the insertion direction of the second connecting member when it is sleeved on the receiving portion.
  • the locking surface is an inclined surface, used to convert the extrusion of the locking member into the axial direction of the first limiting part and the second limiting part. force.
  • the locking member is a ball, and the plurality of locking members are distributed circumferentially along the second connecting member.
  • a force applying component is further included.
  • the force applying component is movably provided on the second connecting member. When the force applying component moves relative to the second connecting member, it can drive the lock. The tightening piece presses the first connecting piece.
  • the force-applying component is provided with a constant force component, and the constant-force component is used to make the force with which the force-applying component drives the locking component to squeeze the first connecting component constant.
  • a locking force adjustment mechanism is provided in the force application component, and the locking force adjustment mechanism is configured to change the force application component to apply to the locking member when the state changes. Magnitude of the force.
  • the force-applying assembly includes a shaft sleeve. At least part of the inner wall surface of the shaft sleeve is an inclined plane. The inclined plane is used to apply force to the locking piece when the shaft sleeve moves axially. .
  • the force application assembly further includes a nut screwing mechanism, the nut screwing mechanism includes a nut piece and a rotating groove, and the nut piece is configured to move along the rotating groove, And push the shaft sleeve to move axially when moving.
  • a first elastic member is further included, and the first elastic member is disposed between the nut member and the shaft sleeve.
  • a locking force adjustment mechanism is provided between the nut member and the first elastic member or between the shaft sleeve and the first elastic member, and the locking force adjustment mechanism is configured as The predetermined compression stroke of the first elastic member can be adjusted.
  • a second elastic member is further included, and the second elastic member is disposed on a side of the sleeve away from the first elastic member.
  • the force application assembly further includes a cam pushing structure.
  • the cam pushing structure includes a cam and a handle piece.
  • the cam pushing mechanism is configured to push the sleeve when the handle piece rotates. Axial movement.
  • the shaft sleeve is threadedly connected to the second connecting member.
  • the slope of the inner wall surface of the shaft sleeve faces the locking member. Apply force.
  • a fourth aspect of the present disclosure proposes a connecting device for robots, used to connect an end effector to an end arm of a robot arm, including a first connecting piece, a second connecting piece and a locking piece. One end of the first connecting piece is used for connecting.
  • the end arm of the robot arm has a receiving part and a first limiting part at the other end; one end of the second connecting piece is used to connect the end effector, and the other end is sleeved on the receiving part from the outside, and the second connecting piece has a second limiting part , the first limiting part and the second limiting part are configured to abut against each other during the process of the second connecting member being sleeved on the receiving part to limit the sleeved depth; the locking member is movably provided on the second connecting member , the locking piece is configured to squeeze the first connecting piece and the second connecting piece when moving relative to the second connecting piece, so as to compress the first limiting part and the second limiting part.
  • the fifth aspect of the present disclosure proposes a surgical robot, including an end effector, a robot arm and a connecting device.
  • the end effector is used to carry surgical tools;
  • the robot arm is used to hold the end effector to position or move it;
  • the connecting device is a first An aspect or second aspect connection means for connecting an end effector to an end arm of a robotic arm.
  • the locking member is movably provided on the second connection member, and the locking member is configured to squeeze the first connection member when moving relative to the second connection member, so that The first limiting part and the second limiting part are pressed together. After the locking piece comes into contact with the first connecting piece, it only needs a small movement stroke to generate enough stress to compress the first connecting piece, so no more operations are needed to drive the locking piece to move.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a surgical system for performing hip joint surgery according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a hip joint actuator according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of the use of the first actuator according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a power device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 5 is a cross-sectional view of the internal structure of the power device according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic structural diagram of the output shaft of the power device in Figure 3 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an output shaft according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a coupling according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of the joint and output shaft according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 10 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the joint and the output shaft according to the embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of a first tool assembly according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 12 is a cross-sectional view of a first tool assembly according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection part according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of the screwing structure and spline connection of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the structure of the power device and the first tool assembly according to the embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the first tool assembly and the power device according to the embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of another connection structure between the output shaft and the adapter shaft according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of another connection structure between the output shaft and the adapter shaft according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of the first actuator connected to the second tool assembly according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the second actuator according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 21 is a cross-sectional view of the overall structure of the second actuator according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the support assembly and the sliding rod according to the embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of components at the coupling part according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of the installation of the second actuator through the first actuator according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 25 is a schematic diagram of the support assembly and the second interface structure of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 26 is a schematic diagram 2 of the support assembly and the second interface structure of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 27 is a schematic diagram 3 of the support assembly and the second interface structure of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a sliding rod equipped with an adjustment member according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of the adjusting member according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 30 is a second schematic view of the adjusting member according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 31 is a schematic diagram three of the adjusting member according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a nut according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a nut according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a surgical system for performing knee surgery according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 35 is a schematic diagram of a knee joint actuator configured to perform total knee replacement according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 36 is a schematic diagram of a knee joint actuator configured to perform high tibial osteotomy according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 37 is a front view of the knee joint actuator shown in Figure 2;
  • Figure 38 is a right view of the knee joint actuator shown in Figure 2;
  • Figure 39 is a schematic diagram of the internal power mechanism of the knee joint actuator shown in Figure 5;
  • Figure 40 is a right view of the knee joint actuator shown in Figure 3;
  • Figure 41 is a schematic diagram of total knee replacement of the right leg according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 42 is a schematic diagram of the knee joint actuator adjusting the saw blade angle according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 43 is a schematic diagram of the alignment state of the saw blade and the target osteotomy surface b of the distal femur according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 44 is a schematic diagram of high medial tibial osteotomy of the left leg according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 45 is a schematic diagram of the saw blade aligned with the high position of the tibia according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 46 is a second schematic diagram of the saw blade aligned with the high position of the tibia according to the embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 47 is a schematic diagram of the first saw blade and clamping mechanism according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 48 is a schematic diagram of the second saw blade and clamping mechanism according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 49 is a second schematic diagram of the second saw blade and clamping mechanism according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 50 is a schematic diagram of the connection method between the second tracer and the main body according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 51 is a schematic structural diagram of a second tracer according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 400-output shaft 401-input section, 402-middle section, 403-output section, 4031-coupling spline, 404-positioning hole, 4011-keyway;
  • 700-Extension spindle 701-spline joint, 702-joint hole; 703-positioning shaft, 710-spline connection, 720-radial positioning structure;
  • 1000a, 1000b-surgical tools 1001-reamer rod, 1002-reamer blade, 1003-prosthesis, 1004a, 1004b-cutting tools;
  • 2000-Power device 2100-Power component, 2200-Power source, 3000-Tool component, 4000-Support component, 5000-Adjustment component, 6000-First actuator, 7000-Second actuator, 8000-Connection part, 9000 -Navigation system, 9001-binocular vision camera, 9100-robot arm, 9101-end arm, 9102-trolley, 9200-control system, 9300-hip actuator, 9400-knee actuator;
  • Figure 52 is a schematic diagram of a surgical robot system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 53 is a schematic diagram of an end effector connected to a robot arm through a connecting device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 54 is a schematic diagram of the external structure of the connection device according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 55 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the connection device according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 56 is a schematic diagram of the external structure of the second connecting member and the force-applying assembly according to the embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 57 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the second connecting member and the force-applying assembly according to the embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 58 is a schematic structural diagram of the contact position between the locking member and the first connecting member and the second connecting member according to the embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 59 is a schematic structural diagram of the second connector according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 60 is an exploded view of the connection device according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 61 is a schematic diagram of a lock nut according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 62 is a schematic diagram of a guide member according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 63 is a perspective view of the shaft sleeve structure of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 64 is a cross-sectional view of the shaft sleeve structure of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 65 is a schematic structural diagram of the locking force adjustment mechanism according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 66 is a schematic diagram 2 of the structure of the locking force adjustment mechanism according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 67 is a schematic structural diagram of another force-applying component according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • Figure 68 is a schematic structural diagram of another force application component according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 51-first connecting piece A-first connecting end, B-first locking end, 511-receiving part, 5111-ring groove, locking surface-5111a, 512-first limiting part, 5121-positioning pin;
  • 52-second connecting piece C-second connecting end, D-second locking end, 521-second limiting part, 5211-positioning hole, 522-accommodating groove, 523-mounting hole;
  • 54-force application component 541-shaft sleeve, 5411-first barrel section, 5412-second barrel section, 5413-interval space, 5421-lock Mother, 5422-guide, 543-rotating groove, a-first lead section, b-second lead section, c-third lead section, d-fourth lead section, 544-first elastic member , 545 second elastic member, 546-locking force adjustment mechanism, 5461-inner ring, 5462-outer ring, 547-thrust bearing;
  • 55-force application component 551-axle sleeve, 551-cam handle, 5511-cam, 553-movable plate;
  • the present disclosure proposes a surgical device for selectively performing knee surgery or hip replacement surgery, including a knee actuator, a hip actuator and a robotic arm.
  • the knee actuator is used to connect the saw blade to cut into the bone to prepare a predetermined shape.
  • the hip actuator is used to connect the execution tool to prepare the space for the prosthesis installation on the bone and implant the prosthesis.
  • the robot arm is used to connect the knee actuator or hip actuator and can control the movement and orientation of the saw blade or execution tool.
  • the knee joint actuator and the hip joint actuator are configured to have the same first interface, and the first interface is used to detachably connect the knee joint actuator or the hip joint actuator to the robot arm.
  • the knee actuator when either the knee joint actuator or the hip joint actuator is connected to the robot arm, surgical treatment can be performed on the knee joint and hip joint respectively.
  • the knee actuator When performing knee surgery, the knee actuator is equipped with a saw blade to cut the bone on the femur or tibia to prepare the target osteotomy surface.
  • the knee joint actuator In total knee arthroplasty (TKA), the knee joint actuator carries a saw blade to prepare five target osteotomy surfaces at the distal end of the femur and one target osteotomy surface at the proximal tibia.
  • the hip actuator When performing hip surgery, the hip actuator carries an execution tool to prepare a space for the prosthesis installation on the femur or hip bone, and installs the acetabular prosthesis in the prepared space on the hip bone.
  • the execution tools include medullary reamers, acetabular files, and acetabular prostheses.
  • a medullary reamer can ream the medullary bone of the proximal femur for installation of a femoral stem component.
  • Acetabular files can cut the acetabular socket of the hip bone to fit the acetabular cup prosthesis.
  • the acetabular prosthesis can be installed into the prepared acetabular socket under the action of impact force.
  • the robot system for performing hip joint surgery includes a robot arm 9100, a navigation system 9000, a hip joint actuator 9300, and a control system 9200.
  • the robotic arm 9100 is equivalent to the surgeon's arm and can hold the execution tool and position the execution tool with high accuracy.
  • the navigation system 9000 acts as the surgeon's eyes and can measure the position of the execution tool and patient tissue in real time.
  • the control system 9200 is equivalent to the surgeon's brain and stores surgical plans internally.
  • the control system 9200 calculates the route and/or the position to be reached by the robot arm based on the information obtained through the navigation system 9000 during the operation, and can actively control the movement of the robot arm 9100, or set the robot through force feedback mode.
  • Implementation tools include acetabular files, the reamer portion of the medullary reamer, and the acetabular component.
  • the acetabular file and the reamer part of the medullary reamer are used as cutting tools to prepare an installation space for installing the acetabular prosthesis or femoral stem prosthesis on the bone.
  • the hip actuator 9300 is used to prepare a prosthesis installation space on the bone and implant the prosthesis.
  • the hip joint actuator includes a first actuator and a second actuator.
  • the first actuator is used to connect a cutting tool to machine the acetabulum and/or medullary cavity.
  • the first actuator has a first interface and a second interface.
  • the second actuator is used to connect to the second interface of the first actuator when performing a prosthesis implantation operation.
  • the second actuator is used to connect the prosthesis and receive the impact of installing the prosthesis.
  • the hip joint actuator is used to be installed to the robot arm 9100 through the first interface.
  • the first actuator is connected to the robot arm 9100; when prosthesis installation is required, the second actuator is connected to the first actuator.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of the use of the first actuator for preparing the acetabular socket.
  • the first actuator 6000 is connected to the robot arm 9100 through the first interface 30.
  • the first actuator 6000 is detachably connected to an acetabular file tool assembly/acetabular rasp rod (ie, the surgical tool 1000a).
  • the end of the acetabular file rod is used to connect the acetabular file (ie, the cutting tool 1004a).
  • FIG. 2 shows the state in which the second actuator 7000 is connected to the second interface 13 of the first actuator 6000 (at this time, the acetabular file tool assembly for grinding the acetabulum on the first actuator 6000 is removed) .
  • the second actuator 7000 is indirectly connected to the robot arm 9100 through the first actuator 6000, and the prosthesis can be installed under the control of the robot arm 9100.
  • the medullary reamer assembly includes a reamer shaft portion (ie, surgical tool 1000b) and a reamer portion (ie, cutting tool 1004b).
  • the first actuator 6000 will be described below, as shown in Figures 1 to 19.
  • the first actuator 6000 is a joint shaping actuator, which is used to prepare a shaped acetabular socket or medullary cavity on the hip joint.
  • the first actuator 6000 includes a power unit 2000 and a tool assembly 3000.
  • the power device 2000 includes a housing 100 and a built-in power assembly 2100 .
  • the first actuator 6000 is connected to the end of the robot arm 9100 of the robot.
  • the power assembly 2100 includes a power source 2200 and an output shaft 400.
  • the output shaft 400 is connected to the power source 2200.
  • the tool assembly 3000 includes a connecting part 8000 and a surgical tool 1000a.
  • the surgical tool 1000a is rotatably disposed on the connecting part 8000.
  • the tool assembly 3000 is detachably provided on the power device 2000 through the connecting portion 8000.
  • the surgical tool 1000a When the tool assembly 3000 is connected to the power device 2000 through the connecting portion 8000, the surgical tool 1000a is engaged with the output shaft 400 to receive the rotational motion output by the output shaft 400.
  • the power assembly 2100 is disposed inside the housing 100 and outputs power through the output shaft 400 .
  • the output shaft 400 is coupled with one end of the tool assembly 3000 to drive the grinding file connecting rod. There is no need to use a long guide barrel to guide the connecting rod, making the actuator structure more compact. This reduces the interference of the external power source on the surgical space and the impact on safety; it also reduces the operation of assembling the external power source during surgery, making the surgical process smoother.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the hip joint actuator.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the power plant structure.
  • Figure 5 is a cross-sectional view of the internal structure of the power unit.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic structural diagram of the output shaft of the power unit in Figure 3.
  • the first actuator 6000 includes a power unit 2000 and a tool assembly 3000.
  • the power device 2000 includes a housing 100 and a power assembly 2100.
  • the casing 100 is an internally hollow component and is approximately in the shape of a square prism.
  • a first interface 30 and a second interface 13 are respectively provided at both ends of the housing 100 .
  • the first interface 30 includes a locking mechanism for locking the first actuator
  • the robot 6000 is connected to the robot arm 9100.
  • the second interface 13 serves as a prosthesis installation actuator interface and is used to detachably connect the prosthesis installation actuator (ie, the second actuator 7000).
  • the housing 100 is also provided with a first handle 40.
  • the first handle 40 is hollow inside, and the first handle 40 is detachably connected to the housing 100.
  • the structure used by the power device 2000 to connect the tool assembly 3000 is a quick-installation interface, which is provided on the other side of the housing 100 opposite to the first handle 40 .
  • the axes of the first handle 40 and the acetabular rasp rod assembly are basically in a straight line, and they are distributed on both sides of the power device 2000 .
  • Various surfaces of housing 100 are used to connect tracer assemblies 150 to indicate the position of the actuator.
  • the power assembly 2100 includes a motor 200 , a reducer 300 , an output shaft 400 and a coupling 500 .
  • the motor 200 and the reducer 300 constitute a power source 2200, which is integrated inside the first handle 40 and fixedly connected to the housing 100.
  • the shaft of the reducer 300 and the output shaft 400 are connected through a coupling 500 .
  • the power source 2200 and the output shaft 400 are both arranged coaxially, and the axis is perpendicular to the housing 100 .
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the output shaft structure.
  • the output shaft 400 includes an input section 401, a middle section 402 and an output section 403 arranged in sequence.
  • the input section 401 is provided with a keyway 4011 for receiving the rotational motion from the power source 2200.
  • the middle section 402 is mounted in a bearing in the power plant 2000 .
  • the output section 403 is provided with a coupling spline 4031.
  • the coupling spline 4031 includes a plurality of protrusions distributed at circumferential intervals for outputting torque.
  • the length of the coupling spline 4031 is less than the length of the output section 403, that is, the end section of the output section 403 is an optical axis.
  • FIG 8 is a schematic diagram of the coupling structure.
  • the coupling 500 is a plum blossom coupling.
  • the coupling 500 includes a first part 501 and a second part 502.
  • the first part 501 and the second part 502 are both provided with locking screws for fixing the shaft, and an insulating sleeve is provided between the first part 501 and the second part 502.
  • the shaft at the output end of the reducer 300 is connected to the first part 501 through a coupling key and a locking screw, and the output shaft 400 is also connected to the second part 502 through a key connection and a locking screw.
  • the key connection between the coupling 500 and the shaft at the output end of the reducer 300 and the output shaft 400 increases the reliability of the transmission based on the locking screw on the one hand, and on the other hand the key connection increases the maximum torque that can be transmitted.
  • an insulating cover 50 is provided around the coupling 500 .
  • the insulation cover 50 can isolate the housing 100 and the reducer 300 to prevent the leakage of the motor 200 from being transmitted to the housing 100 through the reducer 300 .
  • the insulating cover 50 has the function of isolating the wires/conductors and preventing the wires/conductors inside the housing 100 from rubbing or entangled with the rotating coupling 500 .
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the joint and output shaft structure.
  • Figure 10 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the joint and output shaft.
  • the housing 100 is also provided with a joint 600 , and the joint 600 is fixed to the housing 100 .
  • the joint 600 is used to connect the tool assembly 3000 and install the output shaft 400 .
  • the main body of the joint 600 is cylindrical, with a hole 601 inside, and four rotating grooves 602 on the outer periphery.
  • the rotating grooves 602 are used to guide the pin member and include circumferential and axial limits for the pin member.
  • One end of the joint 600 is provided with two wing plates in the radial direction.
  • the hole 601 is used to install the bearing and receive the middle section 402 of the output shaft 400 .
  • the spiral groove 602 includes a precession section 6021 and a positioning section 6022.
  • the precession section 6021 extends spirally in the first axial direction, and the positioning section 6022 extends toward the second axial direction at the end of the precession section 6021, wherein the first axial direction and The second axis is in the opposite direction.
  • the side wall of the positioning section 6022 forms the limiting portion 6020.
  • the positioning section 6022 is used to form a second axial limit and a circumferential limit for the contents in the groove.
  • the wing plate is used to fix the joint 600 and the housing 100 . When the output shaft 400 is installed on the joint 600, the coupling spline 4031 protrudes from the hole 601 and is located outside the housing 100.
  • FIG 11 is a schematic diagram of the first tool assembly.
  • Figure 12 is a cross-sectional view of the first tool assembly.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection part.
  • Tool assembly 3000 includes connector 8000 and surgical tool 1000a.
  • the surgical tool 1000a is rotatably mounted on the connecting portion 8000 through one end thereof.
  • the surgical tool 1000a is an acetabular rasp rod. assembly, and the other end is connected to the acetabular rasp.
  • the acetabular rasp rod assembly includes a connecting rod spindle 700 , an acetabular rasp connecting part and a holding sleeve 60 .
  • One end of the connecting rod spindle 700 is rotatably connected to the connecting portion 8000, and the other end is provided with a mortar file connecting component.
  • the control sleeve 60 is fitted on the connecting rod spindle 700 .
  • a spline joint 701 and a coupling hole 702 are provided at one end of the post spindle 700 connected to the connecting portion 8000 .
  • the spline joint 701 and the coupling spline 4031 can be fitted and matched to realize the transmission of rotational motion. However, the two are not a tight fit and can be separated in the axial direction.
  • the diameter of the engagement hole 702 is the same as the diameter of the optical axis portion on the output section 403 .
  • the connection part 8000 includes a post lock 800 and a post connection module.
  • the post lock 800 is cup-shaped with a hollow interior, and is provided with a round hole at the bottom.
  • Four positioning pins 801 distributed along the circumferential direction are provided on the inner circumferential surface of the post lock head 800 close to the opening.
  • the post connection module is disposed inside the post lock 800 and is used to rotatably connect the acetabular rasp rod assembly to the post lock 800 .
  • the post connection module includes a card holder 901, a positioning module 900 and a pair of sliding sleeves 903, all of which are coaxially held in the post lock 800.
  • the card holder 901 is annular and is disposed on the outermost side (the opening side of the post lock 800).
  • the positioning module 900 includes an elastic member 902 for forming a predetermined force between the connecting part 8000 and the power device 2000.
  • the elastic member 902 is a thrust spring.
  • the two sliding sleeves 903 are annular and are axially located between the card holder 901 and the bottom of the post lock head 800 .
  • the outer circumferential surface of the sliding sleeve 903 matches the inner circumferential surface of the post lock head 800, and the inner hole has the same diameter as the post spindle 700.
  • the thrust spring is arranged between the two sliding sleeves 903.
  • the connecting rod spindle 700 is sleeved in the card holder 901, the thrust spring and the sliding sleeve 903.
  • the outer circumferential surface of the post spindle 700 is also provided with two annular grooves 70 with a predetermined distance, and the annular grooves 70 are used for installing retaining rings.
  • the card holder 901, the thrust spring, the sliding sleeve 903 and the post lock head 800 are all located between the two retaining rings, so the post lock head 800 and the post spindle 700 form a whole.
  • the thrust spring is compressible, so the post lock head 800 has a certain amount of movement along the axial direction of the post spindle.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of the screwing structure and spline connection.
  • the connecting part and the power device 2000 will be connected through a screwing structure 610 to form an axial and circumferential limit to the connecting part.
  • the screwing structure 610 is composed of a positioning pin 801 and a rotation groove 602 , that is, the tool assembly 3000 passes through the positioning pin 801
  • the rotating groove 602 is screw-fitted and connected to the housing 100 .
  • Figure 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the structure of the power unit and the first tool assembly.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the first tool assembly and the power device.
  • the positioning pin 801 is inserted into the positioning section 6022 of the rotation groove 602.
  • the two side walls extending in the axial direction of the positioning section 6022 form circumferential limits for the positioning pin 801, and the end walls form axial limits for the positioning pin 801. Therefore, the post lock head 800 will not fall in the axial direction or rotate in the circumferential direction without external force.
  • connection part 8000 is radially positioned between the post spindle 700 and the housing 100 , which is equivalent to the radial positioning between the post spindle 700 and the output shaft 400 (which is positioned on the housing 100 ).
  • the optical axis portion of the output shaft 400 and the engagement hole 702 of the post spindle 700 form a radial positioning structure 720.
  • the radial positioning structure 720 is an equal-diameter shaft hole matching structure, that is, the output shaft 400 and Direct radial positioning is established between the engagement holes 702 .
  • the post spindle 700 may have a certain amount of radial movement.
  • the radial positioning between the optical axis portion of the output shaft 400 and the engagement hole 702 of the post spindle 700 can improve the radial positioning accuracy.
  • the spline joint 701 of the post spindle 700 is aligned and engaged with the coupling spline 4031 of the output shaft 400 to receive rotational motion.
  • the axial force of the thrust spring butt rod lock head 800 causes the positioning pin 801 to be pressed against the end wall of the positioning section 6022 along the axial direction. Since the thrust spring is compressed, there is internal stress in the connection between the connecting part 8000 and the power device 2000. This internal stress enables a stable axial positioning between the tool assembly 3000 and the power device, and does not increase the need to ensure the axial positioning accuracy. It is difficult to design or install, and the connection is more stable and less likely to loosen due to vibration and other reasons. Furthermore, in the axial direction, the connecting rod spindle 700 is pushed by the thrust spring to abut against the output shaft 400 to form an axial positioning.
  • the cooperation between the positioning pin 801 and the rotating groove 602 is more labor-saving and facilitates rapid disassembly and assembly during surgery; the direct physical limitation of the positioning pin 801 by the positioning section 6022 is also more reliable than friction locking.
  • the positioning pin 801 can be provided on the outer circumferential surface of the post lock head 800 , and the rotating groove 602 can be provided on the inner circumferential surface of the joint 600 .
  • the positioning pin 801 can be provided on the inner/outer circumferential surface of the joint 600, and the rotating groove 602 can be provided on the outer/inner circumferential surface of the post lock head 800. This arrangement also ensures that The positioning pin 801 can be rotated when mated with the rotating groove 602, and further realizes the axial and circumferential positioning of the joint 600 and the post lock head 800.
  • the joint between the output shaft 400 and the connecting rod spindle 700 is a spline connection 710.
  • the connecting rod spindle 700 is aligned with the output shaft 400 in the axial direction, which is easy to operate.
  • the output shaft 400 and the connecting rod spindle 700 can also form a torque-transmissible connection through mutual fitting of the end faces.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of another connection structure between the output shaft and the adapter shaft.
  • other radial positioning structures may be used to replace the radial positioning between the optical axis portion of the output shaft 400 and the engagement hole 702 of the post spindle 700 .
  • a positioning shaft 703 is provided at the end of the connecting rod spindle 700, and a positioning hole 404 is provided on the output shaft 400, and the shaft holes of the two cooperate to form radial positioning.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of another connection structure between the output shaft and the adapter shaft.
  • a shaft-hole matching structure is provided between the joint 600 and the adapter spindle 700.
  • a hole 603 with a diameter larger than the diameter of the spline part of the output shaft 400 is provided at the end of the joint 600, and the corresponding end of the adapter spindle 700 is set to have an equal diameter. , a shaft hole fit is formed between the two.
  • springs serving as the elastic members 902 in the positioning module 900 may also be provided at other locations to form internal stress between the tool assembly 3000 and the power device 2000 .
  • a compression spring is fixed on the power device 2000.
  • the post lock head 800 compresses the compression spring, and the reaction force of the compression spring presses the positioning pin 801 of the post lock head 800 into the rotating groove 602, so that the post lock head 800 is in contact with the power unit.
  • Pre-pressure is maintained between the devices 2000 to form a more stable connection.
  • the adapter spindle 700 will be pressed against the output shaft in the axial direction by the reaction force of the patient's tissue.
  • the compression spring can be an ordinary spiral spring, a disc spring, a corrugated spring, etc.
  • the elastic member 902 is not limited to the form of a spring, and can also be an elastic spring piece.
  • the first actuator 6000 When in use, the first actuator 6000 is connected to the robot arm 9100 through the first interface 30 , and at this time, the tool assembly 3000 is not installed on the first actuator 6000 .
  • the robot arm 9100 enters the preparation position according to the predetermined surgical plan.
  • the doctor installs the acetabular rasp rod assembly equipped with the acetabular file (ie, the cutting tool 1004a) to the first actuator 6000 through the joint 600.
  • the doctor holds the post lock 800 to axially sleeve the engagement hole of the post spindle 700 on the output section 403 of the output shaft 400, and aligns the coupling spline 4031 with the spline joint 701.
  • the adapter spindle 700 contacts the output shaft 400, and the doctor pulls and rotates the adapter lock 800 in the direction close to the actuator, so that the post lock 800
  • the positioning pin 801 moves along the precession section 6021 in the rotation groove 602 and finally enters the positioning section 6022.
  • the engagement between the coupling spline 4031 and the spline joint 701 realizes the circumferential engagement between the output shaft 400 and the connecting rod spindle 700.
  • the cooperation between the output section 403 and the engagement hole 702 improves the coaxiality of the connection and is also consistent with the connection.
  • the rod lock head 800 also increases the radial positioning length of the docking rod spindle 700 and improves the coaxiality between the output shaft 400 and the connecting rod spindle 700 when transmitting rotation.
  • the positioning pin 801 is located in the positioning section 6022, the positioning pin 801 is limited by the two axially extending side walls of the positioning section 6022 and cannot rotate circumferentially relative to the joint 600.
  • the thrust spring causes the post lock head 800 to have a tendency to move toward the post spindle 700 relative to the joint 600. This movement tendency prevents the positioning pin 801 from axially escaping from the positioning section 6022 and reaching the precession section 6021.
  • the thrust spring causes the post spindle 700 to axially abut against the output shaft 400 , that is, the thrust spring pushes the post spindle 700 to maintain axial engagement with the output shaft 400 .
  • the radially positioned part of the adapter spindle 700 is the top end, and the stroke of the acetabular rasp rod assembly in the axial direction is small, and the required operating space is correspondingly small.
  • the acetabular rasp rod assembly is connected to the housing 100.
  • the first actuator 6000 moves to the predetermined target position under the control of the robot arm 9100 and the doctor.
  • the motor 200 is started, and the rotation of the motor 200 is transmitted to the output shaft 400 through the reducer 300 and the coupling 500 in sequence. Since the output shaft 400 and the post spindle 700 are connected through the coupling spline 4031 and the spline joint 701, the post spindle 700 is driven by the output shaft 400 to rotate.
  • the post lock head 800 is fixedly connected to the joint 600. , the post lock head 800 will not rotate.
  • the rotating adapter spindle 700 drives the acetabular file (cutting tool 1004a) to rotate to grind and shape the acetabular socket.
  • the robot arm 9100 After completing the grinding and shaping of the acetabular socket according to the predetermined surgical plan, the robot arm 9100 enters a position in which the acetabular grinding and filing rod assembly can be disassembled.
  • the doctor overcomes the elastic force of the thrust spring and lifts the connecting rod lock 800, and the positioning pin 801 comes out of position. Restricted by the section 6022, the post lock head 800 is rotated, the positioning pin 801 is separated from the rotation groove 602 after passing through the precessed section 6021, and the post lock head 800 is separated from the joint 600.
  • the motor 200, reducer 300, coupling and output shaft 400 are integrated inside the housing 100, and the power cord of the motor 200 can be introduced through the interface between the housing 100 and the robot arm 9100.
  • the first actuator 6000 has a compact structure and does not require an external power source. It also avoids the interference of the external power source and its power cord on the surgical space and the safety hazards of exposed power cords. There is no need to assemble an external power source during surgery, which also reduces the number of surgical steps.
  • the tool assembly 3000 is composed of a connecting portion 8000 and an acetabular rasp rod assembly. As a pre-assembled modular part, the tool assembly 3000 can conveniently realize the detachable connection between the surgical tool 1000a and the output shaft 400.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of the first actuator connected to the second tool assembly.
  • the surgical tool 1000b is the reamer rod part of the medullary cavity reamer (ie, the reamer rod 1001)
  • the execution tool 1004b is the reamer part of the medullary cavity reamer.
  • Tool assembly 3000 includes a connecting portion 8000 and a reamer shaft 1001 of a medullary reamer.
  • the reamer rod 1001 and the reamer part for medullary expansion connected to the reamer rod 1001 constitute a medullary cavity reamer.
  • the end of the reamer rod 1001 is provided with a spline joint 701 for connection with the coupling spline 4031; the reamer is provided with a reamer blade 1002 for expanding the medullary cavity of the femoral medullary cavity under rotation.
  • the connecting portion 8000 has the same structure as the connecting portion 8000 for connecting the acetabular rasp rod assembly.
  • the connecting rod connection module connects the reamer rod 1001 and the connecting rod lock head 800 .
  • the connection between the tool assembly 3000 connected to the reamer rod 1001, the joint 600 and the output shaft 400 is the same as above.
  • the medullary cavity reamer is connected to the coupling spline through the spline joint 701.
  • the key 4031 is coupled to the output shaft 400.
  • the output shaft 400 is driven by the motor 200 to drive the medullary cavity reamer to rotate and perform the task of expanding the medullary reamer of the proximal femur.
  • the first actuator 6000 is provided with three sets of tracking assemblies 150 .
  • Three groups of tracking assemblies 150 are respectively arranged on three surfaces of the housing 100, and each group includes four tracking elements 151 located on the same plane.
  • the housing 100 is provided with three planes, and the three sets of tracking elements 151 are respectively provided on the three planes.
  • the tracking element 151 may be a passive reflective ball or sheet, or an active electromagnetic generator or sensor.
  • the tracer component 150 sends the position information of the first actuator 6000 to the locator, and the locator is usually fixedly installed in the surgical space.
  • the locator is the one in the navigation system 9000 that receives the position information.
  • the device through the arrangement of three sets of tracking elements 151, enables the position information of the first actuator 6000 to be recognized by the locator in various postures.
  • the locator may be an optical navigator that identifies reflected light, or it may be a receiver that identifies electromagnetic signals.
  • the second actuator 7000 will be introduced in detail below, as shown in Figures 20 to 33.
  • the second actuator 7000 is a prosthesis installation actuator, used for installing the prosthesis 1003 during hip replacement surgery.
  • the second actuator includes a slide rod 1, a support assembly 4000 and a slide rod tracer 2.
  • One end of the sliding rod 1 is used to connect the prosthesis 1003 (ie, the execution tool), and the other end of the sliding rod 1 is used to receive the impact force when installing the prosthesis.
  • Support assembly 4000 includes a coupling portion 5.
  • the coupling part 5 accommodates part of the rod section of the slide rod 1, and the slide rod 1 is axially movable relative to the support assembly 4000.
  • the support assembly 4000 is used to connect the second actuator 7000 to the robot arm 9100 of the robot system.
  • a tracer is provided on the slider 1 to indicate the orientation of the slider 1 .
  • the sliding rod 1 is axially movable relative to the support assembly 4000.
  • the axial gap between the sliding rod 1 and the supporting assembly 4000 can be larger than the stroke of the sliding rod 1 when it is struck, thereby preventing slippage.
  • the rod 1 collides with the support assembly 4000 and damages the robot arm 9100 connected to the actuator.
  • the sliding rod 1 and the support assembly 4000 are configured as a whole. When using this actuator, there is no need to assemble or disassemble the slide rod 1 and the support assembly 4000. The entire actuator only needs to be connected to or separated from the robot arm 9100 through the support assembly.
  • the second actuator 7000 includes a sliding rod 1, a support assembly 4000, a sliding rod tracer 2, an axial buffering mechanism 80 and an axial limiting structure. 90.
  • the second actuator 7000 is connected to the first actuator 6000 through the support assembly 4000.
  • the sliding rod 1 of the second actuator 7000 is parallel to the structure of the first actuator 6000 for connecting the cutting tool 1004a.
  • the structures of the first actuator 6000 used to connect the cutting tool 1004a are the output shaft 400 and the joint 600, the axes of which are parallel to the slide rod 1.
  • Acetabular fossa/femoral medullary cavity molding and prosthesis implantation both involve the angle accuracy of the tool axis, and the axis angle accuracy is related.
  • the structure used to connect the cutting tool 1004a and the structure used to connect the prosthesis 1003 are set to Parallelism is more advantageous.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the second actuator.
  • Figure 21 is a cross-sectional view of the overall structure of the second actuator.
  • the sliding rod 1 is a metal rod with a smooth surface. One end of the sliding rod 1 is used to receive the doctor's hammering, and the other end is used to connect the prosthesis 1003 .
  • a gripping portion 3 is provided in the middle of the sliding rod 1 .
  • the gripping portion 3 is sleeve-like and is fitted on the sliding rod 1 and fixed with the sliding rod 1 , so that the doctor can hold the sliding rod 1 through the gripping portion 3 .
  • the holding part 3 is an insulating plastic sleeve.
  • the sliding rod 1 as a metal rod ensures high strength when transmitting impact force, but the instruments used for surgery are not expected to be bulky, so the diameter of the sliding rod 1 is generally small, making it inconvenient for doctors to hold.
  • the plastic holding part 3 not only increases the diameter of the holding part of the sliding rod 1, but also provides favorable holding conditions for the doctor without adding a greater weight to the surgical tool.
  • the holding part 3 may also be an insulating rubber sleeve or a non-insulating metal sleeve.
  • the sleeve-shaped holding part 3 may not be provided, but the holding part 3 may be provided as a part of the sliding rod 1 itself, and this part may be enlarged relative to the diameter of the sliding rod 1 itself for convenience. Hold.
  • the sliding rod tracer 2 includes a tracing part and a connecting part.
  • the tracer part is provided with multiple positioning marks to provide location information.
  • the positioning mark can be a reflective ball or sheet that can reflect infrared light, or it can be an infrared light source or electromagnetic generator that can actively send out signals to achieve positioning.
  • the connecting part is used to fix the slide rod tracer 2 to the slide rod 1.
  • the support assembly 4000 includes a body 4 , a coupling part 5 , an insulating sleeve 6 and a sliding sleeve 7 .
  • the body 4 is roughly in the shape of a hexahedron, and one end (the right end as shown in Figure 21) is used to connect the robot arm 9100.
  • the coupling part 5 is a hole penetrating the body 4 .
  • Both the insulating sleeve 6 and the sliding sleeve 7 are cylindrical.
  • the insulating sleeve 6 is fitted in the coupling part 5 and is axially fixed with the coupling part 5 .
  • the insulating sleeve 6 is used to prevent the formation of a conductive path between the patient and the robotic arm 9100 device through the contact between the support assembly 4000 and the sliding rod 1 .
  • the sliding sleeve 7 is fitted in the insulating sleeve 6 and is axially fixed with the insulating sleeve 6 .
  • the material of the sliding sleeve 7 is metal.
  • the sliding rod 1 and the sliding sleeve 7 form a shaft hole fit, and there is a gap between the sliding rod 1 and the sliding sleeve 7 that allows the sliding rod 1 to slide freely relative to the sliding sleeve 7 .
  • the sliding sleeve 7 disposed between the insulating sleeve 6 and the sliding rod 1 in this way can not only reduce the wear of the insulating sleeve 6 but also increase the smoothness of the sliding rod 1 .
  • the axial limiting structure 90 includes a retaining ring 9 and a first end of the holding portion 3 away from the prosthesis 1003 .
  • the retaining ring 9 and the first end of the holding portion 3 are both fixed to the sliding rod 1, and two steps with a larger diameter than the sliding rod 1 are formed on the sliding rod 1.
  • an insulating member 10 is disposed between the retaining ring 9 and the supporting component 4000, and between the holding part 3 and the supporting component 4000. Therefore, the retaining ring 9 and the holding part 3 actually directly form an axis with the insulating component 10. to interfere.
  • the insulating member 10 is a sleeve with openings at both ends.
  • the diameter of the internal space of the insulating member 10 is larger than the diameter of the sliding rod 1, and the diameter of the opening at one end of the insulating member 10 is larger than the diameter of the sliding rod 1.
  • the opening diameter of the other end is the same as the diameter of the sliding rod 1, and a baffle 101 is provided at this end to form an opening with the same diameter as the sliding rod 1.
  • the side of the insulating member 10 with the baffle 101 is connected to the body 4.
  • the retaining ring 9 and the first end of the holding part 3 form two limiting points on the sliding rod.
  • the retaining ring 9 and the first end of the holding part 3 limit The maximum sliding stroke of the slide rod 1 relative to the support assembly 4000 is determined.
  • first end of the holding portion 3 in the axial limiting structure 90 can also be replaced by an independently provided retaining ring 9.
  • the retaining ring 9 9 or the first end of the gripping part 3 may be a step or shoulder provided on the sliding rod 1 .
  • Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the support component and the sliding rod.
  • the present disclosure is also provided with an axial buffer mechanism 80 so that the sliding rod 1 and the support assembly 4000 form at least one buffer in the axial direction.
  • the axial buffering mechanism 80 includes two buffering members, specifically a first buffering member 8 and a second buffering member 11.
  • the first buffering member 8 and the second buffering member 11 are distributed on both sides of the support assembly.
  • the two buffer members are springs.
  • the first buffer member 8 is disposed between the retaining ring 9 and the insulating member 10
  • the second buffer member 11 is disposed between the first end of the holding portion 3 and the baffle edge 101 of the insulating member 10 .
  • the first buffer member 8 and the second buffer member 11 are both fitted on the slide rod 1 and are arranged in the insulating member 10 in a pre-compressed state.
  • the first buffer member 8 and the second buffer member 11 generate buffers when the slide bar 1 slides relative to the support assembly 4000. Part of the impact of the slide bar 1 on the support assembly 4000 when it slides is absorbed by the buffer members. In this way, when the sliding rod 1 slides along the axis to install the prosthesis 1003, the sliding rod 1 will not produce a rigid impact on the robot arm 9100, thereby reducing locking or posture deviation of the robot arm 9100.
  • the second actuator 7000 reaches the target alignment position for installing the acetabular prosthesis, and the prosthesis 1003 is aligned with the prepared acetabular socket of the patient's affected area.
  • the first buffer member 8 and the second buffer member 11 are both in a compressed state, and the slide rod 1 is maintained with the body 4 under the action of the first buffer member 8 and the second buffer member 11. With a certain axial positioning relationship, that is, the slide rod 1 is roughly maintained at the middle position of the sliding stroke, and the slide rod 1 will not move freely along the coupling portion 5 .
  • the robot arm 9100 is set to the linear spring arm mode, that is, by controlling the output torque of the motor at the joint of the robot arm 9100, the robot arm 9100 is set to have its end arm/rod along the edge.
  • the damping in the axial direction of slide rod 1 is very small, while the damping in other directions is large.
  • the second actuator 7000 connected to the robot arm 9100 can move along the axial direction of the slide rod 1 under the action of external force, but it is difficult to move in the radial direction or rotate around the radial direction.
  • the doctor holds the grip 3 and applies an impact force to the first end of the slide rod 1 .
  • Impact force can be applied by hammer blows or slide hammer strikes.
  • the impact force causes the sliding rod 1 to drive the prosthesis 1003 into the acetabulum.
  • the support component 4000 does not move instantaneously due to inertia.
  • the retaining ring 9 compresses the first buffer member 8, and the first buffer member 8 acts on the support assembly, causing the support assembly 4000 to move along the axial direction with the sliding rod 1 with a delay.
  • the first buffer member 8 prevents the spring retaining ring 9 from being in rigid contact with the body 4 .
  • the relative relationship between the sliding rod 1 and the support assembly is automatically reset to a state where no hammer impact has been received.
  • the second buffer member 11 can prevent rigid contact between the sliding rod 1 and the support assembly 4000 .
  • the setting of the above-mentioned buffer mechanism allows the robot arm 9100 to automatically move with the sliding rod 1 during the impact of the sliding rod 1, without the need to manually hold the actuator. The operator can hold the slider 1 and feel the impact vibration just like traditional surgery.
  • the axial movement stroke of the slide rod 1 is limited by the first end of the holding portion 3 of the limiting structure and the retaining ring 9 .
  • the arrangement of the first buffer member 8 and the second buffer member 11 prevents the limiting structure of the slide rod 1 from being in rigid contact with the body 4 at all times. No impact is received on slider 1 When the force is applied, the sliding rod 1 remains in the neutral position relative to the coupling part 5, and the sliding rod 1 will not move freely relative to the support assembly. Instead, a certain force is required to overcome the first buffer member 8 or the second buffer member 11 in order to move the sliding rod 1 1 moves to prevent the sliding rod 1 from moving freely when the robot arm 9100 moves.
  • the support assembly 4000 is provided with a quick release mechanism 140 for connecting the second actuator 7000 with the robot arm 9100 or the first actuator 6000 .
  • Figures 25 to 27 are schematic structural diagrams of the support assembly and the second interface.
  • the quick release mechanism 140 includes a first limiting mechanism 141 and a second limiting mechanism 142.
  • the first limiting mechanism 141 is a plug-in block 12
  • the second limiting mechanism 142 is a plug assembly.
  • the plug-in block 12 is used for plugging. Connected to the robot arm 9100 or the first actuator 6000, the plug-in limiting direction of the plug assembly is perpendicular to the plug-in direction of the plug block 12.
  • the plug-in block 12 is fixedly connected to or integrally formed with the body 4.
  • Two limiting slots 121 are provided on one end of the plug-in block 12 extending in the plug-in direction.
  • the limit slots 121 are used to limit the degree of freedom in the plug-in direction.
  • the body 4 is provided with a mounting hole 14 for accommodating the plug assembly, and the mounting hole 14 is connected with the coupling part 5 .
  • the latch assembly includes a latch 15, a first elastic member 16, a pad 17 and a latch pull bolt 18.
  • the pad 17, the first elastic member 16 and the latch 15 are arranged in the installation hole 14 in sequence.
  • the first elastic member 16 is a spring.
  • the pad 17 is in contact with the sliding rod 1 .
  • the latch 15 is in the mounting hole 14 and passes vertically through the plug 12 along the thickness direction of the plug 12 .
  • the first elastic member 16 is arranged in a compressed state. between pin 15 and spacer 17.
  • the middle section of the mounting hole 14 is connected to the outside of the body 4, forming an active area where the latch 15 can be manually moved.
  • the latch pull bolt 18 radially passes through the latch 15 and is fixed to the latch 15.
  • the latch 15 is limited to the active area by the latch pull bolt 18. Inside. Under the push of the first elastic member 16, the latch pull bolt 18 is in contact with one end of the active area, and the head of the latch penetrates the surface of the plug block 12, and the head of the latch is a bevel.
  • the first actuator 6000 is provided with a second interface 13 in the form of a slot.
  • the second interface 13 includes a bottom plate 131, a latch hole 133, and a limiting buckle 132, where the bottom plate 131 is rectangular.
  • the latch holes 133 are provided along the thickness direction of the bottom plate 131; the number of limiting buckles 132 is four and they are respectively provided at the four corners of the bottom plate 131.
  • the limiting buckles 132 and the bottom plate 131 form the second interface 13.
  • the limiting buckle 132 specifically includes a connected first section 1321 and a second section 1322.
  • the first section 1321 is connected to the bottom plate 131 and is perpendicular to the bottom plate 131.
  • the second section 1322 is parallel to the bottom plate 131 and extends toward the inside of the bottom plate 131.
  • the limiting buckle 132 and the bottom plate 131 form a space for accommodating the plug-in block 12 . Moreover, when the plug-in block 12 is plugged into the second interface 13, the limiting groove 121 is engaged with the limiting buckle 132, and the plug-in block 12 cannot come out along the plugging direction under the restriction of the limiting buckle 132.
  • the second actuator 7000 can be easily disassembled and assembled. As shown in Figures 25 to 27, when the plug 12 is connected to the second interface 13 from top to bottom, the plane of the bottom plate 131 first fits the plane of the plug, the bevel of the plug head contacts the bottom plate 131, and the plug 15 moves toward Body 4 retracts. Move the body 4 downward relative to the second interface, the limiting groove 121 engages with the limiting buckle 132, the latch head enters the latch hole 133, and the plug block 12 fully fits the second interface 13.
  • the thickness and width of the plug-in block 12 and the second interface 13 are consistent to define the five degrees of freedom of the plug-in block 12 except the z-axis (which can also be the x-axis or the y-axis).
  • the engagement of the groove 121 and the limit buckle 132 limits the degree of freedom of the second actuator 7000 to slide in the first direction along the z-axis.
  • the cooperation between the latch 15 and the latch hole 133 enables the second actuator 7000 to slide in the second direction along the z-axis.
  • the degree of freedom of directional sliding in Figures 25 to 27, the first direction is the axial downward direction of the coupling part 5, and the second direction is the upward direction of the coupling part 5.
  • the second actuator 7000 is fixedly connected to the first actuator 6000 through the arrangement of the plug block 12, the second interface 13 and the plug assembly.
  • the setting of the quick-release mechanism 140 of the second actuator 7000 allows the doctor to quickly complete the installation and disassembly of the second actuator 7000 during surgery, saving surgery time.
  • Figure 28 is a schematic structural diagram of the sliding rod equipped with an adjustment member.
  • the second actuator 7000 also includes an adjustment assembly 5000, which connects the prosthesis 1003 to the slide rod 1 and can The circumferential position of the prosthesis 1003 relative to the slide rod can be adjusted.
  • the adjustment assembly 5000 includes the adapter shaft 21 and the adjustment member 27 .
  • One end of the adapter shaft 21 is connected to the sliding rod 1, and the other end is connected to the hip joint prosthesis 1003.
  • the adjusting member 27 is fitted at the connection between the adapter shaft 21 and the sliding rod 1. Under the action of external force, the adjusting member 27 can move between the first position 28 and the second position 29 of the adapter shaft 21.
  • the adjusting member 27 is in The circumferential position between the first position 28 and the sliding rod 1 is fixed, and the adjusting member 27 is adjustable in its circumferential position relative to the sliding rod 1 at the second position 29 .
  • FIG 29 is a schematic diagram of the adjusting member.
  • the adapter shaft 21 includes a sliding rod joint, a main shaft section 210 and an acetabular prosthesis joint.
  • the sliding rod joint and the acetabular prosthetic joint are provided at both ends of the main shaft section 210.
  • the sliding rod joint is used to connect to the sliding rod 1, and the acetabular prosthesis joint.
  • the prosthetic joint is used to connect the prosthesis 1003.
  • the connecting hole 211 is a light hole.
  • the two clamping blocks 212 are symmetrical about the axis of the adapter shaft 21 on the periphery of the connecting hole 211.
  • the two clamping blocks 212 are in the shape of a "-" and move along the radial direction. extend.
  • a flange 213 with the same maximum radius as the blocking block 212 is provided below the blocking block 212.
  • a limiting section 214 is provided below the flange 213.
  • the radius of the limiting section 214 is larger than the radius of the main shaft section 210, and between the limiting section 214 and the main shaft section
  • a limiting step 215 is formed at the connection 210 .
  • Figure 30 is the second schematic diagram of the adjusting member.
  • Figure 31 is the third schematic diagram of the adjusting member.
  • Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a nut according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the adjusting member 27 includes a detachably connected nut 22 and an adapter sleeve 23 , a spline 24 and a retaining member 25 .
  • the nut 22 is in the shape of a shell with an opening downward.
  • An external thread is provided on the outer wall 221 of the opening, and two slots 222 are symmetrically provided on the outer wall 221 .
  • the slots 222 extend to the inside of the nut 22 .
  • a spline groove 223 is provided inside the nut 22 near the bottom.
  • the adapter sleeve 23 is cup-shaped with an opening, and the inner wall of the opening of the adapter sleeve 23 is provided with internal threads.
  • the spline 24 is fixed on the sliding rod 1 and is provided with tooth-shaped protrusions on its outer periphery.
  • the retaining member 25 is an elastic spring.
  • the nut 22 In the connected state, the nut 22 is fitted above the spline 24 on the sliding rod 1, and the adapter sleeve 23 is fitted on the adapter shaft 21.
  • the adapter sleeve 23 and the nut 22 are connected through the matching of the internal thread and the external thread to maintain
  • the member 25 is disposed in the adapter sleeve 23 , with one end in contact with the bottom of the adapter sleeve 23 and the other end in contact with the flange 213 .
  • the end of the sliding rod 1 is inserted into the connecting hole 211, and the nut 22 and the adapter sleeve 23 are threaded to form an integral body.
  • the following description will be made in conjunction with the working state and adjustment process of the adjusting member 27 .
  • the adjusting member 27 is located at the first position 28.
  • the retaining member 25 is in a compressed state and abuts the flange 213 and the bottom of the adapter sleeve 23.
  • the retainer 25 pulls the nut through the adapter sleeve 23. 22.
  • Connect the spline groove 223 of the nut 22 with the spline 24, and the clamping block 212 is fitted into the clamping groove 222.
  • the sliding rod 1 and the adjusting device are circumferentially fixed through the connection between the spline 24 and the spline groove 223, and the adapter shaft 21 and the adjusting device are circumferentially fixed through the cooperation of the clamping block and the clamping groove 222.
  • the sliding rod 1 and the adapter shaft 21 are fixed in the axial, radial and circumferential directions.
  • the prosthesis 1003 In order to meet clinical needs, it is necessary to ensure that the prosthesis 1003 has the correct installation direction when implanting the prosthesis 1003 into the prepared acetabular socket of the patient's affected area.
  • the prosthesis 1003 with wings needs to be in contact with the hip.
  • the socket is fixed to strengthen the structure at the socket, and the wings need to connect to the socket in the correct direction. Therefore, the direction of the prosthesis 1003 needs to be adjusted before sliding the rod 1 each time.
  • the doctor lifts the adjustment device upward to overcome the elastic force of the retainer 25 to the bottom of the adapter sleeve 23 and the limiter.
  • the step 215 abuts, and the adjusting member 27 is located at the second position 29.
  • the spline 24 is separated from the spline groove 223, the clamping block 212 does not come out of the clamping slot 222, the adjusting member 27 can rotate circumferentially relative to the sliding rod 1, and the adapter shaft 21 rotates following the rotation of the adjusting member 27.
  • the direction of the prosthesis 1003 relative to the sliding rod 1 can be adjusted only by rotating the adjusting member 27 without rotating the sliding rod 1.
  • the slider 1 since the slider 1 is connected to provide the slider 1 bit in real time
  • the slider tracker 2 needs to be aligned with the locator that receives the position information.
  • the setting of the above-mentioned adjustment component also ensures that the slide rod tracer 2 fixedly connected to the slide rod 1 will not lose alignment with the locator due to the rotation of the slide rod 1 when the prosthesis 1003 is adjusted, ensuring that the slide rod tracer Device 2 can be recognized by the locator in real time.
  • the adapter shaft 21 can connect different models of prostheses 1003 from different manufacturers. There is no need to replace the entire slide rod 1 to adapt to different prostheses 1003, which improves the adaptability and application range of the second actuator 7000.
  • the buffer member may retain only the first buffer member 8 without providing the second buffer member 11 .
  • a buffer member may be provided, such as the first buffer member 8 . And the two ends of the buffer member 8 are connected to the retaining ring 9 and the support assembly 4000 respectively. When the sliding rod moves in two directions, it will be pulled or supported by the buffer member 8, thereby forming a buffer and driving the support assembly 4000 to move with the sliding rod.
  • the two buffer members of the axial buffer mechanism 80 may not be pre-compressed.
  • the first buffer member 8 can be compressed only by the gravity of the sliding rod.
  • the length of the two buffer members can also be smaller than the stroke of the sliding rod 1, and the buffer members can move between the limiting structures, as long as they can prevent rigid collision.
  • Fig. 33 is a schematic diagram of the nut structure.
  • the end of the sliding rod 1 that receives the impact force is provided with a nut 26.
  • the nut 26 includes a force-bearing plate 261 and a connecting section 262.
  • the connecting section 262 is fixedly connected to the sliding rod 1 through threads.
  • connection method is not limited to threaded connection, and can also be It is a pin connection or other connection methods; the area of the force-bearing plate 261 is larger than the area of the end of the sliding rod 1, and the force-bearing plate 261 provides a larger force target for the doctor's hammering when applying impact force to avoid the end of the sliding rod 1 The part is small and the phenomenon of hammering out appears.
  • Figure 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a surgical system for performing knee surgery, involving computer-assisted surgery (CAS) technology.
  • the surgical system involving this technology includes a robot arm 9100, a navigation system 9000, a knee joint actuator 9400 equipped with a saw blade 36, and a control system 9200.
  • the robot arm 9100 is equivalent to a surgeon's arm and can hold the saw blade 36 and position and move the saw blade 36 with high accuracy.
  • the navigation system 9000 is equivalent to the surgeon's eyes and can measure the position of the saw blade 36 and the patient's tissue in real time.
  • the control system 9200 is equivalent to the surgeon's brain and stores surgical plans internally.
  • the control system 9200 calculates the route and/or the position to be reached of the robot arm 9100 based on the position information obtained through the navigation system 9000 during the operation, and can control the movement of the robot arm 9100, or set the virtual boundary of the robot arm 9100 through force feedback mode, manually
  • the knee joint actuator 9400 that pushes the robot arm 9100 moves within the virtual boundary/along the route and surface defined by the virtual boundary.
  • FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram of the knee joint actuator 9400 configured to perform total knee replacement surgery, which shows the first connection relationship between the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 of the knee joint actuator 9400.
  • the saw blade 36 is disposed on one side of the main body (the lower side of the main body 371 in Figure 35), and the end of the saw blade 36 used for cutting bone tissue is oriented perpendicular to the length direction of the main body 371, that is, in Figure 35 Saw blade 36 points downward relative to body 371 .
  • the knee actuator 9400 is adapted to perform an osteotomy operation in a total knee replacement.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic diagram of the knee joint actuator 9400 configured to perform high tibial osteotomy, which shows the second connection relationship between the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 of the knee joint actuator 9400.
  • the saw blade 36 is also disposed on one side of the main body (the lower side of the main body 371 in Figure 36), and the end of the saw blade 36 used for cutting bone tissue is directed parallel to the length direction of the main body 371, that is, Figure 36
  • the middle saw blade 36 points to the left of the main body 371 .
  • the knee actuator 9400 is adapted to perform a high tibial osteotomy, a distal femoral osteotomy, or a proximal fibula osteotomy.
  • Figure 37 is a front view of the knee actuator 9400 shown in Figure 35.
  • Figure 38 is a right side view of the knee actuator 9400 shown in Figure 35.
  • Figure 39 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the knee joint actuator 9400 shown in Figure 5.
  • Figure 40 is a right side view of the knee joint actuator 9400 shown in Figure 36.
  • knee joint actuator 9400 includes a body 371 and a tracer.
  • the tracers include a first tracer 3721 and a second tracer 3722.
  • the main body 371 is generally a cone, and the rotation center line W of the cone is coaxial with the rotation center line of the end arm 9101 of the robot arm 9100 .
  • the direction reference and coordinate system CS of the body 371 are defined.
  • the rotation center line W of the cone is the Z axis of the coordinate system CS, and the two mutually perpendicular directions perpendicular to the Z axis are the Y axis and the X axis.
  • the extension direction of the rotation center line W is the length direction of the main body 371 .
  • the two ends in the length direction of the main body 371 are the first end 3701 and the second end 3702 respectively.
  • the radial direction of the main body 371 is the lateral direction, specifically including the upper side, lower side, front side and rear side.
  • the upper side, lower side, front side and back side correspond to the Y-axis forward direction, Y-axis reverse direction, X-axis forward direction and X-axis reverse direction of the coordinate system CS.
  • the main body 371 When the main body 371 is connected to the end arm 9101 of the robot arm 9100, it is coaxially fixed with the end arm 9101, which is equivalent to becoming an extension of the end arm 9101 of the robot arm 9100.
  • the shape of the main body 371 is not limited to a cone, and can be a regular or irregular shape as long as it has a predetermined length and can be coaxial with the end arm 9101 when connected to the robot arm 9100 .
  • "Coaxial" here is not strictly limited to the literal meaning, as long as the two rod-shaped structures are connected in a substantially collinear manner.
  • the definition of the length direction of the main body 371 of other shapes can also refer to the rotation center line W of the end arm 9101 (when the main body 371 is connected to the robot arm 9100), because the main body 371 rotates with the end arm 9101, and the rotation center lines of the two are the same.
  • the main body 371 has a first interface 30, a third interface 3712, a power mechanism 3713 and a second handle 373.
  • the first interface 30 is located at the first end 3701 of the main body 371 .
  • the third interface 3712 is located on the first side 3703 of the body 371 and closer to the second end 3702 in the length direction.
  • the second handle 373 is located on the second side 3704 of the main body 371 and is used to provide a force portion for the doctor to push and pull the knee joint actuator 9400.
  • the first side 3703 of the main body 371 corresponds to the aforementioned lower side, that is, the reverse direction of the Y-axis; the second side 3704 corresponds to the aforementioned upper side, that is, the forward direction of the Y-axis.
  • the first interface 30 includes a locking mechanism for connecting the main body 371 to the robot arm 9100.
  • the third interface 3712 is used to connect the saw blade 36 .
  • the third interface 3712 is specifically a mechanical connection structure and has a rotating shaft 37121 that can rotate back and forth.
  • the saw blade 36 is fixed on the rotating shaft 37121 and swings back and forth driven by the rotating shaft 7012.
  • the power mechanism 3713 is disposed inside the main body 371 , and is used to provide power to the third interface 3712 .
  • the power mechanism 3713 mainly includes a motor 200a, a reducer 300a and a transmission mechanism 37133.
  • the motor 200a and the reducer 300a are used to provide initial power.
  • One end of the transmission mechanism 37133 is connected to the reducer, and the other end is provided at the third interface 3712.
  • the transmission mechanism 37133 receives the initial power from the motor 200a and the reducer 300a and drives the saw blade 36 to swing through the rotating shaft 37121.
  • the saw blade 36 is in the shape of a long strip, and its two ends are respectively a cutting end 361 and a connecting end 362.
  • the cutting end 361 is provided with saw teeth for cutting bone tissue.
  • the connecting end 362 is used to connect with the third interface 3712 and receive the power to drive the saw blade 36 to swing.
  • the tracer is disposed on the second end 3702 of the main body 371 for indicating the orientation of the saw blade 36 .
  • the tracers include a first tracer 3721 and a second tracer 3722.
  • the first tracer 3721 is fixedly disposed on the second end 3702 of the main body 371, and the tracer element 3723 on the first tracer 3721 is detachable.
  • the navigation system 9000 can orient the tracer, and thereby the saw blade 36, in the surgical space.
  • the tracer is an optical tracer, and a tracer element 3723 is installed on it.
  • the tracer element 3723 is a reflective sheet or reflective ball.
  • the navigation system 9000 includes a binocular vision camera 9001 capable of identifying reflective sheets or reflective balls.
  • the tracer enables the navigation system 9000 to clearly and accurately understand the position of the saw blade 36 during the movement of the knee joint actuator 9400 holding the saw blade 36 .
  • the tracer may also be an electromagnetic transmitter or a position sensor, and a corresponding navigation system 9000 capable of identifying the position of the electromagnetic transmit signal or position sensor may determine the orientation of the saw blade 36 .
  • a first connection relationship or a second connection relationship may be formed between the saw blade 36 and the third interface 3712.
  • first connection relationship there is a first relative orientation relationship between the saw blade 36 and the main body 371
  • first tracer 3721 indicates the orientation of the saw blade 36 .
  • second connection relationship there is a second relative orientation relationship between the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 , and the orientation of the saw blade 36 is indicated by the second tracer 3722 .
  • 35, 37 and 38 are schematic diagrams of the saw blade 36 and the third interface 3712 in the first connection relationship.
  • the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 have a first included angle, and the first included angle is a right angle, that is, the length direction of the saw blade 36 and the length direction of the main body 371 (the direction of the rotation center line W) are 90 degrees. angle.
  • the plane of the saw blade 36 is parallel to the virtual longitudinal section P of the main body 371 .
  • the virtual longitudinal section P is a cross-sectional plane in the length direction of the main body 371
  • the virtual longitudinal section P is parallel to the axis of the end arm 9101 of the robot arm 9100 .
  • the length direction of the saw blade 36 points in the opposite direction of the Y-axis; the plane of the saw blade 36 is parallel to the plane determined by the Y-axis and the Z-axis.
  • the axis M of the first interface and the axis N of the second interface are both on the virtual longitudinal section P.
  • the axis M of the first interface coincides with the rotation center line W, that is, the axis M coincides with Z in the CS coordinate system.
  • Ax is coaxial.
  • the axis N of the second interface coincides with the line connecting the main body 371 to the first side 3703, that is, the axis N is parallel to the Y-axis in the CS coordinate system.
  • the main body 371 is symmetrical with respect to the virtual longitudinal section P.
  • the axis O of the second handle generally coincides with the axis N of the second interface.
  • Figure 41 is a schematic diagram of total knee replacement of the right leg.
  • Figure 42 is a schematic diagram of the knee joint actuator 9400 adjusting the angle of the saw blade 36.
  • Figure 43 is a schematic diagram of the knee joint actuator 9400 adjusting the angle to align the saw blade with the target osteotomy surface b of the distal femur 6.
  • the knee joint actuator 9400 facilitates knee replacement surgery, such as total knee replacement or unicondylar replacement.
  • the patient is in a supine position with the knees bent, the robot arm 9100 and the trolley 9102 carrying it are located on the affected side of the patient (the patient's right side), and the navigation system 9000 is located on the opposite side of the affected side. side (patient's left side).
  • the robot arm 9100 points from the affected side to the opposite side.
  • the end arm 9101 of the robot arm 9100 is connected to the knee joint actuator 9400.
  • the robot arm 9100 keeps the knee joint actuator 9400 substantially above the knee joint and transverse to the patient.
  • the saw blade 36 will enter from the front of the patient, and the cutting end 361 of the saw blade 36 points to the knee joint.
  • the saw blade plane only needs the knee joint actuator 9400 to be roughly parallel to the human body's coronal plane and transverse direction.
  • the angle of the axis W of the plane intersection By adjusting the angle of the axis W of the plane intersection, the positioning of the six planes for knee replacement surgery planning can be achieved.
  • the knee joint actuator 9400 when the knee joint actuator 9400 is equipped with the saw blade 36 to position different osteotomy surfaces, in order to adapt to the angles of different target osteotomy surfaces, the plane of the saw blade 36 is adjusted at a position away from the affected area.
  • the rotation of the end arm 9101 of the robot arm around its own axis causes the knee joint actuator 9400 to rotate around the axis W, and the saw blade 36 rotates at a certain angle in the plane.
  • the knee joint actuator 9400 has a first posture A, a second posture B, a third posture C, a fourth posture D, a fifth posture E, and a sixth posture G after adjustment.
  • the 6 angles of the saw blade in the first posture A of the knee joint actuator 9400 correspond to the angle of the target osteotomy surface a of the tibia; the 6 angles of the saw blade in the second posture B correspond to the angle of the target osteotomy surface b of the distal femur.
  • the 6 angles of the saw blade in the third posture C correspond to the angle of the target osteotomy surface c at the front end of the femur; the 6 angles of the saw blade in the fourth posture D correspond to the angle of the target osteotomy surface d at the rear end of the femur, and the fifth posture E
  • the 6 angles of the middle saw blade correspond to the angle of the femoral posterior oblique target osteotomy surface e, and the 6 angles of the saw blade in the sixth posture G correspond to the angle of the femoral anterior oblique target osteotomy surface g.
  • the robot arm 9100 can achieve alignment between each plane and the target osteotomy plane by translating a certain distance within a certain range according to a predetermined path, such as Figure 43 shows a schematic diagram of the saw blade 36 aligned with the target osteotomy plane b of the distal femur and about to perform osteotomy.
  • Figure 43 shows a schematic diagram of the saw blade 36 aligned with the target osteotomy plane b of the distal femur and about to perform osteotomy.
  • the robot arm 9100 moves the saw blade 36 under the control of the control system 9200
  • the movement range is limited to this plane, and the doctor pushes the knee joint actuator 9400 to move in this plane and completes the corresponding osteotomy.
  • the knee joint actuator 9400 rotates around the axis W to drive the saw. Use piece 36 to adjust the angle. In this way, the robot arm 9100 itself does not need to adjust its posture at a large angle or greatly, only the machine
  • the end arm 9101 of the human arm 9100 rotates the knee joint actuator 9400 around the axis W to adjust the angle of the saw blade 36 .
  • unicondylar knee replacement is similar to total knee replacement.
  • the saw blade 36 performs osteotomy through the patient's anterior approach.
  • the specific positioning principle of the osteotomy plane is the same as that of the total knee joint replacement.
  • the relevant positioning principles in knee replacement are the same and will not be repeated here.
  • FIGS. 44 to 46 are schematic diagrams of the operating space in the second connection relationship between the saw blade 36 and the third interface 3712.
  • Figure 44 is a schematic diagram of high medial tibial osteotomy of the left leg.
  • Figure 45 and Figure 46 show the schematic diagram of the saw blade aligned with the high position of the tibia.
  • the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 have a second included angle, and the second included angle is a zero angle, that is, the length direction of the saw blade 36 is parallel to the length direction of the main body 371 (the direction of the axis W).
  • the plane of the saw blade 36 is parallel to the virtual longitudinal section P of the main body 371 , and the virtual longitudinal section P is the cross-section plane in the length direction of the main body 371 .
  • the virtual longitudinal section P of the main body 371 is the plane determined by the axis M of the first interface and the axis N of the second interface, where the axis M of the first interface coincides with the axis W, and the axis N of the second interface coincides with the axis N of the main body 371
  • the lines pointing to the first side 3703 coincide.
  • the main body 371 is symmetrical with respect to the virtual longitudinal section P.
  • the knee joint actuator 9400 facilitates high tibial osteotomy and distal femoral osteotomy.
  • This type of surgery uses open wedge osteotomy or closed osteotomy on the lateral side of the femur F or tibia T to protect the integrity of the physiological structure of the knee joint. It is the main surgical method for the treatment of early knee joint lesions. Unlike knee replacement surgery, a high tibial osteotomy or distal femoral osteotomy will be performed through a medial or lateral approach to the affected side.
  • the robot arm 9100 and the trolley 9102 carrying it are located on the opposite side of the patient's affected side (right side of the patient), and the navigation system 9000 Located on the affected area (patient's left side).
  • the robot arm 9100 points from the affected side to the opposite side.
  • the end arm 9101 of the robot arm is connected to a knee joint actuator 9400.
  • the robot arm 9100 keeps the actuator roughly transverse to the patient and above the middle of the left leg and the right leg and closer to the left leg. .
  • the saw blade 36 will be introduced from the inside of the proximal end of the tibia T of the patient's left leg, and the cutting end 361 of the saw blade 36 points toward the proximal end of the tibia T in a horizontal direction transverse to the patient.
  • the plane of the saw blade 36 is adapted to the planned osteotomy plane of the predetermined surgical plan, and the knee joint actuator 9400 is required to adjust the angle of the plane of the saw blade 36 approximately around an axis W parallel to the intersection of the human body's coronal plane and the transverse plane.
  • the rotation of the end arm 9101 of the robot arm around its own axis causes the knee joint actuator 9400 to rotate around the axis W, and the saw blade 36 rotates in a certain plane to be parallel to the high target osteotomy surface h of the tibia.
  • the robot arm 9100 can achieve alignment of each plane with the high tibial target osteotomy surface h by translating a certain distance within a certain range according to a predetermined path.
  • the robot arm 9100 itself does not need to adjust its posture at a large angle or greatly.
  • the angle of the saw blade 36 can be adjusted by rotating the end arm of the robot arm 9100.
  • the distal femoral osteotomy is similar to the high tibial osteotomy.
  • the patient is in a supine position with the knees bent, and the knee joint actuator 9400 equipped with the saw blade 36 is introduced from the medial or lateral side of the corresponding femur.
  • the proximal fibular osteotomy is similar to the high tibial osteotomy.
  • the patient is usually in the supine position, and the knee joint actuator 9400 equipped with the saw blade 36 enters through the posterolateral approach of the corresponding fibula, and the cutting position is 6 to 10 cm below the fibular head.
  • the knee joint actuator 9400 is equipped with a saw blade 36 to cut off the fibula by about 2cm, and seal the cut end with bone wax to prevent the broken end of the fibula from healing.
  • the cutting of the saw blade 36 when the saw blade 36 has a second connection relationship with the knee joint actuator 9400 End 361 may be directed laterally from the bone toward the surgical site.
  • the robot arm 9100 can be equipped with the knee joint actuator 9400 to flexibly and conveniently perform distal femur osteotomy surgery or proximal fibula osteotomy surgery.
  • the cutting end 361 of the saw blade 36 can be better pointed on the front side of the patient.
  • the cutting end 361 of the saw blade 36 can be better directed from the inside or outside of the patient's lower limb to the femur F, tibia T or fibula.
  • the saw blade 36 obtains the second connection relationship through the first connection relationship.
  • the knee actuator 9400 can adapt to different surgical approaches and types of surgery.
  • the robot arm 9100 carrying the knee actuator 9400 does not need to position the saw blade to the target osteotomy plane in a complicated or difficult-to-reach posture.
  • the doctor's operation is convenient and the operating space is sufficient, and the robot equipped with the knee actuator 9400 is flexible enough to complete a variety of surgeries.
  • the equipment purchase cost and the doctor's learning time cost will be greatly reduced.
  • the third interface 3712 is a clamping mechanism 38
  • the saw blade 36 is connected to the knee joint actuator 9400 through the clamping mechanism 38 .
  • the clamping mechanism 38 includes two opposite clamping parts 381 . The two clamping parts 381 approach each other under the action of external force to clamp the connecting end 362 of the saw blade 36 .
  • Figure 47 shows a schematic diagram of the first saw blade 36 and the clamping mechanism 38.
  • a reversing structure is provided between the two clamping parts 381 and the saw blade 36.
  • the reversing structure enables the saw blade 36 to form a first connection relationship or a second connection relationship when the saw blade 36 is connected to the main body 371 through the third interface 3712.
  • the reversing structure includes a protrusion 391 and a groove 392.
  • the protrusion 391 and the groove 392 are respectively provided on the clamping part 381 and the saw blade 36.
  • the groove 392 includes at least two accommodation spaces 3921, and the two accommodation spaces 3921 are connected with the described When the protrusions 391 cooperate, the saw blade 36 and the rotating shaft 37121 are circumferentially fixed respectively.
  • the protrusion 391 is provided on one of the clamping parts 381
  • the groove 392 is provided on the connecting end 362 of the saw blade 36 .
  • Both the protrusion 391 and the groove 392 include strip-shaped units evenly distributed in the circumferential direction.
  • the saw blade 36 When the saw blade 36 is clamped by the clamping portion 381, the saw blade 36 will have multiple angular connection methods relative to the main body 371, two of which respectively correspond to the first connection relationship and the second connection relationship between the saw blade 36 and the main body 371. .
  • adjusting the matching relationship between the protrusion 391 and the groove 392 can allow the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 to have a first orientation relationship.
  • FIG. 48 and FIG. 49 are schematic diagrams of the second saw blade 36 and the clamping structure 8 .
  • the shapes of the protrusion 391a and the groove 392a are different from those described above (the embodiment shown in FIG. 37).
  • the protrusion 391a is in the shape of a strip, and the groove 392a has two accommodation spaces 3921 spaced 90 degrees apart.
  • the strip-shaped protrusion 391a corresponds to the first connection relationship between the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 in the two accommodation spaces 3921.
  • Second connection relationship The state shown in FIG. 48 allows the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 to have a first connection relationship; the state shown in FIG. 49 allows the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 to have a second connection relationship.
  • the tracer includes a first tracer 3721 and a second tracer 3722.
  • the first tracer 3721 is fixedly disposed on the second end 3702 of the main body 371.
  • the tracer element 3723 on the first tracer 3721 is detachable.
  • the first tracer 3721 indicates the direction.
  • the second tracer 3722 is detachably connected to the second end 3702 of the main body 371.
  • the second tracer 3722 indicates the orientation.
  • the saw blade 36 points from the front side of the patient (above the knee joint of the patient's bent knee) to the knee joint.
  • the knee joint actuator 9400 is higher than the knee joint actuator 9400 in the bent knee state.
  • the heights of the patient's legs, the first tracer 3721 and the main body 371 relative to the patient are substantially consistent.
  • the navigation system 9000 is located on the opposite side of the main body 371 and can identify the position information of the first tracer 3721.
  • the control system 9200 obtains the position information of the saw blade based on the position information of the first tracer 3721 to control the knee joint actuator 9400.
  • Saw blade 36 is positioned to the target osteotomy plane.
  • the tracking element 3723 on the first tracer 3721 is removed, and the second tracer 3722 is connected to the second end 3702 of the main body 371 .
  • the second tracer 3722 is located on a side of the first tracer 3721 away from the third interface 3712 .
  • the second tracer 3722 can be higher than the patient's lower limb in the knee flexion state and on the opposite side of the second tracer 3722
  • the navigation system 9000 can recognize the position information of the second tracer 3722 without obstruction.
  • the verification frame When verifying the plane of the saw blade 36, the verification frame also needs to face the navigation system 9000, the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 is closer, the verification frame may block the first tracer 3721 when installed on the saw blade 36.
  • the setting of the second tracer 3722 also prevents the second tracer 3722 from being blocked when the verification frame is installed on the saw blade 36.
  • the navigation system 9000 recognizes the line of sight.
  • the tracer may only include the first tracer 3721.
  • the saw blade 36 When performing total knee replacement, high tibial osteotomy or distal femoral osteotomy, the saw blade 36 has a first connection relationship or a second connection relationship with the main body, and the positioning system determines the saw blade through the position and posture of the first tracer 3721 Position and posture of film 36 in the surgical space.
  • the first tracer 3721 When only the first tracer 3721 is provided, it is only necessary to ensure that when the saw blade 36 and the actuator have the second connection relationship, the patient's legs or the verification stand in the kneeled state will not block the navigation system 9000 from identifying the first tracer. 3721 line of sight is enough.
  • the height of the first tracer 3721 along the positive direction of the Y-axis can be increased based on the first tracer 3721 shown in FIG. 35 .
  • Figure 50 is a schematic diagram of the second tracer 3722 and the main body 371.
  • Figure 51 is a schematic structural diagram of the second tracer.
  • the second tracer 3722 is connected to the second end 3702 of the main body 371 through a detachable fixing structure.
  • the detachable fixing structure includes a plug-in component and a locking component 3103.
  • the plug-in component includes a plug component 3101 and a locking component 3103. Kit 3102, when the plug member 3101 is plugged into the kit 3102, the second tracer 3722 has the remaining degree of freedom to move in the direction opposite to the plugging direction relative to the main body 371.
  • the locking member 3103 is used to advance in a direction perpendicular to the insertion direction to limit the remaining degree of freedom of the second tracer 3722 relative to the main body 371 .
  • the plug member 3101 is provided on the main body 371 and is a dovetail-type plug block.
  • the set 3102 is provided on the second tracer 3722 and is a dovetail groove.
  • the second tracer 3722 has an unfixed remaining degree of freedom in the plugging direction relative to the main body 371.
  • the locking piece 3103 has a jackscrew structure. When the locking piece 3103 fixes the remaining degree of freedom, the locking piece 3103 penetrates the bottom surface of the slot and is in tight contact with the surface of the latch piece 3101, restricting the second tracer 3722 in the opposite direction of the plugging direction. Detachment from subject371.
  • the tracer includes a tracer frame 3724 and a tracer part.
  • the tracer frame 3724 is connected to the actuator body 371.
  • the tracer part includes a plurality of tracer frames 3724.
  • the connected tracking elements 3723 and multiple tracking elements 3723 are arranged along a plane, and the multiple tracking elements 3723 arranged along the plane define a plane, which is recognized by the navigation system 9000 and reflects the orientation of the saw blade 36 accordingly.
  • the second handle 373 is not provided on the main body 371 of the knee joint actuator 9400. In this way, the operator can hold the second side 3704 of the main body 371 to control the posture change or movement of the knee joint actuator.
  • the present disclosure proposes a surgical system, including a joint surgical device, a navigation system 9000 and a control system 9200 .
  • the joint surgical device is the knee surgical device of the first aspect.
  • the robot arm 9100 is used to carry the hip actuator 9300 or the knee actuator 9400 and provide power for the hip actuator 9300 or the knee actuator 9400;
  • the navigation system 9000 is used to identify the position of the tracer To obtain the position information of the saw blade or execution tool;
  • the control system 9200 is used to control the hip actuator 9300 or the knee actuator 9400 to operate according to the predetermined surgical plan.
  • control system 9200 can control the robot arm 9100 so that the robot arm 9100 moves completely autonomously according to the surgical plan, or by providing tactile feedback or force feedback to limit the surgeon's manual movement of the surgical tool 3 beyond the predetermined virtual boundary, or by providing virtual guidance. to guide the surgeon's movement along a certain degree of freedom.
  • Virtual boundaries and virtual guides can come from the surgical plan or can be set intraoperatively via input devices.
  • the hip joint actuator 9300 or the knee joint actuator 9400 is detachably connected to the robot arm 9100; the navigation system 9000 is used to learn the positions of the saw blade 36, the execution tool, and the patient's bones.
  • the navigation system 9000 generally includes a positioner (such as a binocular camera 21) to measure the orientation of the above-mentioned tracer through 3D measurement technology.
  • the control system 9200 is used to drive the robot arm to move the hip joint actuator 9300 or the knee joint actuator 9400 according to the surgical plan to position the saw blade 36 or the execution tool to the target position.
  • the surgical plan can include the robot arm movement path, movement boundaries, etc.
  • a surgical system with the assistance of a robotic arm 9100, a control system 9200, and a navigation system 9000.
  • Acetabular socket preparation, medullary cavity preparation, or installation of the prosthesis 1003 can be performed only with the robot arm 9100 connected to the hip joint actuator 9300.
  • Knee surgery is performed with the robotic arm connected to the knee actuator 9400.
  • One system can adapt to a variety of surgeries and operations, which not only reduces the time for doctors to adapt to the surgical system, but also eliminates the need to purchase corresponding special equipment for various surgeries.
  • 52 to 68 illustrate a connecting device and a surgical robot system having the connecting device.
  • Figure 52 is a schematic diagram of the surgical robot system.
  • Figure 53 is a schematic diagram of the end effector being connected to the robot arm through a connecting device.
  • the robot system mainly includes a robot arm 1, a trolley 2, an end effector 4 equipped with a surgical tool 3, and a connection device 5.
  • the robot arm 1 is equivalent to the doctor's arm, and uses the end effector 4 to hold the surgical tool 3 for positioning or movement.
  • the trolley 2 serves as the base of the robot arm 1, and a driver and a power device for driving the movement of the robot arm 1 are provided inside.
  • the surgical tool 3 may be a guide, a bone drill, a bone saw, a rasp, a milling cutter and other tools for performing predetermined actions.
  • the end effector 4 is detachably connected to the end arm 11 of the robot arm 1 through the connecting device 5 , and the end effector 4 provides power for the surgical tool 3 to perform predetermined actions.
  • the connecting device 5 serves as an adapter connecting the end effector 4 and the end arm 11 of the robot arm 1, allowing the end effector 4 to be easily disassembled and assembled, thereby saving surgical preparation time. With the assistance of the surgical robot, the doctor can accurately control the movement of the surgical tool 3 to complete operations such as osteotomy, drilling, cutting or grinding.
  • Figure 54 is a schematic diagram of the external structure of the connecting device 5.
  • Figure 55 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the connecting device 5.
  • FIG. 60 is an exploded view of the connecting device 5 .
  • the connection device 5 includes a plug-in first connection part 51 , a second connection part 52 , a locking part 53 and a force applying component 54 .
  • the first connecting member 51 is generally cylindrical, and its two axial ends are a first connecting end A and a first locking end B respectively.
  • the first connection end A is used for fixed connection with the end arm 11 of the robot arm 1 .
  • the first locking end B includes a receiving portion 511, a first limiting portion 512 and a locking surface 5111a.
  • the receiving portion 511 is shaft-shaped and is located on the first side of the first locking end B.
  • the first limiting portion 512 is a flange that protrudes radially from the receiving portion 511 and is located on the second side of the first locking end B, where the second side and the first side are two opposite sides of the first locking end B.
  • annular groove 5111 with an inverted trapezoidal cross-section is circumferentially formed on the outer surface of the receiving portion 511 .
  • the width of the annular groove 5111 gradually decreases along the radial direction of the first connecting member 51 .
  • the tapered surface on the second side of the ring groove 5111 close to the first locking end B is the locking surface 5111a.
  • the direction of the line connecting the cone surface and its virtual vertex O points to the first connection end A. That is, the locking surface 5111a is an inclined slope compared to the cylindrical surface, and the locking surface 5111a is disposed face to face with the end surface of the first limiting part 512 (the end surface on the right side of the first limiting part in the figure).
  • Figure 59 is a schematic structural diagram of the second connecting member 52.
  • the second connecting member 52 is a cylindrical sleeve, and its two axial ends are the second connecting end C and the second locking end D respectively.
  • the second connection end C is a flange connection end, and the flange connection end is used for fixed connection with the end effector 4 .
  • the second locking end D has a second limiting portion 521 , and the second limiting portion 521 is the end surface of the first side of the second locking end D.
  • An annular receiving groove 522 is provided on the outer periphery of the second locking end D side of the second connecting member 52 , and the opening of the receiving groove 522 faces the second connecting end C.
  • a plurality of mounting holes 523 are evenly distributed around the outer periphery of the second locking end D.
  • the mounting hole 523 is a circular through hole, and a stop ring is provided at one end of the mounting hole 523 close to the axis of the second connector 52 .
  • the diameter of the stop ring is smaller than the diameter of the circular through hole.
  • the locking parts 53 are balls, and there are multiple locking parts.
  • the plurality of locking members 53 are located in the mounting holes 523 and at least part of the balls can pass through the inner wall of the second connecting member 52 .
  • the first connecting member 51 when the first connecting member 51 is connected to the second connecting member 52 , the first locking end B and the second locking end D are opposite and inserted.
  • the receiving portion 511 enters the second locking end D, and the outer peripheral surface of the receiving portion 511 fits the inner peripheral surface of the second locking end D; the first connecting end A and the second connecting end C are separated from each other.
  • the receiving portion 511 and the second locking end D It is inserted axially until the first limiting part 512 contacts the second limiting part 521, and the locking member 53 is substantially aligned with the locking surface 5111a.
  • the direction of the arrow W in the figure is the positive direction of the axial direction
  • the direction opposite to the direction of the arrow W is the reverse direction of the axial direction.
  • the locking member 53 When the locking member 53 receives the above-mentioned force causing it to move radially, the locking member 53 applies a force perpendicular to the locking surface 5111a to the locking surface 5111a.
  • the force exerted on the locking member 53 causes the locking member 53 to squeeze the side wall of the mounting hole 523 , thereby driving the second connecting member 52 to press the first connecting member 51 , that is, causing the second limiting portion 521 to press the first connecting member 52 .
  • Limiting part 512 Limiting part 512.
  • the radial component of the force perpendicular to the locking surface 5111a causes internal stress in the radial direction between the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52, and there will be corresponding internal stress on the contact surface where the two shaft holes fit. stress.
  • the first connecting member 51 tends to rotate relative to the second connecting member 52
  • the static friction force caused by the internal stress and the static friction force between the first limiting portion 512 and the second limiting portion 521 will prevent the first connection.
  • the member 51 has a tendency to rotate relative to the second connecting member 52 .
  • the locking member 53 moves radially under the action of force and squeezes the first connecting member 51, so that the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 are locked in the axial, radial and circumferential directions.
  • the first limiting part 512 is also provided with a positioning pin 5121
  • the second limiting part 521 is provided with a positioning hole 5211.
  • the positioning pin 5121 is inserted into the positioning hole 5211.
  • the cooperation between the positioning pin 5121 and the positioning hole 5211 not only ensures that the end effector 4 can be connected to the end arm 11 of the robot arm 1 in a correct circumferential posture, but also further ensures that the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 Circumferential locking effect when locking and fixing.
  • the positions of the positioning pin 5121 and the positioning hole 5211 are interchangeable, that is, the positioning hole 5211 is provided in the first limiting part 512 and the positioning pin 5121 is provided in the second limiting part 521 .
  • the cooperation between the positioning pin 5121 and the positioning hole 5211 can be replaced by key connection.
  • a force-applying component 54 is provided outside the second connecting member 52.
  • the force-applying component 54 is used to apply force to the locking member 53. Under the action of this force, the locking member 53 moves radially and squeezes the first The connecting piece 51 compresses the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 .
  • Figure 56 is a schematic structural diagram of the second connecting member and the force-applying component.
  • Figure 57 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the second connecting member and the force-applying component.
  • the force-applying assembly 54 includes a sleeve 541, a nut screwing mechanism, a first elastic member 544, a second elastic member 545, a locking force adjustment mechanism 546 and a thrust bearing 547.
  • Figure 63 is a perspective view of the shaft sleeve structure.
  • Figure 64 is a cross-sectional view of the shaft sleeve structure.
  • the sleeve 541 is generally a rotating body and includes a first cylinder section 5411 and a second cylinder section 5412 with different radii.
  • the radius of the first cylinder section 5411 is larger than the radius of the second cylinder section 5412 and there is a certain distance between them.
  • the inner and outer peripheral surfaces of the first barrel section 5411 are both cylindrical surfaces.
  • the outer circumferential surface of the second barrel section 5412 is a cylindrical surface, and the inner circumferential surface is a conical surface, that is, the inner circumferential surface is an inclined surface compared to the cylindrical surface.
  • the inner circumferential surface of the second barrel section is used to exert force on the locking member 53 when the shaft sleeve 541 is pushed axially.
  • the inclination direction of the inner peripheral surface of the second barrel section 5412 is opposite to the inclination direction of the locking surface 5111a.
  • the line connecting the tapered surface of the inner peripheral surface of the second barrel section 5412 and its virtual vertex Q points to the second connecting end C.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the first cylinder section 5411 and the outer peripheral surface of the second cylinder section 5412 form a separation space 5413.
  • the nut threading mechanism includes a nut piece and a rotating groove 543.
  • the nut piece rotates along the rotating groove 543 to push the shaft sleeve 541 to move axially.
  • the nut component includes a lock nut 5421 and a guide component 5422.
  • Figure 61 is a schematic diagram of the nut assembly.
  • Figure 62 is a schematic diagram of the guide member.
  • Lock mother 5421 is annular.
  • the guide members 5422 protrude from the inner ring of the lock mother 5421 along the radial direction of the lock mother 5421.
  • the guide member 5422 is a guide wheel assembly.
  • the guide wheel assembly includes a shaft fixed to the inner ring of the lock nut 5421 and a guide wheel fitted at the end of the shaft for mating with the rotating groove 543.
  • the guide wheel rotates with the shaft. connect.
  • There are two rotating grooves 543 which are provided on the peripheral surface of the second connecting member 52 and located between the second connecting end C and the second locking end D.
  • the second connector shown in Figure 59.
  • the spiral groove 543 includes four sections, namely the first lead section a, the second lead section b, the third lead section c and the fourth lead section d.
  • the first three lead segments are the lift of the clockwise spiral.
  • the direction of the axial increment generated by the clockwise spiral of the first three lead segments is the direction in which the second connecting end C points to the second locking end D (the opposite of the axial direction). direction), that is, the first three leads gradually approach the second locking end D during the spiral process.
  • the leads of the first lead section a, the second lead section b and the third lead section c decrease in sequence.
  • the fourth lead section d is the descending stroke of the clockwise spiral. Based on the descending stroke, the direction of the axial increment produced by the clockwise spiral in the fourth lead section d is opposite to the direction of the axial increment in the lift.
  • the first elastic member 544 and the second elastic member 545 are both springs.
  • the first elastic member 544 serves as a force-fixing member to make the force applied by the force-applying component 54 to the locking member 53 a constant force.
  • the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 is an annular component with adjustable axial thickness, and is used to adjust the predetermined compression stroke of the first elastic member 544 when its axial thickness changes, so as to adjust the force applied by the force-applying component 54 to the locking member 53 .
  • the amount of afterburner Refer to Figures 65 and 66, which are schematic structural diagrams of the locking force adjustment mechanism.
  • the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 includes an inner ring 5461 and an outer ring 5462.
  • the inner peripheral surface of the inner ring 5461 is provided with a circumferential positioning surface.
  • the circumferential positioning surface is used to circumferentially fix the inner ring 5461 and the connected part (the connected part is the second connecting part 52 in this embodiment).
  • the outer peripheral surface of the inner ring 5461 and the inner peripheral surface of the outer ring 5462 are provided with threads.
  • the outer ring 5462 and the inner ring 5461 are connected through threads.
  • the axial thickness of the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 can be adjusted by adjusting the screwing depth of the inner ring 5461 and the outer ring 5462.
  • the thrust bearing 547 is used to reduce the internal resistance of the force applying component 54.
  • the force applying component 54 is sleeved outside the second connecting member 52 .
  • the lock nut 5421 of the force-applying assembly 54 is disposed at the position of the rotating groove 543 , and the guide wheel of the guide wheel assembly is located in the rotating groove 543 .
  • the side of the lock mother 5421 close to the second locking end D is provided with a thrust bearing 547, a locking force adjustment mechanism 546, a first elastic member 544, a shaft sleeve 541 and a second elastic member 545, and the above components are all set on the second locking end D. Outside the connector 52.
  • the first elastic member 544 is a disc spring, one end is in contact with the outer ring 5462 of the locking force adjustment mechanism 546, and the other end is in contact with the shaft sleeve 541.
  • the first cylinder section 5411 of the sleeve 541 is partially inserted into the accommodating groove 522, and the outer peripheral surface of the first cylinder part fits the wall surface with a larger radius of the accommodating groove 522, so that the axle sleeve 541 can be pushed by the first elastic member 544.
  • the receiving groove 522 moves axially under the guidance of the wall surface.
  • the second elastic member 545 is disposed between the sleeve 541 and the receiving groove 522. One end of the second elastic member 545 is in contact with the bottom surface of the receiving groove 522, and the other end is in contact with the bottom surface of the separation space 5413.
  • connection principle of the connection device 5 will be comprehensively described in conjunction with the connection device 5 that is integrally composed of the first connection part 51 , the second connection part 52 , the locking part 53 and the force-applying component 54 .
  • the first connection end A of the first connection member 51 is fixed on the end arm 11
  • the second connection end C of the second connection member 52 is connected to the end effector 4 . 4 are fixedly connected, and the first locking end B and the second locking end D are in a mutually separated state.
  • Figure 58 is a schematic diagram of the contact position between the locking member and the first connecting member and the second connecting member. During the axial movement of the sleeve 541, the inner circumferential surface of the second cylinder section 5412 presses the locking member 53 at the first point P1 on the top of the locking member 53.
  • the locking member 53 moves in the radial direction, the second point P2 at the bottom of the locking member 53 presses the locking surface 5111a, and the third point P3 on the side of the locking member 53 axially presses the mounting hole 523.
  • Wall surface When the locking member 53 presses the locking surface 5111a through the second point P2, it generates a first axial force on the first connecting member 51, and the direction of the first axial force points to the positive axial direction.
  • the locking member 53 presses the wall surface of the mounting hole 523 through the third point P3, it generates a second axial force on the second connecting member 52, and the direction of the second axial force points in the opposite direction of the axial direction.
  • the first axial force and the second force in opposite directions compress the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 in the axial direction.
  • the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 are axially fixedly connected.
  • the pressure of the locking member 53 on the locking surface 5111a and the pressing force of the first limiting portion 512 and the second limiting portion 521 cause the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member to rotate respectively when they have a tendency to rotate relative to each other. Static friction is generated at two places to prevent this tendency, thereby achieving circumferential fixation of the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 .
  • the positioning pins 5121 and the positioning holes 5211 circumferentially fix the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 in a more rigid manner.
  • the outer peripheral surface of the receiving portion 511 of the first connecting member 51 and the inner peripheral surface of the second connecting member 52 fit together to form a shaft hole fit, and the radial component of the pressing force of the locking member 53 on the locking surface 5111a
  • the first connecting piece 51 and the second connecting piece 52 are fixed radially.
  • the fourth lead section Section d is the descending distance.
  • the lock mother 5421 is rotated to cause the guide wheel assembly to slide from the first lead section a to the third lead section c in the rotating groove 543, the lock mother 5421 continues to overcome the elastic force of the first elastic member 544 and the second elastic member 545. Keep squeezing the locking piece 53. The compression amount of the first elastic member 544 and the second elastic member 545 gradually increases, and the torque required to rotate the lock nut 5421 will also continue to increase. Rotate the lock mother 5421 at a relatively uniform speed.
  • the lock mother 5421 When the lock mother 5421 axially feeds the same distance in the three lead sections with continuously decreasing lead, the first elastic member 544 and the second elastic member 545 feed back to the lock.
  • the resistance of the mother 5421 is about the same.
  • the drop setting of the fourth lead section d prevents the guide wheel assembly from automatically returning to the first three lead sections after entering the fourth lead section d.
  • the sleeve 541 squeezes the locking member 53 so that the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 are not automatically relaxed, and the connecting device 5
  • the locking of the connecting piece 51 and the second connecting piece 52 is reliable and stable.
  • the inclination angle ⁇ of the locking surface 5111a relative to the positive axial direction is 45 degrees
  • the inclination angle ⁇ of the tapered surface of the inner surface of the second barrel section 5412 in the sleeve 541 relative to the opposite axial direction is 15 degrees. .
  • the sleeve 541 exerts a pressing force N perpendicular to the conical surface on the locking member 53 .
  • the locking member 53 Under the action of the extrusion force N, the locking member 53 generates an extrusion force M that extrudes the locking surface 5111a at the second point P2, and creates an extrusion mounting hole in the opposite axial direction at the third point P3.
  • the locking force F of 523 is an axial force, and the magnitude of this force is the locking force that presses the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 axially.
  • the locking force that finally presses the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 is about 4.7 times the initial force F0, that is, the locking member 53, the locking surface 5111a and the shaft sleeve 541
  • the structural setting has a force-increasing function.
  • the lock nut 5421 reaches the end of the fourth lead section d along the first lead section a of the rotating groove 543.
  • the stroke of the lock nut 5421 moving in the positive axial direction is fixed.
  • the compression amounts of the first elastic member 544 and the second elastic member 545 are both fixed.
  • the force F0 and even the locking force F applied by the first elastic member 544 to the sleeve 541 are also constant. That is, the first elastic member 544 serves as a positioning member to make the locking force between the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 constant.
  • the second elastic member 545 plays a reset role and is used to rebound when the lock nut 5421 is rotated counterclockwise to help the sleeve 541 reset in the positive axial direction.
  • the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 provided in the force application component 54 can adjust the size of the locking force F.
  • the locking force F can be adjusted by changing the size of F0.
  • adjusting the compression amount x of the first elastic member 544 can adjust the locking force.
  • the compression amount of the first elastic member 544 includes the pre-compression amount x1 of the first elastic member 544 and the stroke of the lock nut 5421 in the rotating groove 543 from the first lead section a to the fourth lead section d.
  • the stroke compression amount of piece 544 is x2.
  • the stroke compression amount x2 is the amount of feed of the lock nut 5421 in the opposite direction of the axial direction, which is a fixed amount.
  • the size of the locking force F can be adjusted by changing the pre-compression amount x1 of the first elastic member 544 .
  • the specific principle is that the axial length of the space between the bottom of the receiving groove 522 and the rotating groove 543 is fixed for the installation space of the force applying component 54 .
  • the degree of rotation of the inner ring 5461 and the outer ring 5462 of the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 can change the overall thickness of the locking force adjustment mechanism 546, thereby changing the pre-compression amount of the first elastic member 544. For example, if you want the locking force F to become larger, you can increase the thickness of the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 and increase the pre-compression amount x1 of the first elastic member 544.
  • the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 is a plurality of washers whose number can be increased or decreased. In this way, increasing the number of washers can increase the pre-compression amount x1 of the spring, thereby increasing the locking force F. On the contrary, reducing the number of shims can reduce the locking force.
  • the specific principle is the same as adjusting the degree of rotation of the inner ring 5461 and the outer ring 5462 to adjust the size of the locking force F, which will not be described again here.
  • the thrust bearing 547 can be replaced with any structure that can reduce circumferential rotational friction, for example, with a material with a smaller friction coefficient (such as polytetrafluoroethylene, polyetheretherketone, polyoxymethylene). , copper alloy, powder metallurgy, etc.).
  • a material with a smaller friction coefficient such as polytetrafluoroethylene, polyetheretherketone, polyoxymethylene). , copper alloy, powder metallurgy, etc.
  • the purpose is to enable the lock nut 5421 to rotate smoothly while pushing the shaft sleeve 541.
  • the force applying component 54 is a sleeve 541 .
  • the shaft sleeve 541 is threadedly connected to the second connecting piece 52.
  • the shaft sleeve 541 rotates relative to the second connecting piece 52, and the shaft sleeve 541 can move in the forward or reverse direction of the axial direction.
  • the tapered surface of the inner circumferential surface of the second cylinder section 5412 presses the locking member 53, and the locking member 53 further presses the locking surface 5111a of the first connecting member 51, and the first The limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 are pressed together to achieve a rigid connection between the end effector 4 and the robot arm 1 . And through the rotation of the shaft sleeve 541, the first device and the second device can be easily disassembled and assembled.
  • the force-applying assembly 55 includes a sleeve 551 and a cam assembly for pushing the sleeve 551 to move axially.
  • the cam assembly includes a cam handle 551 and a movable disc 553 .
  • the cam handle 551 is hingedly connected to the second connecting member 52.
  • the movable disk 553 is sleeved on the second connecting member 52, and one side (the right side in the illustration) is in contact with the cam 5511 of the cam handle 551, and the other side (the right side in the illustration) is in contact with the cam 5511 of the cam handle 551. Left side) is fixed with bushing 541.
  • the movable disk 553 moves in the axial direction under the action of the cam 5511.
  • the pushing sleeve 541 presses the locking member 53
  • the locking member 53 presses the first connecting member 51 .
  • the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 are pressed tightly to realize the first connection.
  • the connection between the member 51 and the second connecting member 52 is convenient, and the cam handle 551 is easy to control, and a simple pulling action can realize quick disassembly and assembly of the first device and the second device.
  • the force-applying component 54 may not be provided, and the locking member 53 is a screw, and the wall surface of the mounting hole 523 is provided with threads.
  • the screw moves radially along the mounting hole 523 relative to the second connecting member, its top end can press the locking surface 5111a of the first connecting member 51 .
  • the reaction force generated by the extrusion causes the screw to drive the second connecting member to be close to the first limiting part 512 , causing the second limiting part 521 to press the first limiting part 512 .
  • the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 fix the end effector 4 to the robot arm through the pressing contact between the screw and the locking surface 5111a and the pressing of the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 1 end.
  • the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 can also be provided at other positions.
  • a flange is provided in the inner hole of the second connecting member 52 as an axial limiting structure (second limiting portion).
  • the end surface of the first locking end B of the first connecting member 51 forms a first limiting portion.
  • the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 may not be provided. That is, a locking force value is fixedly set in the force-applying component 54, and the locking force cannot be adjusted.
  • the fixed locking force can also achieve a fixed connection between the first device and the second device.
  • the fixed force member (first elastic member 544) may not be provided, and the locking force is controlled only by the movement distance of the sleeve 541.
  • the more the sleeve 541 moves in the opposite radial direction the greater the pressure exerted by the sleeve 541 on the locking member 53 , and the force of the locking member 53 squeezing the first connecting member 51 and the greater the locking force F. On the contrary, the locking force is smaller.
  • the first device and the second device may be other structures that require rigid fixed connection except the end effector 4 and the robot arm 1 .
  • the first device may be a binocular vision camera used in the navigation system to identify the position of the tracer
  • the second device may be a bracket used to support the binocular vision camera.
  • the surgical robot includes an end effector 4, a robot arm 1 and a connecting device 5.
  • the end effector 4 is used to carry the surgical tool 3; the robot arm 1 is used to The end effector 4 is held to position or move it; the connecting device 5 is the connecting device 5 of the previous embodiment, and is used to connect the end effector 4 to the end arm 11 of the robot arm 1 .
  • the connecting device 5 is the connecting device 5 of the previous embodiment, and is used to connect the end effector 4 to the end arm 11 of the robot arm 1 .

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Robotics (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Prostheses (AREA)

Abstract

A connecting apparatus, a joint surgical apparatus and a surgical operation system. The joint surgical apparatus is used for selectively executing a knee joint surgery or a hip joint replacement surgery. The joint surgery apparatus comprises a knee joint actuator (9400), a hip joint actuator (9300) and a robot arm (9100). The knee actuator (9400) is used for connecting to a saw blade (36) to cut a predetermined shape on a bone. The hip joint actuator (9300) is used for connecting to an execution tool so as to prepare a prosthesis-mounting space and implant a prosthesis on the bone. The robot arm (9100) is used for connecting to the knee joint actuator (9400) or the hip joint actuator (9300). The knee joint actuator (9400) and the hip joint actuator (9300) are configured to have the same first port (30). The first port (30) is used for detachably connecting the knee joint actuator (9400) or the hip joint actuator (9300) to the robot arm (9100).

Description

连接装置、关节手术装置及外科手术系统Connecting devices, joint surgical devices and surgical systems 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及骨科手术机器人技术领域,具体涉及一种连接装置、关节手术装置及外科手术系统。This application relates to the technical field of orthopedic surgical robots, and specifically to a connecting device, a joint surgical device and a surgical system.
背景技术Background technique
目前,下肢关节性疾病包括膝关节骨关节病、髋关节骨关节病、股骨颈骨折和股骨头坏死等,这些疾病严重影响患者正常行走、下肢的活动。人工关节置换手术可以治疗上述疾病。对严重病变的关节,关节置换具有解除关节疼痛、保持关节活动度、保持关节稳定性或改善下肢畸形的效果。At present, lower limb joint diseases include knee osteoarthrosis, hip osteoarthrosis, femoral neck fracture, femoral head necrosis, etc. These diseases seriously affect patients' normal walking and lower limb activities. Artificial joint replacement surgery can treat the above conditions. For severely diseased joints, joint replacement can relieve joint pain, maintain joint mobility, maintain joint stability, or improve lower limb deformity.
关节置换手术主要包括膝关节置换术和髋关节置换术。全膝关节置换术(Total Knee Arthroplasty,简称TKA)中,需要对构成膝关节的股骨远端和胫骨近端进行加工以形成适合假体植入的形状和尺寸。对股骨和胫骨的加工主要是用锯切割加工出多个平面。被加工后的骨的形状基本决定了膝关节假体植入的精度,因此每个平面的加工精度决定了假体植入的精度。全髋关节置换术(Total Hip Arthroplasty,简称THA)中,需要对构成髋关节的髋臼和股骨近端加工以形成适合假体植入的形状和尺寸。髋关节成型包括髋臼窝的磨削成型以及股骨头近端的截骨和扩髓。髋关节置换的精度涉及髋臼侧的假体植入精度和股骨侧的假体植入精度。髋臼侧的假体植入精度依赖于髋臼窝的加工精度和植入过程中对髋臼假体的植入角度和深度的控制精度。股骨侧的假体植入精度依赖于股骨侧的扩髓精度。Joint replacement surgery mainly includes knee replacement and hip replacement. In Total Knee Arthroplasty (TKA), the distal femur and proximal tibia that make up the knee joint need to be processed to form a suitable shape and size for prosthetic implantation. The processing of the femur and tibia mainly involves cutting and processing multiple planes with a saw. The shape of the processed bone basically determines the accuracy of knee prosthesis implantation, so the processing accuracy of each plane determines the accuracy of prosthesis implantation. In Total Hip Arthroplasty (THA), the acetabulum and proximal femur that make up the hip joint need to be processed to form a suitable shape and size for prosthesis implantation. Hip arthroplasty involves grinding and shaping of the acetabular socket and osteotomy and reaming of the proximal femoral head. The accuracy of hip replacement involves the accuracy of prosthesis implantation on the acetabular side and the accuracy of prosthesis implantation on the femoral side. The implantation accuracy of the acetabular prosthesis depends on the processing accuracy of the acetabular socket and the control accuracy of the implantation angle and depth of the acetabular prosthesis during the implantation process. The accuracy of prosthesis implantation on the femoral side depends on the accuracy of the reaming on the femoral side.
传统的关节置换手术通常依赖医生的经验,通过熟练丰富的经验手动进行关节的加工和假体的安装,这样的关节置换手术学习曲线较长需要多年的经验积累才能保证手术精度较好的关节置换。Traditional joint replacement surgery usually relies on the doctor's experience. The joints are processed and the prostheses are installed manually through skilled and rich experience. Such joint replacement surgery has a long learning curve and requires years of experience accumulation to ensure a joint replacement with good surgical accuracy. .
而近年来,随着计算机辅助手术技术的发展,手术时可利用计算机生成的图形图像对手术过程进行导航。使用计算机完成对病人原始数据的收集和三维重建,用三维模型来指导医生的手术思路,使得医生可以通过对计算机上图像的观察来了解手术的进程并指导手术。甚至可以由计算机进行手术规划,在经过医生的确认后全自动或半自动地完成手术。这种全新的基于图像导航的手术方式使得医生可以快速、安全和有效地利用医学数据完成手术。In recent years, with the development of computer-assisted surgery technology, computer-generated graphics and images can be used to navigate the surgical process during surgery. Computers are used to complete the collection and three-dimensional reconstruction of the patient's original data, and the three-dimensional model is used to guide the doctor's surgical ideas, so that the doctor can understand the surgical process and guide the surgery by observing the images on the computer. Surgery can even be planned by computer, and the surgery can be completed fully or semi-automatically after confirmation by the doctor. This new surgical method based on image navigation allows doctors to use medical data to complete operations quickly, safely and effectively.
如马可外科(MAKO Surgical)公司销售的膝关节手术机器人。一般地,机器人系统包括机器人臂、导航定位系统和控制系统。机器人臂相当于外科医生的手臂,可以把持执行工具并以较高的精度定位执行工具。导航定位系统相当于外科医生的眼睛,可以实时测量执行工具和患者组织的位置。控制系统相当于外科医生的大脑,内部储存手术规划。控制系统根据术中通过导航定位系统获取的信息计算机器人臂的路线和/或应达的位置,可以主动控制机器人臂运动,或者通过力反馈模式设置机器人臂的虚拟边界后由人工推动机器人臂沿虚拟边界限定的路线、面或体移动。马可外科公司的机器人系统中,机器人臂末端悬挂一台电动摆锯。手术中由机器人臂将摆锯定位至膝关节附近,并由外科医生操作启动和推动电动摆锯切割骨骼,从而为假体植入准备出安装位置。机器人辅助操作的膝关节置换手术相对于传统膝关节置换手术有诸多优势。如,对外科医生的经验依赖降低;减少因传统机械定位结构使用造成的医源性伤害。 Such as the knee surgery robot sold by MAKO Surgical. Generally, a robot system includes a robot arm, a navigation and positioning system, and a control system. The robotic arm is equivalent to the surgeon's arm and can hold the execution tool and position the execution tool with high accuracy. The navigation positioning system is equivalent to the surgeon's eyes and can measure the position of the execution tool and the patient's tissue in real time. The control system is equivalent to the surgeon's brain, which stores surgical plans internally. The control system calculates the route and/or position of the robot arm based on the information obtained through the navigation and positioning system during the operation. It can actively control the movement of the robot arm, or manually push the robot arm along the edge after setting the virtual boundary of the robot arm through force feedback mode. Movement of a route, surface, or volume defined by virtual boundaries. In Marco Surgical's robotic system, an electric oscillating saw is suspended from the end of the robot arm. During the operation, the robot arm positions the oscillating saw near the knee joint, and the surgeon starts and drives the electric oscillating saw to cut the bone, thereby preparing the installation position for prosthesis implantation. Robot-assisted knee replacement surgery has many advantages over traditional knee replacement surgery. For example, the reliance on the surgeon's experience is reduced; the iatrogenic injuries caused by the use of traditional mechanical positioning structures are reduced.
然而,上述机器人系统可能不适于髋关节置换手术等手术类型,因为如前所述髋关节手术中需要多种操作(例如对髋臼扩孔、敲击髋臼杯、股骨侧扩髓),对应地需要不同构造的执行工具。设计成能适应多种工具的系统则需要多种末端执行器,而且在手术程序期间移除和安装不同类型的执行器到机器人臂上会增长手术时间。另外敲击髋臼杯至髋臼窝的过程会产生高冲击力,其可能会损坏精密的机器人臂。However, the above-mentioned robotic system may not be suitable for types of surgeries such as hip replacement surgery, because as mentioned earlier, hip surgery requires multiple operations (such as reaming the acetabulum, tapping the acetabular cup, and reaming the femoral marrow), corresponding to Different configurations of execution tools are required. Systems designed to accommodate multiple tools require multiple end effectors, and removing and installing different types of actuators onto the robotic arm during a surgical procedure can increase surgical time. In addition, the process of knocking the acetabular cup to the acetabular socket will produce high impact force, which may damage the delicate robot arm.
马可外科公司还提供了一种专门用于髋关节置换的手术机器人,中国发明专利CN102612350B公开了其构成。在使用该手术机器人进行髋臼磨削时,需要先将磨削工具安装至机器人臂末端的把持结构,再将动力装置连接至磨削工具。该把持结构还用于连接持杯器以进行髋臼假体安装的操作,因此在完成髋臼磨削操作后,需先将动力装置拆下,再拆下磨削工具,最后再将持杯器安装至把持结构。Marco Surgical Company also provides a surgical robot specially used for hip replacement, and the Chinese invention patent CN102612350B discloses its composition. When using this surgical robot for acetabular grinding, it is necessary to first install the grinding tool to the holding structure at the end of the robot arm, and then connect the power unit to the grinding tool. The holding structure is also used to connect the cup holder for the installation of the acetabular prosthesis. Therefore, after completing the acetabular grinding operation, the power unit must be removed first, then the grinding tool, and finally the cup holder must be removed. The device is mounted to the holding structure.
上述的膝关节手术机器人和髋关节置换手术机器人为两套单独装置,且每套手术机器人只能单独能够完成膝关节手术或髋关节手术。The above-mentioned knee surgery robot and hip replacement surgery robot are two separate sets of devices, and each set of surgical robots can only complete knee surgery or hip surgery alone.
此外,机器人辅助的外科手术中,机器人臂末端连接搭载有手术工具的执行器,机器人臂可自主的或在医生的推动下运动以将手术工具移动至目标位置处。手术中,末端执行器刚性连接至机器人臂的末端臂,并且该连接需要稳定可靠。一方面末端执行器与机器人臂的稳定可靠的刚性连接保证了机器人臂能够较精确将手术工具地移动或定位至目标位置。另一方面,基于可靠稳定的刚性连接,手术工具在切割质地坚硬的骨组织时,末端执行器和机器人臂的连接不易因振动松动,一定程度上保证了手术工具的切割精度。In addition, in robot-assisted surgery, the end of the robot arm is connected to an actuator equipped with surgical tools. The robot arm can move autonomously or under the guidance of the doctor to move the surgical tools to the target position. During surgery, the end effector is rigidly connected to the end arm of the robotic arm, and this connection needs to be stable and reliable. On the one hand, the stable and reliable rigid connection between the end effector and the robot arm ensures that the robot arm can move or position the surgical tool to the target position more accurately. On the other hand, based on the reliable and stable rigid connection, when the surgical tool cuts hard bone tissue, the connection between the end effector and the robot arm is not easily loosened due to vibration, which ensures the cutting accuracy of the surgical tool to a certain extent.
在传统的机器人系统中,末端执行器通常通过螺钉紧固的方式固定在机器人臂的末端,通过螺钉的预紧力保证紧固效果。这种紧固方式需要人工对螺钉施加足够大的外力才能产生预定的预紧力,操作较为费力;另外,足够长的螺纹配合段才能保证有足够多的螺牙分担预紧力,因此在旋紧螺钉时需要驱动螺钉旋转很多转。若螺钉数量较多,紧固过程的操作会比较费时。In traditional robot systems, the end effector is usually fixed at the end of the robot arm through screw tightening, and the tightening effect is ensured by the pre-tightening force of the screw. This fastening method requires manual application of large enough external force to the screw to generate the predetermined pre-tightening force, which is laborious to operate. In addition, a long enough thread mating section can ensure that there are enough threads to share the pre-tightening force, so when tightening the screw, Tightening the screw requires many turns of the drive screw. If the number of screws is large, the tightening process will be more time-consuming.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本公开提供一种关节手术装置及外科手术系统,解决了手术机器人不能兼顾髋关节置换手术和膝关节手术的问题。The present disclosure provides a joint surgical device and a surgical system, which solves the problem that a surgical robot cannot perform both hip replacement surgery and knee joint surgery.
本公开的第一方面提供一种关节手术装置,用于选择性地执行膝关节手术或髋关节置换手术,包括膝关节执行器、髋关节执行器和机器人臂。膝关节执行器用于连接锯片以在骨上切割制备预定形状;髋关节执行器用于连接执行工具以在骨上制备假体安装的空间和植入假体;机器人臂用于连接膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器;膝关节执行器和髋关节执行器被构造为具有相同的第一接口,第一接口用于将膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器可拆卸地连接至机器人臂。A first aspect of the present disclosure provides a joint surgery device for selectively performing knee surgery or hip replacement surgery, including a knee joint actuator, a hip joint actuator and a robotic arm. The knee joint actuator is used to connect the saw blade to cut on the bone to prepare a predetermined shape; the hip joint actuator is used to connect the execution tool to prepare the prosthesis installation space on the bone and implant the prosthesis; the robot arm is used to connect the knee joint actuator Or a hip actuator; the knee actuator and the hip actuator are configured to have the same first interface, and the first interface is used to detachably connect the knee actuator or the hip actuator to the robot arm.
在第一种可能的实施方式中,第一接口和机器人臂的末端臂连接时,膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器与末端臂同轴。In a first possible implementation, when the first interface is connected to the end arm of the robot arm, the knee joint actuator or hip joint actuator is coaxial with the end arm.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实施方式中,第一接口包括锁定机构,锁定机构用于将膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器连接至机器人臂的末端臂。In conjunction with the above possible implementation manner, in a second possible implementation manner, the first interface includes a locking mechanism, and the locking mechanism is used to connect the knee joint actuator or the hip joint actuator to the end arm of the robot arm.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实施方式中,髋关节执行器包括第一执行器和第二执行器;第一执行器用于连接切削工具以加工髋臼和/或髓腔,第一执行器具有第一接口和第二接口;第二执行器用于在执行假体植入操作时连接至第一执行器的第二接 口,第二执行器用于连接假体和接受安装假体的冲击;其中,第一执行器用于通过第一接口安装至机器人臂。In combination with the above possible implementation, in a third possible implementation, the hip joint actuator includes a first actuator and a second actuator; the first actuator is used to connect a cutting tool to process the acetabulum and/or medullary cavity, The first actuator has a first interface and a second interface; the second actuator is used to connect to the second interface of the first actuator when performing a prosthesis implantation operation. port, the second actuator is used to connect the prosthesis and receive the impact of installing the prosthesis; wherein, the first actuator is used to install to the robot arm through the first interface.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实施方式中,第二执行器连接至第一执行器时,用于连接假体的结构与用于连接切削工具的结构平行。In combination with the above possible implementation manner, in a fourth possible implementation manner, when the second actuator is connected to the first actuator, the structure for connecting the prosthesis is parallel to the structure for connecting the cutting tool.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实施方式中,第一接口和第二接口分布于第一执行器的两端。Combined with the above possible implementation manners, in a fifth possible implementation manner, the first interface and the second interface are distributed at both ends of the first actuator.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实施方式中,第一执行器设置有第一手柄,第一手柄被配置为在切削工具连接至第一执行器时与切削工具平行或同轴,第一手柄和切削工具分布在第一执行器的两侧。In combination with the above possible implementations, in a sixth possible implementation, the first actuator is provided with a first handle, and the first handle is configured to be parallel or coaxial with the cutting tool when the cutting tool is connected to the first actuator. , the first handle and the cutting tool are distributed on both sides of the first actuator.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实施方式中,第一执行器包括动力装置和工具组件,工具组件与动力装置之间可拆卸连接,第一接口设置于动力装置。Combined with the above possible implementation manners, in a seventh possible implementation manner, the first actuator includes a power device and a tool assembly, the tool assembly and the power device are detachably connected, and the first interface is provided on the power device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实施方式中,动力装置包括内设的动力组件,动力组件包括动力源和输出轴,输出轴与动力源连接;工具组件包括连接部和手术工具,手术工具可转动地设置于连接部,工具组件通过连接部可拆卸地设置于动力装置;其中,工具组件通过连接部与动力装置连接时,手术工具与输出轴形成接合以接收输出轴输出的转动运动。In combination with the above possible implementation manners, in an eighth possible implementation manner, the power device includes a built-in power assembly, the power assembly includes a power source and an output shaft, the output shaft is connected to the power source; the tool assembly includes a connecting part and a surgical tool , the surgical tool is rotatably disposed on the connecting part, and the tool assembly is detachably disposed on the power device through the connecting part; wherein, when the tool assembly is connected to the power device through the connecting part, the surgical tool is engaged with the output shaft to receive the output of the output shaft. Rotational movement.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实施方式中,手术工具相对于输出轴沿轴向的插入或套接动作形成接合。In combination with the above possible implementation manners, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the surgical tool is engaged relative to the output shaft by an axial insertion or sleeve action.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第十种可能的实施方式中,手术工具与动力装置之间还设置有径向定位结构。In combination with the above possible implementation manners, in a tenth possible implementation manner, a radial positioning structure is further provided between the surgical tool and the power device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实施方式中,径向定位结构设置于手术工具与输出轴之间,径向定位结构为输出轴与手术工具之间的轴孔配合。Combined with the above possible implementation manners, in an eleventh possible implementation manner, the radial positioning structure is provided between the surgical tool and the output shaft, and the radial positioning structure is a shaft hole fit between the output shaft and the surgical tool.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实施方式中,连接部与动力装置间设置有定位模块,定位模块使连接部和动力装置之间形成预定作用力。In combination with the above possible implementation manners, in a twelfth possible implementation manner, a positioning module is provided between the connection part and the power device, and the positioning module causes a predetermined force to be formed between the connection part and the power device.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实施方式中,定位模块包括弹性件,弹性件被动力装置和工具组件挤压以产生预定作用力,预定的作用力的方向为输出轴的轴向。In combination with the above possible implementation manners, in a thirteenth possible implementation manner, the positioning module includes an elastic member, and the elastic member is extruded by the power device and the tool assembly to generate a predetermined force, and the direction of the predetermined force is the direction of the output shaft. axial.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第十四种可能的实施方式中,第二执行器为假体安装执行器,包括滑杆、支撑组件以及滑杆示踪器;述滑杆的一端用于连接假体,滑杆的另一端用于接受安装假体时的冲击力;支撑组件包括耦合部,耦合部容纳滑杆的部分杆段,滑杆相对于支撑组件轴向可动;支撑组件用于将第二执行器连接于机器人系统的机器人臂;滑杆示踪器设置于滑杆以指示滑杆的方位。In combination with the above possible implementation manners, in a fourteenth possible implementation manner, the second actuator is a prosthetic installation actuator, including a sliding rod, a support assembly and a sliding rod tracer; one end of the sliding rod is used for connection The prosthesis, the other end of the sliding rod is used to receive the impact force when installing the prosthesis; the support assembly includes a coupling part, the coupling part accommodates part of the rod section of the sliding rod, the sliding rod is axially movable relative to the support assembly; the support assembly is used to The second actuator is connected to the robot arm of the robot system; the slide rod tracer is disposed on the slide rod to indicate the orientation of the slide rod.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第十五种可能的实施方式中,第二执行器还包括轴向缓冲机构,滑杆受到轴向冲击时轴向缓冲机构形成滑杆与支撑组件之间的轴向缓冲。Combined with the above possible implementation manners, in a fifteenth possible implementation manner, the second actuator further includes an axial buffering mechanism. When the sliding rod is subjected to an axial impact, the axial buffering mechanism forms an axis between the sliding rod and the support assembly. towards the buffer.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第十六种可能的实施方式中,滑杆与支撑组件之间设置有轴向限位结构,轴向缓冲机构设置于支撑组件与轴向限位结构之间。Combined with the above possible implementation manners, in a sixteenth possible implementation manner, an axial limiting structure is provided between the sliding rod and the supporting component, and the axial buffering mechanism is provided between the supporting component and the axial limiting structure.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第十七种可能的实施方式中,耦合部为贯穿支撑组件的通道,轴向缓冲机构包括2个缓冲件,2个缓冲件分别位于通道的两端。 Combined with the above possible implementation manners, in a seventeenth possible implementation manner, the coupling part is a channel that runs through the support assembly, and the axial buffering mechanism includes two buffer members, and the two buffer members are located at both ends of the channel.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第十八种可能的实施方式中,膝关节执行器包括主体和示踪器;主体具有第一接口、第三接口和动力机构,第一接口用于连接机器人臂,第三接口用于连接锯片,动力机构设置于主体内部,动力机构用于向第三接口提供动力;示踪器设置于主体,用于指示锯片的方位;其中第三接口被配置为其可以与锯片之间形成第一连接关系或第二连接关系,在第一连接关系下锯片与主体之间具有第一相对方位关系,第二连接关系下锯片与主体之间具有第二相对方位关系。Combined with the above possible implementation manners, in an eighteenth possible implementation manner, the knee joint actuator includes a main body and a tracer; the main body has a first interface, a third interface and a power mechanism, and the first interface is used to connect the robot arm , the third interface is used to connect the saw blade, the power mechanism is arranged inside the main body, and the power mechanism is used to provide power to the third interface; the tracer is arranged on the main body and is used to indicate the orientation of the saw blade; wherein the third interface is configured as It can form a first connection relationship or a second connection relationship with the saw blade. Under the first connection relationship, the saw blade and the main body have a first relative orientation relationship, and under the second connection relationship, the saw blade and the main body have a third connection relationship. Two relative orientation relationships.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第十九种可能的实施方式中,第一相对方位关系为锯片与主体具有第一夹角值,第二相对方位关系为锯片与主体具有第二夹角值。Combined with the above possible implementation manners, in a nineteenth possible implementation manner, the first relative orientation relationship is that the saw blade and the main body have a first included angle value, and the second relative orientation relationship is that the saw blade and the main body have a second included angle value. value.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第二十种可能的实施方式中,第一相对方位关系为锯片垂直于主体,第二相对方位关系为锯片平行于主体。Combined with the above possible implementation manners, in a twentieth possible implementation manner, the first relative orientation relationship is that the saw blade is perpendicular to the main body, and the second relative orientation relationship is that the saw blade is parallel to the main body.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第二十一种可能的实施方式中,第一接口位于主体的第一端,第三接口位于主体的第一侧。Combined with the above possible implementation manners, in a twenty-first possible implementation manner, the first interface is located at the first end of the body, and the third interface is located at the first side of the body.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第二十二种可能的实施方式中,第三接口位于主体的第一侧的靠近第二端的位置,第二端和第一端为主体的两个末端。Combined with the above possible implementation manners, in a twenty-second possible implementation manner, the third interface is located on the first side of the main body close to the second end, and the second end and the first end are the two ends of the main body.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第二十三种可能的实施方式中,在第一连接关系下,锯片的切削端从主体的第一侧远离主体延伸,在第二连接关系下,锯片的切削端的指向与主体的第一端的朝向相反。Combined with the above possible implementation manners, in a twenty-third possible implementation manner, in the first connection relationship, the cutting end of the saw blade extends away from the main body from the first side of the main body, and in the second connection relationship, the saw blade The cutting end of the body is oriented opposite to the first end of the body.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第二十四种可能的实施方式中,锯片的平面与主体的虚拟纵剖面平行设置。Combined with the above possible implementation manners, in a twenty-fourth possible implementation manner, the plane of the saw blade is arranged parallel to the virtual longitudinal section of the main body.
结合上述可能的实现方式,在第二十五种可能的实施方式中,主体连接至机器人臂时与机器人臂的末端臂同轴设置,虚拟纵剖面与末端臂的轴线平行。Combined with the above possible implementation manners, in a twenty-fifth possible implementation manner, when the main body is connected to the robot arm, it is arranged coaxially with the end arm of the robot arm, and the virtual longitudinal section is parallel to the axis of the end arm.
本公开的第二方面一种外科手术系统,包括关节手术装置、导航系统以及控制系统。关节手术装置为第一方面的关节手术装置;导航系统用于检测膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器的位置;控制系统用于根据手术计划驱动机器人臂将膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器移动至目标位置。A second aspect of the present disclosure is a surgical system, including a joint surgery device, a navigation system and a control system. The joint surgery device is a joint surgery device of the first aspect; the navigation system is used to detect the position of the knee joint actuator or the hip joint actuator; the control system is used to drive the robot arm to move the knee joint actuator or hip joint actuator according to the surgical plan. to the target location.
本公开第一方面所提出的关节手术装置,包括膝关节执行器、髋关节执行器和机器人臂。膝关节执行器用于连接锯片以在骨上切割制备预定形状;髋关节执行器用于连接执行工具以在骨上制备假体安装的空间和植入假体;机器人臂用于连接膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器,并能够控制锯片或执行工具的运动和方位;膝关节执行器和髋关节执行器被构造为具有相同的第一接口,第一接口用于将膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器可拆卸地连接至机器人臂。膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器能够选择性地安装至机器人臂。使得一套手术装置既能够执行膝关节手术,又能够执行髋关节手术。The joint surgery device proposed in the first aspect of the present disclosure includes a knee joint actuator, a hip joint actuator and a robot arm. The knee joint actuator is used to connect the saw blade to cut on the bone to prepare a predetermined shape; the hip joint actuator is used to connect the execution tool to prepare the prosthesis installation space on the bone and implant the prosthesis; the robot arm is used to connect the knee joint actuator or hip joint actuator, and can control the movement and orientation of the saw blade or execution tool; the knee joint actuator and the hip joint actuator are configured to have the same first interface, and the first interface is used to connect the knee joint actuator or the hip joint actuator The joint actuator is removably connected to the robot arm. A knee actuator or hip actuator can be selectively mounted to the robot arm. This enables a set of surgical devices to perform both knee and hip surgeries.
本公开的第三方面提供一种连接装置,包括第一连接件、第二连接件和锁紧件,第一连接件一端用于连接第一装置,另一端具有接纳部和第一限位部;第二连接件一端用于连接第二装置,另一端从外部套设于接纳部,第二连接件具有第二限位部,第一限位部和第二限位部被构造为在第二连接件套设至接纳部的过程中彼此抵靠以限定套设深度;锁紧件可动地设置于第二连接件,锁紧件并被配置为在相对于第二连接件活动时能挤压第一连接件和第二连接件,以使第一限位部和第二限位部之间压紧。A third aspect of the present disclosure provides a connecting device, including a first connecting piece, a second connecting piece and a locking piece. One end of the first connecting piece is used to connect the first device, and the other end has a receiving part and a first limiting part. ; One end of the second connecting piece is used to connect the second device, and the other end is sleeved on the receiving part from the outside. The second connecting piece has a second limiting part, and the first limiting part and the second limiting part are configured to When the two connecting parts are sleeved on the receiving part, they abut against each other to limit the sleeved depth; the locking piece is movably provided on the second connecting piece, and the locking piece is configured to move when relative to the second connecting piece. Squeeze the first connecting piece and the second connecting piece to compress the first limiting part and the second limiting part.
在第一种可能的实施方式中,锁紧件并被配置为:锁紧件相对于第二连接件活动的方 向横向于第二连接件套设至第一连接件的套设方向。In a first possible implementation, the locking member is configured such that the locking member moves relative to the second connecting member. The second connector is sleeved transversely to the sleeve sleeve direction of the first connector.
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第二种可能的实施方式中,锁紧件和第二连接件被构造为:锁紧件能够相对于第二连接件径向可动,且在锁紧件沿径向移动时能够挤压第一连接件和第二连接件。In combination with the above possible implementation, in a second possible implementation, the locking piece and the second connecting piece are configured such that the locking piece is radially movable relative to the second connecting piece, and the locking piece is radially movable along the locking piece. The first connecting piece and the second connecting piece can be squeezed during radial movement.
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第三种可能的实施方式中,第二连接件的壁面上设置有通向接纳部的通孔,锁紧件位于通孔内并在第二连接件与第一连接件套设时可抵靠接纳部。In combination with the above possible implementations, in a third possible implementation, a through hole leading to the receiving portion is provided on the wall of the second connecting member, and the locking member is located in the through hole and connects the second connecting member and the first connecting member. The connecting piece can abut against the receiving portion when being sleeved.
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第四种可能的实施方式中,第一连接件的接纳部设置有锁紧面,锁紧面用于接受锁紧件的挤压。In combination with the above possible implementations, in a fourth possible implementation, the receiving portion of the first connecting member is provided with a locking surface, and the locking surface is used to receive the extrusion of the locking member.
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第五种可能的实施方式中,锁紧面的朝向与第二连接件套设至接纳部时的套设方向一致。In combination with the above possible implementation, in a fifth possible implementation, the orientation of the locking surface is consistent with the insertion direction of the second connecting member when it is sleeved on the receiving portion.
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第六种可能的实施方式中,锁紧面为斜面,用于将锁紧件的挤压转换为第一限位部和第二限位部压紧的轴向力。In combination with the above possible embodiments, in a sixth possible embodiment, the locking surface is an inclined surface, used to convert the extrusion of the locking member into the axial direction of the first limiting part and the second limiting part. force.
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第七种可能的实施方式中,锁紧件为滚珠,多个锁紧件沿第二连接件周向分布。In combination with the above possible implementation, in a seventh possible implementation, the locking member is a ball, and the plurality of locking members are distributed circumferentially along the second connecting member.
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第八种可能的实施方式中,还包括施力组件,施力组件可动地设置于第二连接件,施力组件相对于第二连接件移动时可驱动锁紧件挤压第一连接件。Combined with the above possible implementation manner, in an eighth possible implementation manner, a force applying component is further included. The force applying component is movably provided on the second connecting member. When the force applying component moves relative to the second connecting member, it can drive the lock. The tightening piece presses the first connecting piece.
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第九种可能的实施方式中,施力组件中设置有定力件,定力件用于使施力组件驱动锁紧件挤压第一连接件的力恒定。In combination with the above possible implementations, in a ninth possible implementation, the force-applying component is provided with a constant force component, and the constant-force component is used to make the force with which the force-applying component drives the locking component to squeeze the first connecting component constant.
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第十种可能的实施方式中,施力组件中设置有锁紧力调节机构,锁紧力调节机构被构造为状态变化时可改变施力组件对锁紧件施加力的大小。In combination with the above possible implementations, in a tenth possible implementation, a locking force adjustment mechanism is provided in the force application component, and the locking force adjustment mechanism is configured to change the force application component to apply to the locking member when the state changes. Magnitude of the force.
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第十一种可能的实施方式中,施力组件包括轴套,轴套内壁面至少部分为斜面,斜面用于在轴套轴向移动时向锁紧件施力。In combination with the above possible embodiments, in an eleventh possible embodiment, the force-applying assembly includes a shaft sleeve. At least part of the inner wall surface of the shaft sleeve is an inclined plane. The inclined plane is used to apply force to the locking piece when the shaft sleeve moves axially. .
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第十二种可能的实施方式中,施力组件还包括螺母旋进机构,螺母旋进机构包括螺母件和旋槽,螺母件被构造为能够沿旋槽移动,并在移动时推动轴套轴向移动。In combination with the above possible implementations, in a twelfth possible implementation, the force application assembly further includes a nut screwing mechanism, the nut screwing mechanism includes a nut piece and a rotating groove, and the nut piece is configured to move along the rotating groove, And push the shaft sleeve to move axially when moving.
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第十三种可能的实施方式中,还包括第一弹性件,第一弹性件设置于螺母件和轴套之间。In combination with the above possible implementation, in a thirteenth possible implementation, a first elastic member is further included, and the first elastic member is disposed between the nut member and the shaft sleeve.
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第十四种可能的实施方式中,螺母件与第一弹性件间或轴套与第一弹性件间设置有锁紧力调节机构,锁紧力调节机构被构造为可调节第一弹性件的预定压缩行程。Combined with the above possible implementation manner, in a fourteenth possible implementation manner, a locking force adjustment mechanism is provided between the nut member and the first elastic member or between the shaft sleeve and the first elastic member, and the locking force adjustment mechanism is configured as The predetermined compression stroke of the first elastic member can be adjusted.
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第十五种可能的实施方式中,还包括第二弹性件,第二弹性件设置于轴套的背离第一弹性件的一侧。In conjunction with the above possible implementation, in a fifteenth possible implementation, a second elastic member is further included, and the second elastic member is disposed on a side of the sleeve away from the first elastic member.
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第十六种可能的实施方式中,施力组件还包括凸轮推动结构,凸轮推动结构包括凸轮和把手件,凸轮推动机构被构造为把手件转动时凸轮推动轴套轴向移动。 In combination with the above possible implementation manner, in a sixteenth possible implementation manner, the force application assembly further includes a cam pushing structure. The cam pushing structure includes a cam and a handle piece. The cam pushing mechanism is configured to push the sleeve when the handle piece rotates. Axial movement.
结合上述可能的实施方式,在第十七种可能的实施方式中,轴套与第二连接件螺纹连接,轴套相对与第二连接件旋进时,轴套内壁面的斜面向锁紧件施力。Combined with the above possible implementation manners, in a seventeenth possible implementation manner, the shaft sleeve is threadedly connected to the second connecting member. When the shaft sleeve is precessed relative to the second connecting member, the slope of the inner wall surface of the shaft sleeve faces the locking member. Apply force.
本公开第四方面提出一种机器人用连接装置,用于将末端执行器连接至机器人臂的末端臂,包括第一连接件、第二连接件以及锁紧件,第一连接件一端用于连接机器人臂的末端臂,另一端具有接纳部和第一限位部;第二连接件一端用于连接末端执行器,另一端从外部套设于接纳部,第二连接件具有第二限位部,第一限位部和第二限位部被构造为在第二连接件套设至接纳部的过程中彼此抵靠以限定套设深度;锁紧件,可动地设置于第二连接件,锁紧件并被配置为在相对于第二连接件活动时能挤压第一连接件和第二连接件,以使第一限位部和第二限位部之间压紧。A fourth aspect of the present disclosure proposes a connecting device for robots, used to connect an end effector to an end arm of a robot arm, including a first connecting piece, a second connecting piece and a locking piece. One end of the first connecting piece is used for connecting. The end arm of the robot arm has a receiving part and a first limiting part at the other end; one end of the second connecting piece is used to connect the end effector, and the other end is sleeved on the receiving part from the outside, and the second connecting piece has a second limiting part , the first limiting part and the second limiting part are configured to abut against each other during the process of the second connecting member being sleeved on the receiving part to limit the sleeved depth; the locking member is movably provided on the second connecting member , the locking piece is configured to squeeze the first connecting piece and the second connecting piece when moving relative to the second connecting piece, so as to compress the first limiting part and the second limiting part.
本公开第五方面提出一种手术机器人,包括末端执行器、机器人臂和连接装置,末端执行器用于搭载手术工具;机器人臂用于把持末端执行器以使其定位或移动;连接装置为第一方面或第二方面的连接装置,用于将末端执行器连接至机器人臂的末端臂。The fifth aspect of the present disclosure proposes a surgical robot, including an end effector, a robot arm and a connecting device. The end effector is used to carry surgical tools; the robot arm is used to hold the end effector to position or move it; the connecting device is a first An aspect or second aspect connection means for connecting an end effector to an end arm of a robotic arm.
本公开第三方面所提出的连接装置,锁紧件可动地设置于第二连接件,锁紧件并被配置为在相对于第二连接件活动时能挤压第一连接件,以使第一限位部和第二限位部之间压紧。锁紧件在与第一连接件接触后只需很小的移动行程就能产生足够的应力压紧第一连接件,因此无需较多的操作来驱动锁紧件动作。In the connection device proposed in the third aspect of the present disclosure, the locking member is movably provided on the second connection member, and the locking member is configured to squeeze the first connection member when moving relative to the second connection member, so that The first limiting part and the second limiting part are pressed together. After the locking piece comes into contact with the first connecting piece, it only needs a small movement stroke to generate enough stress to compress the first connecting piece, so no more operations are needed to drive the locking piece to move.
附图说明Description of the drawings
此处的附图被并入说明书中并构成本说明书的一部分,示出了符合本申请的实施例,并与说明书一起用于解释本申请的原理,并不构成对本申请的不当限定。The drawings herein are incorporated into the specification and constitute a part of the specification, illustrate embodiments consistent with the present application, and are used together with the description to explain the principles of the present application, and do not constitute undue limitations on the present application.
图1为本公开实施例的执行髋关节手术的手术系统示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a surgical system for performing hip joint surgery according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图2为本公开实施例的髋关节执行器的示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a hip joint actuator according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图3为本公开实施例的第一执行器使用示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of the use of the first actuator according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4为本公开实施例的动力装置结构示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a power device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5为本公开实施例的动力装置内部结构剖视图;Figure 5 is a cross-sectional view of the internal structure of the power device according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本公开实施例的图3中动力装置中输出轴处结构示意图;Figure 6 is a schematic structural diagram of the output shaft of the power device in Figure 3 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本公开实施例的输出轴结构示意图;Figure 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an output shaft according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本公开实施例的联轴器结构示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a coupling according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本公开实施例的接头和输出轴结构示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic structural diagram of the joint and output shaft according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图10为本公开实施例的接头和输出轴结构示的剖视图;Figure 10 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the joint and the output shaft according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11为本公开实施例的第一种工具组件示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of a first tool assembly according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图12为本公开实施例的第一种工具组件的剖视图;Figure 12 is a cross-sectional view of a first tool assembly according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图13为本公开实施例的连接部结构示意图;Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection part according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图14为本公开实施例的旋合结构以及花键连接示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of the screwing structure and spline connection of the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图15为本公开实施例的动力装置与第一种工具组件结构剖面示意图;Figure 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the structure of the power device and the first tool assembly according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图16为本公开实施例的第一种工具组件与动力装置连接处结构示意图; Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the first tool assembly and the power device according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图17为本公开实施例的输出轴与转接轴另一种连接结构示意图;Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of another connection structure between the output shaft and the adapter shaft according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图18为本公开实施例的输出轴与转接轴又一种连接结构示意图;Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of another connection structure between the output shaft and the adapter shaft according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图19为本公开实施例的连接有第二种工具组件的第一执行器结构示意图;Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of the first actuator connected to the second tool assembly according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图20为本公开实施例的第二执行器整体结构示意图;Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the second actuator according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图21为本公开实施例的第二执行器整体结构剖视图;Figure 21 is a cross-sectional view of the overall structure of the second actuator according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图22为本公开实施例的支撑组件和滑杆连接处结构示意图;Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the support assembly and the sliding rod according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图23为本公开实施例的耦合部处部件示意图;Figure 23 is a schematic diagram of components at the coupling part according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图24为本公开实施例的第二执行器通过第一执行器安装示意图;Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of the installation of the second actuator through the first actuator according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图25为本公开实施例的支撑组件和第二接口结构示意图一;Figure 25 is a schematic diagram of the support assembly and the second interface structure of the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图26为本公开实施例的支撑组件和第二接口结构示意图二;Figure 26 is a schematic diagram 2 of the support assembly and the second interface structure of the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图27为本公开实施例的支撑组件和第二接口结构示意图三;Figure 27 is a schematic diagram 3 of the support assembly and the second interface structure of the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图28为本公开实施例的安装有调节件的滑杆结构示意图;Figure 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a sliding rod equipped with an adjustment member according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图29为本公开实施例的调节件示意图一;Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of the adjusting member according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图30为本公开实施例的调节件示意图二;Figure 30 is a second schematic view of the adjusting member according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图31为本公开实施例的调节件示意图三;Figure 31 is a schematic diagram three of the adjusting member according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图32为本公开实施例的螺母结构示意图;Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a nut according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图33为本公开实施例的螺帽结构示意图;Figure 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a nut according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图34为本公开实施例的执行膝关节手术的手术系统结构示意图;Figure 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a surgical system for performing knee surgery according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图35为本公开实施例的膝关节执行器被配置为可执行全膝关节置换术的示意图;Figure 35 is a schematic diagram of a knee joint actuator configured to perform total knee replacement according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图36为本公开实施例的膝关节执行器被配置为可执行胫骨高位截骨术的示意图;Figure 36 is a schematic diagram of a knee joint actuator configured to perform high tibial osteotomy according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图37为图2中所示膝关节执行器的正视图;Figure 37 is a front view of the knee joint actuator shown in Figure 2;
图38为图2中所示膝关节执行器的右视图;Figure 38 is a right view of the knee joint actuator shown in Figure 2;
图39为图5中所示的膝关节执行器内部动力机构示意图;Figure 39 is a schematic diagram of the internal power mechanism of the knee joint actuator shown in Figure 5;
图40为图3中所示的膝关节执行器的右视图;Figure 40 is a right view of the knee joint actuator shown in Figure 3;
图41为本公开实施例的右腿全膝关节置换术示意图;Figure 41 is a schematic diagram of total knee replacement of the right leg according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图42为本公开实施例的膝关节执行器调整锯片角度示意图;Figure 42 is a schematic diagram of the knee joint actuator adjusting the saw blade angle according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图43为本公开实施例的锯片与股骨远端目标截骨面b对准状态示意图;Figure 43 is a schematic diagram of the alignment state of the saw blade and the target osteotomy surface b of the distal femur according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图44为本公开实施例的左腿内侧胫骨高位截骨术示意图;Figure 44 is a schematic diagram of high medial tibial osteotomy of the left leg according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图45为本公开实施例的锯片对准胫骨高位示意图一;Figure 45 is a schematic diagram of the saw blade aligned with the high position of the tibia according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图46为本公开实施例的锯片对准胫骨高位示意图二;Figure 46 is a second schematic diagram of the saw blade aligned with the high position of the tibia according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图47为本公开实施例的第一种锯片与夹紧机构示意图; Figure 47 is a schematic diagram of the first saw blade and clamping mechanism according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图48为本公开实施例的第二种锯片与夹紧机构示意图一;Figure 48 is a schematic diagram of the second saw blade and clamping mechanism according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图49为本公开实施例的第二种锯片与夹紧机构示意图二;Figure 49 is a second schematic diagram of the second saw blade and clamping mechanism according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图50为本公开实施例的第二示踪器与主体连接方式的示意图;Figure 50 is a schematic diagram of the connection method between the second tracer and the main body according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图51为本公开实施例的第二示踪器结构示意图。Figure 51 is a schematic structural diagram of a second tracer according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
图1至图51附图标记说明:Explanation of reference signs in Figures 1 to 51:
1-滑杆,2-滑杆示踪器,3-握持部,4-本体,5-耦合部,6-绝缘套,7-滑套,8-第一缓冲件,9-挡圈,10-绝缘件,11-第二缓冲件,12-插块,13-第二接口,14-安装孔,15-插销,16-第一弹性件,17-垫块,18-插销拉栓,21-转接轴,22-螺母,23-转接套,24-花键,25-保持件,26-螺帽,27-调节件,28-第一位置,29-第二位置,30-第一接口,40-第一手柄,50-绝缘罩,60-把持套,70-环槽,80-轴向缓冲机构,90-轴向限位结构;1-sliding rod, 2-sliding rod tracer, 3-grip part, 4-body, 5-coupling part, 6-insulation sleeve, 7-sliding sleeve, 8-first buffer piece, 9-retaining ring, 10-Insulation piece, 11-Second buffer piece, 12-Insert block, 13-Second interface, 14-Mounting hole, 15-Latch, 16-First elastic piece, 17-Cushion block, 18-Latch pull bolt, 21-Adapter shaft, 22-Nut, 23-Adapter sleeve, 24-Spline, 25-Retainer, 26-Nut, 27-Adjustment piece, 28-First position, 29-Second position, 30- The first interface, 40-first handle, 50-insulation cover, 60-grip sleeve, 70-ring groove, 80-axial buffer mechanism, 90-axial limiting structure;
100-壳体,101-挡缘,121-限位槽,131-底板,132-限位扣,1321-第一段,1322-第二段,133-插销孔,140-快拆机构,141-第一限位机构,142-第二限位机构,150-示踪组件,151-示踪元件;100-casing, 101-baffle, 121-limit groove, 131-bottom plate, 132-limit buckle, 1321-first section, 1322-second section, 133-pin hole, 140-quick release mechanism, 141 -First limiting mechanism, 142-Second limiting mechanism, 150-Tracing component, 151-Tracing element;
200、200a-电机,210-主轴段,211-连接孔,212-卡块,213-凸缘,214-限位段,215-限位台阶,221-外壁,222-卡槽,223-花键槽,261-受力板,262-连接段;200, 200a-motor, 210-spindle section, 211-connecting hole, 212-block, 213-flange, 214-limiting section, 215-limiting step, 221-outer wall, 222-clamping slot, 223-flower Keyway, 261-stress plate, 262-connecting section;
300、300a-减速器;300, 300a-reducer;
400-输出轴,401-输入段,402-中段,403-输出段,4031-联轴花键,404-定位孔,4011-键槽;400-output shaft, 401-input section, 402-middle section, 403-output section, 4031-coupling spline, 404-positioning hole, 4011-keyway;
500-联轴器,501-第一部分,502-第二部分;500-coupling, 501-first part, 502-second part;
600-接头,601-孔,602-旋槽,6020-限位部分,6021-旋进段,6022-定位段,603-孔,610-旋合结构;600-joint, 601-hole, 602-rotating groove, 6020-limiting part, 6021-screwing section, 6022-positioning section, 603-hole, 610-screwing structure;
700-接杆主轴,701-花键接头,702-接合孔;703-定位轴,710-花键连接,720-径向定位结构;700-Extension spindle, 701-spline joint, 702-joint hole; 703-positioning shaft, 710-spline connection, 720-radial positioning structure;
800-接杆锁头,801-定位销;800-Post lock, 801-Locating pin;
900-定位模块,901-卡托,902-弹性件,903-滑套;900-Positioning module, 901-Cat holder, 902-Elastic member, 903-Sliding sleeve;
1000a、1000b-手术工具,1001-铰刀杆,1002-铰刀刃,1003-假体,1004a、1004b-切削工具;1000a, 1000b-surgical tools, 1001-reamer rod, 1002-reamer blade, 1003-prosthesis, 1004a, 1004b-cutting tools;
2000-动力装置,2100-动力组件,2200-动力源,3000-工具组件,4000-支撑组件,5000-调节组件,6000-第一执行器,7000-第二执行器,8000-连接部,9000-导航系统,9001-双目视觉相机,9100-机器人臂,9101-末端臂,9102-台车,9200-控制系统,9300-髋关节执行器,9400-膝关节执行器;2000-Power device, 2100-Power component, 2200-Power source, 3000-Tool component, 4000-Support component, 5000-Adjustment component, 6000-First actuator, 7000-Second actuator, 8000-Connection part, 9000 -Navigation system, 9001-binocular vision camera, 9100-robot arm, 9101-end arm, 9102-trolley, 9200-control system, 9300-hip actuator, 9400-knee actuator;
36-锯片,361-切削端,362-连接端;36-saw blade, 361-cutting end, 362-connecting end;
371-主体,3701-第一端,3702-第二端,3703-第一侧,3704-第二侧,3712-第三接口,37121-转轴,3713-动力机构,37133-传动机构,3721-第一示踪器,3722-第二示踪器,3723-示踪元件,3724-示踪架,373-第二手柄;371-main body, 3701-first end, 3702-second end, 3703-first side, 3704-second side, 3712-third interface, 37121-shaft, 3713-power mechanism, 37133-transmission mechanism, 3721- The first tracer, 3722-the second tracer, 3723-the tracer element, 3724-the tracer frame, 373-the second handle;
38-夹紧机构,381-夹紧部; 38-clamping mechanism, 381-clamping part;
391、391a-凸起,392、392a-凹槽,3921-容纳空间;391, 391a-Protrusion, 392, 392a-Groove, 3921-accommodating space;
3101-插销件,3102-套件,3103-锁紧件;3101-Latch, 3102-Kit, 3103-Latch;
W-轴线,P-虚拟纵剖面,a-胫骨目标截骨面,b-股骨远端目标截骨面,c-股骨前端目标截骨面,d-股骨后端目标截骨面,e-股骨后斜目标截骨面,g-股骨前斜目标截骨面,h-胫骨高位目标截骨面,A-第一姿态,B-第二姿态,C-第三姿态,D-第四姿态,E-第五姿态,G-第六姿态,M-第一接口的轴线,N-第二接口的轴线,O-第二手柄的轴线,F-股骨,T-胫骨。W - axis, P - virtual longitudinal section, a - target osteotomy surface of tibia, b - target osteotomy surface of distal femur, c - target osteotomy surface of front end of femur, d - target osteotomy surface of posterior end of femur, e - femur Posterior oblique target osteotomy surface, g-anterior oblique femoral target osteotomy surface, h-high tibial target osteotomy surface, A-first posture, B-second posture, C-third posture, D-fourth posture, E-fifth posture, G-sixth posture, M-axis of the first interface, N-axis of the second interface, O-axis of the second handle, F-femur, T-tibia.
图52为本公开实施例的手术机器人系统的示意图;Figure 52 is a schematic diagram of a surgical robot system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图53为本公开实施例的末端执行器通过连接装置连接至机器人臂的示意图;Figure 53 is a schematic diagram of an end effector connected to a robot arm through a connecting device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图54为本公开实施例的连接装置外部结构示意图;Figure 54 is a schematic diagram of the external structure of the connection device according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图55为本公开实施例的连接装置内部结构示意图;Figure 55 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the connection device according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图56为本公开实施例的第二连接件和施力组件外部结构示意图;Figure 56 is a schematic diagram of the external structure of the second connecting member and the force-applying assembly according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图57为本公开实施例的第二连接件和施力组件内部结构示意图;Figure 57 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the second connecting member and the force-applying assembly according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图58为本公开实施例的锁紧件与第一连接件、第二连接件接触位置结构示意图;Figure 58 is a schematic structural diagram of the contact position between the locking member and the first connecting member and the second connecting member according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图59为本公开实施例的第二连接件结构示意图;Figure 59 is a schematic structural diagram of the second connector according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图60为本公开实施例的连接装置的爆炸图;Figure 60 is an exploded view of the connection device according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图61为本公开实施例的锁母示意图;Figure 61 is a schematic diagram of a lock nut according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图62为本公开实施例的导向件示意图;Figure 62 is a schematic diagram of a guide member according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图63为本公开实施例的轴套结构立体图;Figure 63 is a perspective view of the shaft sleeve structure of the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图64为本公开实施例的轴套结构剖面图;Figure 64 is a cross-sectional view of the shaft sleeve structure of the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图65为本公开实施例的锁紧力调节机构结构示意图一;Figure 65 is a schematic structural diagram of the locking force adjustment mechanism according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图66为本公开实施例的锁紧力调节机构结构示意图二;Figure 66 is a schematic diagram 2 of the structure of the locking force adjustment mechanism according to the embodiment of the present disclosure;
图67为本公开实施例的另一种施力组件结构示意图一;Figure 67 is a schematic structural diagram of another force-applying component according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图68为本公开实施例的另一种施力组件结构示意图。Figure 68 is a schematic structural diagram of another force application component according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
图52至图68附图标记说明:Explanation of reference numbers in Figures 52 to 68:
1-机器人臂,11-末端臂;1-robot arm, 11-end arm;
2-台车,3-手术工具,4-末端执行器,5-连接装置;2-cart, 3-surgical tools, 4-end effector, 5-connection device;
51-第一连接件,A-第一连接端,B-第一锁定端,511-接纳部,5111-环槽,锁紧面-5111a,512-第一限位部,5121-定位销;51-first connecting piece, A-first connecting end, B-first locking end, 511-receiving part, 5111-ring groove, locking surface-5111a, 512-first limiting part, 5121-positioning pin;
52-第二连接件,C-第二连接端,D-第二锁定端,521-第二限位部,5211-定位孔,522-容纳槽,523-安装孔;52-second connecting piece, C-second connecting end, D-second locking end, 521-second limiting part, 5211-positioning hole, 522-accommodating groove, 523-mounting hole;
53-锁紧件,P1-第一点,P2-第二点,P3-第三点;53-locking piece, P1-first point, P2-second point, P3-third point;
54-施力组件,541-轴套,5411-第一筒段,5412-第二筒段,5413-间隔空间,5421-锁 母,5422-导向件,543-旋槽,a-第一导程段,b-第二导程段,c-第三导程段,d-第四导程段,544-第一弹性件,545第二弹性件,546-锁紧力调节机构,5461-内环,5462-外环,547-推力轴承;54-force application component, 541-shaft sleeve, 5411-first barrel section, 5412-second barrel section, 5413-interval space, 5421-lock Mother, 5422-guide, 543-rotating groove, a-first lead section, b-second lead section, c-third lead section, d-fourth lead section, 544-first elastic member , 545 second elastic member, 546-locking force adjustment mechanism, 5461-inner ring, 5462-outer ring, 547-thrust bearing;
55-施力组件,551-轴套,551-凸轮把手,5511-凸轮,553-可动盘;55-force application component, 551-axle sleeve, 551-cam handle, 5511-cam, 553-movable plate;
O、Q-虚拟顶点,W-箭头,α、β-倾斜角,M、N-挤压力,F-锁紧力,F0-推力。O, Q-virtual vertex, W-arrow, α, β-tilt angle, M, N-squeezing force, F-locking force, F0-thrust force.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将详细描述本公开的各个方面的特征和示例性实施例,为了使本公开的目的、技术方案及优点更加清楚明白,以下结合附图及具体实施例,对本公开进行进一步详细描述。应理解,此处所描述的具体实施例仅意在解释本公开,而不是限定本公开。对于本领域技术人员来说,本公开可以在不需要这些具体细节中的一些细节的情况下实施。下面对实施例的描述仅仅是为了通过示出本公开的示例来提供对本公开的更好的理解。Features and exemplary embodiments of various aspects of the disclosure will be described in detail below. In order to make the purpose, technical solutions, and advantages of the disclosure more clear, the disclosure will be described in further detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings and specific embodiments. It should be understood that the specific embodiments described herein are only intended to explain the disclosure, but not to limit the disclosure. It will be apparent to one skilled in the art that the present disclosure may be practiced without some of these specific details. The following description of the embodiments is merely intended to provide a better understanding of the present disclosure by illustrating examples of the present disclosure.
需要说明的是,在本文中,诸如第一和第二等之类的关系术语仅仅用来将一个实体或者操作与另一个实体或操作区分开来,而不一定要求或者暗示这些实体或操作之间存在任何这种实际的关系或者顺序。而且,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者设备不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者设备所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括要素的过程、方法、物品或者设备中还存在另外的相同要素。It should be noted that in this article, relational terms such as first and second are only used to distinguish one entity or operation from another entity or operation, and do not necessarily require or imply that these entities or operations are mutually exclusive. any such actual relationship or sequence exists between them. Furthermore, the terms "comprises," "comprises," or any other variation thereof are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion such that a process, method, article, or apparatus that includes a list of elements includes not only those elements, but also those not expressly listed other elements, or elements inherent to the process, method, article or equipment. Without further limitation, an element defined by the statement "including..." does not exclude the presence of additional identical elements in the process, method, article, or device that includes the element.
需要说明的是,在不冲突的情况下,本公开中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。下面将结合附图对实施例进行详细描述。It should be noted that, as long as there is no conflict, the embodiments and features in the embodiments of the present disclosure can be combined with each other. The embodiments will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本公开提出的手术装置用于选择性地执行膝关节手术或髋关节置换手术,包括膝关节执行器、髋关节执行器和机器人臂。膝关节执行器用于连接锯片以在骨上切割制备预定形状。髋关节执行器用于连接执行工具以在骨上制备假体安装的空间和植入假体。机器人臂用于连接膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器,并能够控制锯片或执行工具的运动和方位。其中,膝关节执行器和髋关节执行器被构造为具有相同的第一接口,第一接口用于将膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器可拆卸地连接至机器人臂。The present disclosure proposes a surgical device for selectively performing knee surgery or hip replacement surgery, including a knee actuator, a hip actuator and a robotic arm. The knee actuator is used to connect the saw blade to cut into the bone to prepare a predetermined shape. The hip actuator is used to connect the execution tool to prepare the space for the prosthesis installation on the bone and implant the prosthesis. The robot arm is used to connect the knee actuator or hip actuator and can control the movement and orientation of the saw blade or execution tool. Wherein, the knee joint actuator and the hip joint actuator are configured to have the same first interface, and the first interface is used to detachably connect the knee joint actuator or the hip joint actuator to the robot arm.
具体的,膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器择一与机器人臂连接时,可以分别针对膝关节和髋关节进行手术治疗。执行膝关节手术时,膝关节执行器搭载锯片在股骨或胫骨上截骨,制备出目标截骨面。如全膝关节置换术(TKA)中,膝关节执行器搭载锯片在股骨远端制备五个目标截骨面,在胫骨近端制备一个目标截骨面。执行髋关节手术时,髋关节执行器搭载执行工具在股骨或髋骨上制备假体安装的空间,以及在髋骨上制备好的空间内安装髋臼假体。其中,执行工具包括髓腔铰刀、髋臼锉以及髋臼假体。髓腔铰刀可以在股骨近端扩髓以用于安装股骨柄假体。髋臼锉可以在髋骨的髋臼窝处切削出适合臼杯假体安装的髋臼窝。髋臼假体则能够在冲击力的作用下安装至制备好的髋臼窝内。Specifically, when either the knee joint actuator or the hip joint actuator is connected to the robot arm, surgical treatment can be performed on the knee joint and hip joint respectively. When performing knee surgery, the knee actuator is equipped with a saw blade to cut the bone on the femur or tibia to prepare the target osteotomy surface. For example, in total knee arthroplasty (TKA), the knee joint actuator carries a saw blade to prepare five target osteotomy surfaces at the distal end of the femur and one target osteotomy surface at the proximal tibia. When performing hip surgery, the hip actuator carries an execution tool to prepare a space for the prosthesis installation on the femur or hip bone, and installs the acetabular prosthesis in the prepared space on the hip bone. Among them, the execution tools include medullary reamers, acetabular files, and acetabular prostheses. A medullary reamer can ream the medullary bone of the proximal femur for installation of a femoral stem component. Acetabular files can cut the acetabular socket of the hip bone to fit the acetabular cup prosthesis. The acetabular prosthesis can be installed into the prepared acetabular socket under the action of impact force.
如图1所示,本公开提供的执行髋关节手术的机器人系统包括机器人臂9100、导航系统9000、髋关节执行器9300和控制系统9200。机器人臂9100相当于外科医生的手臂,可以把持执行工具并以较高的精度定位执行工具。导航系统9000相当于外科医生的眼睛,可以实时测量执行工具和患者组织的位置。控制系统9200相当于外科医生的大脑,内部储存手术规划。控制系统9200根据术中通过导航系统9000获取的信息计算机器人臂的路线和/或应达的位置,可以主动控制机器人臂9100运动,或者通过力反馈模式设置机器人 臂9100的虚拟边界后由人工推动机器人臂9100沿虚拟边界限定的路线、面移动或在限定的体积内移动。执行工具包括髋臼锉、髓腔铰刀的铰刀部分以及髋臼假体。其中髋臼锉和髓腔铰刀的铰刀部分作为切削工具在骨骼上制备出用于安装髋臼假体或股骨柄假体的安装空间。As shown in Figure 1, the robot system for performing hip joint surgery provided by the present disclosure includes a robot arm 9100, a navigation system 9000, a hip joint actuator 9300, and a control system 9200. The robotic arm 9100 is equivalent to the surgeon's arm and can hold the execution tool and position the execution tool with high accuracy. The navigation system 9000 acts as the surgeon's eyes and can measure the position of the execution tool and patient tissue in real time. The control system 9200 is equivalent to the surgeon's brain and stores surgical plans internally. The control system 9200 calculates the route and/or the position to be reached by the robot arm based on the information obtained through the navigation system 9000 during the operation, and can actively control the movement of the robot arm 9100, or set the robot through force feedback mode. After the virtual boundary of the arm 9100 is reached, the robot arm 9100 is manually pushed to move along the route or surface defined by the virtual boundary or within a defined volume. Implementation tools include acetabular files, the reamer portion of the medullary reamer, and the acetabular component. The acetabular file and the reamer part of the medullary reamer are used as cutting tools to prepare an installation space for installing the acetabular prosthesis or femoral stem prosthesis on the bone.
髋关节执行器9300用于在骨上制备假体安装的空间和植入假体。髋关节执行器包括第一执行器和第二执行器。第一执行器用于连接切削工具以加工髋臼和/或髓腔。第一执行器具有第一接口和第二接口。第二执行器用于在执行假体植入操作时连接至第一执行器的第二接口。第二执行器用于连接假体和接受安装假体的冲击。其中,髋关节执行器用于通过第一接口安装至机器人臂9100。在髋关节手术中进行髋臼制备和髓腔制备时,在机器人臂9100上连接第一执行器;需要进行假体安装时将第二执行器连接至第一执行器。通过上述设置,能够减少更换执行器的操作。The hip actuator 9300 is used to prepare a prosthesis installation space on the bone and implant the prosthesis. The hip joint actuator includes a first actuator and a second actuator. The first actuator is used to connect a cutting tool to machine the acetabulum and/or medullary cavity. The first actuator has a first interface and a second interface. The second actuator is used to connect to the second interface of the first actuator when performing a prosthesis implantation operation. The second actuator is used to connect the prosthesis and receive the impact of installing the prosthesis. Wherein, the hip joint actuator is used to be installed to the robot arm 9100 through the first interface. When performing acetabulum preparation and medullary cavity preparation in hip joint surgery, the first actuator is connected to the robot arm 9100; when prosthesis installation is required, the second actuator is connected to the first actuator. Through the above settings, the operation of replacing the actuator can be reduced.
具体地,在髋关节置换手术中,将患处的髋关节显露后,通常首先进髋臼窝的制备。在此过程中,需要利用转动的髋臼锉对患处的髋臼窝进行磨削以制备成适合安装假体的形状。图1所示为制备髋臼窝而使用第一执行器的示意图。第一执行器6000通过第一接口30与机器人臂9100连接,第一执行器6000可拆卸连接有髋臼锉工具组件/髋臼磨锉杆(即手术工具1000a),髋臼锉工具组件/髋臼磨锉杆末端用于连接髋臼锉(即切削工具1004a)。在这种状态下,髋臼锉工具组件/髋臼磨锉杆可以在第一执行器6000的驱动下带动髋臼锉磨削髋臼。髋臼制备完成后,需要在髋臼内安放髋臼假体。图2示出了第二执行器7000连接于第一执行器6000的第二接口13处的状态(此时第一执行器6000上用于磨削髋臼的髋臼锉工具组件被拆下)。第二执行器7000通过第一执行器6000间接地与机器人臂9100连接,可以在机器人臂9100的把持下进行假体的安装。进一步地,如图19所示,若要进行股骨近端的扩髓,需将第二执行器7000由第二接口13拆下,并在第一执行器6000上安装用于扩髓的髓腔铰刀组件。髓腔铰刀组件包括铰刀杆部分(即手术工具1000b)和铰刀部分(即切削工具1004b)。Specifically, in hip replacement surgery, after exposing the affected hip joint, the acetabular socket is usually prepared first. During this process, a rotating acetabular file is used to grind the acetabular socket in the affected area into a shape suitable for installing the prosthesis. Figure 1 shows a schematic diagram of the use of the first actuator for preparing the acetabular socket. The first actuator 6000 is connected to the robot arm 9100 through the first interface 30. The first actuator 6000 is detachably connected to an acetabular file tool assembly/acetabular rasp rod (ie, the surgical tool 1000a). The end of the acetabular file rod is used to connect the acetabular file (ie, the cutting tool 1004a). In this state, the acetabular file tool assembly/acetabular grinding rod can be driven by the first actuator 6000 to drive the acetabular file to grind the acetabulum. After the acetabulum is prepared, the acetabular prosthesis needs to be placed in the acetabulum. Figure 2 shows the state in which the second actuator 7000 is connected to the second interface 13 of the first actuator 6000 (at this time, the acetabular file tool assembly for grinding the acetabulum on the first actuator 6000 is removed) . The second actuator 7000 is indirectly connected to the robot arm 9100 through the first actuator 6000, and the prosthesis can be installed under the control of the robot arm 9100. Further, as shown in Figure 19, to perform medullary reaming of the proximal femur, the second actuator 7000 needs to be removed from the second interface 13, and a medullary cavity for medullary reaming is installed on the first actuator 6000. Reamer assembly. The medullary reamer assembly includes a reamer shaft portion (ie, surgical tool 1000b) and a reamer portion (ie, cutting tool 1004b).
下面对第一执行器6000进行说明,如图1至图19所示。The first actuator 6000 will be described below, as shown in Figures 1 to 19.
第一执行器6000为关节成型执行器,用于在髋关节上制备出的成型的髋臼窝或髓腔。第一执行器6000包括动力装置2000和工具组件3000。动力装置2000包括壳体100和内设的动力组件2100。第一执行器6000连接至机器人的机器人臂9100末端,动力组件2100包括动力源2200和输出轴400,输出轴400与动力源2200连接。工具组件3000包括连接部8000和手术工具1000a,手术工具1000a可转动地设置于连接部8000。工具组件3000通过连接部8000可拆卸地设置于动力装置2000。工具组件3000通过连接部8000与动力装置连2000接时,手术工具1000a与输出轴400形成接合以接收输出轴400输出的转动运动。动力组件2100设置于壳体100内部并通过输出轴400输出动力。输出轴400与工具组件3000的一端接合以驱动磨锉接杆,无需使用长的导向筒对接杆进行导向,使执行器结构更加紧凑。这样降低了外接动力源对手术空间的干涉影响以及安全性影响;减少了在手术中组装外接动力源的操作,使手术流程更加顺畅。The first actuator 6000 is a joint shaping actuator, which is used to prepare a shaped acetabular socket or medullary cavity on the hip joint. The first actuator 6000 includes a power unit 2000 and a tool assembly 3000. The power device 2000 includes a housing 100 and a built-in power assembly 2100 . The first actuator 6000 is connected to the end of the robot arm 9100 of the robot. The power assembly 2100 includes a power source 2200 and an output shaft 400. The output shaft 400 is connected to the power source 2200. The tool assembly 3000 includes a connecting part 8000 and a surgical tool 1000a. The surgical tool 1000a is rotatably disposed on the connecting part 8000. The tool assembly 3000 is detachably provided on the power device 2000 through the connecting portion 8000. When the tool assembly 3000 is connected to the power device 2000 through the connecting portion 8000, the surgical tool 1000a is engaged with the output shaft 400 to receive the rotational motion output by the output shaft 400. The power assembly 2100 is disposed inside the housing 100 and outputs power through the output shaft 400 . The output shaft 400 is coupled with one end of the tool assembly 3000 to drive the grinding file connecting rod. There is no need to use a long guide barrel to guide the connecting rod, making the actuator structure more compact. This reduces the interference of the external power source on the surgical space and the impact on safety; it also reduces the operation of assembling the external power source during surgery, making the surgical process smoother.
具体地,如图2、图4至图6所示。图2为髋关节执行器的示意图。图4为动力装置结构示意图。图5为动力装置内部结构剖视图。图6为图3中动力装置中输出轴处结构示意图。第一执行器6000包括动力装置2000和工具组件3000。动力装置2000包括壳体100和动力组件2100。壳体100是内部中空的零件,大致呈四棱柱状。壳体100的两端分别设置有第一接口30和第二接口13。第一接口30包括锁定机构,锁定机构用于将第一执 行器6000连接至机器人臂9100。第二接口13作为假体安装执行器接口,用于可拆卸地连接假体安装执行器(即第二执行器7000)。壳体100上还设置有第一手柄40,第一手柄40内部中空,第一手柄40与壳体100为可拆卸连接。动力装置2000用于连接工具组件3000的结构为快装接口,设置在壳体100上与第一手柄40位置相对的另一侧。工具组件3000安装至快装接口时,第一手柄40与髋臼磨锉杆组件的轴线基本处于一条直线上,二者分布于动力装置2000的两侧。壳体100的各个表面用于连接示踪组件150以指示执行器的位置。Specifically, as shown in Figure 2, Figure 4 to Figure 6. Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the hip joint actuator. Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the power plant structure. Figure 5 is a cross-sectional view of the internal structure of the power unit. Figure 6 is a schematic structural diagram of the output shaft of the power unit in Figure 3. The first actuator 6000 includes a power unit 2000 and a tool assembly 3000. The power device 2000 includes a housing 100 and a power assembly 2100. The casing 100 is an internally hollow component and is approximately in the shape of a square prism. A first interface 30 and a second interface 13 are respectively provided at both ends of the housing 100 . The first interface 30 includes a locking mechanism for locking the first actuator The robot 6000 is connected to the robot arm 9100. The second interface 13 serves as a prosthesis installation actuator interface and is used to detachably connect the prosthesis installation actuator (ie, the second actuator 7000). The housing 100 is also provided with a first handle 40. The first handle 40 is hollow inside, and the first handle 40 is detachably connected to the housing 100. The structure used by the power device 2000 to connect the tool assembly 3000 is a quick-installation interface, which is provided on the other side of the housing 100 opposite to the first handle 40 . When the tool assembly 3000 is installed on the quick-installation interface, the axes of the first handle 40 and the acetabular rasp rod assembly are basically in a straight line, and they are distributed on both sides of the power device 2000 . Various surfaces of housing 100 are used to connect tracer assemblies 150 to indicate the position of the actuator.
如图5所示,动力组件2100包括电机200、减速器300、输出轴400以及联轴器500。电机200和减速器300构成动力源2200,动力源2200集成于第一手柄40内部并与壳体100固定连接。减速器300的轴与输出轴400通过联轴器500连接。动力源2200和输出轴400均同轴设置,轴线垂直于壳体100。As shown in FIG. 5 , the power assembly 2100 includes a motor 200 , a reducer 300 , an output shaft 400 and a coupling 500 . The motor 200 and the reducer 300 constitute a power source 2200, which is integrated inside the first handle 40 and fixedly connected to the housing 100. The shaft of the reducer 300 and the output shaft 400 are connected through a coupling 500 . The power source 2200 and the output shaft 400 are both arranged coaxially, and the axis is perpendicular to the housing 100 .
如图7所示,图7为输出轴结构示意图。输出轴400包括顺次设置的输入段401、中段402和输出段403。输入段401上设置有键槽4011,用于接收来自动力源2200的转动运动。中段402安装于动力装置2000中的轴承中。输出段403设置有联轴花键4031,联轴花键4031包括周向间隔分布的多个凸起,用于输出扭矩。联轴花键4031的长度小于输出段403的长度,即,输出段403的末段为一段光轴。As shown in Figure 7, Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the output shaft structure. The output shaft 400 includes an input section 401, a middle section 402 and an output section 403 arranged in sequence. The input section 401 is provided with a keyway 4011 for receiving the rotational motion from the power source 2200. The middle section 402 is mounted in a bearing in the power plant 2000 . The output section 403 is provided with a coupling spline 4031. The coupling spline 4031 includes a plurality of protrusions distributed at circumferential intervals for outputting torque. The length of the coupling spline 4031 is less than the length of the output section 403, that is, the end section of the output section 403 is an optical axis.
如图8所示,图8为联轴器结构示意图。联轴器500为梅花联轴器。联轴器500包括第一部分501和第二部分502,第一部分501和第二部分502均设置有用于固定轴的锁紧螺钉,并且第一部分501和第二部分502间设置有绝缘套。减速器300输出端的轴通过联轴键和锁紧螺钉与第一部分501连接,输出轴400同样通过键连接和锁紧螺钉与第二部分502连接。联轴器500和减速器300输出端的轴以及输出轴400的键连接,一方面在锁紧螺钉的基础上增加了传动的可靠性,另一方面键连接提高了能够传递的最大扭矩。As shown in Figure 8, Figure 8 is a schematic diagram of the coupling structure. The coupling 500 is a plum blossom coupling. The coupling 500 includes a first part 501 and a second part 502. The first part 501 and the second part 502 are both provided with locking screws for fixing the shaft, and an insulating sleeve is provided between the first part 501 and the second part 502. The shaft at the output end of the reducer 300 is connected to the first part 501 through a coupling key and a locking screw, and the output shaft 400 is also connected to the second part 502 through a key connection and a locking screw. The key connection between the coupling 500 and the shaft at the output end of the reducer 300 and the output shaft 400 increases the reliability of the transmission based on the locking screw on the one hand, and on the other hand the key connection increases the maximum torque that can be transmitted.
参考图5和图6,在第一执行器6000内部,联轴器500的外围设置有绝缘罩50。绝缘罩50可以隔绝壳体100与减速器300,避免电机200的漏电通过减速器300传导至壳体100。绝缘罩50具有隔离电线/导线的作用,防止壳体100内部的电线/导线与转动的联轴器500摩擦或缠绕。Referring to FIGS. 5 and 6 , inside the first actuator 6000 , an insulating cover 50 is provided around the coupling 500 . The insulation cover 50 can isolate the housing 100 and the reducer 300 to prevent the leakage of the motor 200 from being transmitted to the housing 100 through the reducer 300 . The insulating cover 50 has the function of isolating the wires/conductors and preventing the wires/conductors inside the housing 100 from rubbing or entangled with the rotating coupling 500 .
一并参考图5至图7、图9至图10。图9为接头和输出轴结构示意图。图10为接头和输出轴结构示的剖视图。壳体100上还设置有接头600,接头600与壳体100固定。Refer to Figures 5 to 7 and Figures 9 to 10 together. Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the joint and output shaft structure. Figure 10 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of the joint and output shaft. The housing 100 is also provided with a joint 600 , and the joint 600 is fixed to the housing 100 .
接头600用于连接工具组件3000以及安装输出轴400。接头600主体呈柱状,内开设有孔601,外周设置有四个旋槽602,旋槽602用于对销轴件进行导向并包括对销轴件的周向和轴向进行限位的限位部分6020。接头600一端沿径向设置有两个翼板。孔601内用于安装轴承并接纳输出轴400的中段402。旋槽602包括旋进段6021和定位段6022,旋进段6021在第一轴向上螺旋延伸,定位段6022在旋进段6021延伸的末端朝第二轴向延伸,其中第一轴向和第二轴向方向相反。定位段6022的侧壁即形成限位部分6020。定位段6022用于对槽中的容纳物形成第二轴向的限位和沿周向的限位。翼板用于将接头600与壳体100固定。输出轴400安装于接头600时,联轴花键4031伸出孔601并位于壳体100之外。The joint 600 is used to connect the tool assembly 3000 and install the output shaft 400 . The main body of the joint 600 is cylindrical, with a hole 601 inside, and four rotating grooves 602 on the outer periphery. The rotating grooves 602 are used to guide the pin member and include circumferential and axial limits for the pin member. Part 6020. One end of the joint 600 is provided with two wing plates in the radial direction. The hole 601 is used to install the bearing and receive the middle section 402 of the output shaft 400 . The spiral groove 602 includes a precession section 6021 and a positioning section 6022. The precession section 6021 extends spirally in the first axial direction, and the positioning section 6022 extends toward the second axial direction at the end of the precession section 6021, wherein the first axial direction and The second axis is in the opposite direction. The side wall of the positioning section 6022 forms the limiting portion 6020. The positioning section 6022 is used to form a second axial limit and a circumferential limit for the contents in the groove. The wing plate is used to fix the joint 600 and the housing 100 . When the output shaft 400 is installed on the joint 600, the coupling spline 4031 protrudes from the hole 601 and is located outside the housing 100.
如图11至图13所示。图11为第一种工具组件示意图。图12为第一种工具组件的剖视图。图13为连接部结构示意图。工具组件3000包括连接部8000和手术工具1000a。手术工具1000a通过其一端可转动地设置于连接部8000。手术工具1000a为髋臼磨锉杆 组件,另一端连接髋臼磨锉。髋臼磨锉杆组件包括接杆主轴700、臼锉连接部件和把持套60。接杆主轴700的一端与连接部8000可转动连接,另一端设置臼锉连接部件。把持套60套合在接杆主轴700外。接杆主轴700与连接部8000连接的一端设置有花键接头701和接合孔702。花键接头701与联轴花键4031能够嵌合匹配,以实现转动运动的传递。但二者并不是紧配合,在轴向上可以分离。接合孔702的直径与输出段403上的光轴部分的直径相同。As shown in Figure 11 to Figure 13. Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of the first tool assembly. Figure 12 is a cross-sectional view of the first tool assembly. Figure 13 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection part. Tool assembly 3000 includes connector 8000 and surgical tool 1000a. The surgical tool 1000a is rotatably mounted on the connecting portion 8000 through one end thereof. The surgical tool 1000a is an acetabular rasp rod. assembly, and the other end is connected to the acetabular rasp. The acetabular rasp rod assembly includes a connecting rod spindle 700 , an acetabular rasp connecting part and a holding sleeve 60 . One end of the connecting rod spindle 700 is rotatably connected to the connecting portion 8000, and the other end is provided with a mortar file connecting component. The control sleeve 60 is fitted on the connecting rod spindle 700 . A spline joint 701 and a coupling hole 702 are provided at one end of the post spindle 700 connected to the connecting portion 8000 . The spline joint 701 and the coupling spline 4031 can be fitted and matched to realize the transmission of rotational motion. However, the two are not a tight fit and can be separated in the axial direction. The diameter of the engagement hole 702 is the same as the diameter of the optical axis portion on the output section 403 .
连接部8000包括接杆锁头800和接杆连接模块。接杆锁头800为内部中空的杯状,底部设置有圆孔。接杆锁头800内圆周面靠近开口的位置设置有四个沿周向分布的定位销801。接杆连接模块设置于接杆锁头800的内部,用于将髋臼磨锉杆组件可转动地连接至接杆锁头800。The connection part 8000 includes a post lock 800 and a post connection module. The post lock 800 is cup-shaped with a hollow interior, and is provided with a round hole at the bottom. Four positioning pins 801 distributed along the circumferential direction are provided on the inner circumferential surface of the post lock head 800 close to the opening. The post connection module is disposed inside the post lock 800 and is used to rotatably connect the acetabular rasp rod assembly to the post lock 800 .
接杆连接模块包括卡托901、定位模块900和一对滑套903,均同轴地保持在接杆锁头800内。卡托901为环状,设置于最外侧(接杆锁头800的开口侧)。定位模块900包括弹性件902,用于使连接部8000和动力装置2000之间形成预定作用力,在本实施例中弹性件902为推力弹簧。两个滑套903均为环状,在轴向上位于卡托901与接杆锁头800的底部之间。滑套903的外圆周面与接杆锁头800内圆周面配合,内孔与接杆主轴700等径。推力弹簧设置于两个滑套903之间。The post connection module includes a card holder 901, a positioning module 900 and a pair of sliding sleeves 903, all of which are coaxially held in the post lock 800. The card holder 901 is annular and is disposed on the outermost side (the opening side of the post lock 800). The positioning module 900 includes an elastic member 902 for forming a predetermined force between the connecting part 8000 and the power device 2000. In this embodiment, the elastic member 902 is a thrust spring. The two sliding sleeves 903 are annular and are axially located between the card holder 901 and the bottom of the post lock head 800 . The outer circumferential surface of the sliding sleeve 903 matches the inner circumferential surface of the post lock head 800, and the inner hole has the same diameter as the post spindle 700. The thrust spring is arranged between the two sliding sleeves 903.
接杆主轴700套设在卡托901、推力弹簧和滑套903内。接杆主轴700外周面还设置有两个具有预定间距的环槽70,环槽70用于安装挡环。装配关系下,卡托901、推力弹簧、滑套903和接杆锁头800均位于两个挡环之间,因此接杆锁头800与接杆主轴700形成一个整体。推力弹簧可压缩,因此接杆锁头800沿接杆主轴的轴向有一定的活动量。The connecting rod spindle 700 is sleeved in the card holder 901, the thrust spring and the sliding sleeve 903. The outer circumferential surface of the post spindle 700 is also provided with two annular grooves 70 with a predetermined distance, and the annular grooves 70 are used for installing retaining rings. In the assembly relationship, the card holder 901, the thrust spring, the sliding sleeve 903 and the post lock head 800 are all located between the two retaining rings, so the post lock head 800 and the post spindle 700 form a whole. The thrust spring is compressible, so the post lock head 800 has a certain amount of movement along the axial direction of the post spindle.
如图14所示,图14为旋合结构以及花键连接示意图。连接部与动力装置2000将通过旋合结构610连接以形成对连接部的轴向和周向限位,其中旋合结构610由定位销801和旋槽602构成,即工具组件3000通过定位销801与旋槽602旋合配合连接至壳体100。As shown in Figure 14, Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of the screwing structure and spline connection. The connecting part and the power device 2000 will be connected through a screwing structure 610 to form an axial and circumferential limit to the connecting part. The screwing structure 610 is composed of a positioning pin 801 and a rotation groove 602 , that is, the tool assembly 3000 passes through the positioning pin 801 The rotating groove 602 is screw-fitted and connected to the housing 100 .
如图15和图16所示。图15为动力装置与第一种工具组件结构剖面示意图。图16为第一种工具组件与动力装置连接处结构示意图。一并参考图7至图14,装配关系下,定位销801插接在旋槽602的定位段6022中。定位段6022的沿轴向延伸的两个侧壁对定位销801形成周向限位、端壁对定位销801形成沿轴向的限位。因此不受外力情况下接杆锁头800不会沿轴向掉落,也不会沿周向旋转。连接部8000与接杆主轴700和壳体100之间均形成径向定位,相当于接杆主轴700与输出轴400(其定位在壳体100上)之间形成径向定位。具体参考图14和图16,输出轴400的光轴部分与接杆主轴700的接合孔702形成径向定位结构720,径向定位结构720为等径的轴孔配合结构,即输出轴400与接合孔702之间形成直接的径向定位。受限于形成连接部8000与接杆主轴700之间径向定位的配合段的长度和配合精度,接杆主轴700可能会存在一定的径向活动量。而输出轴400的光轴部分与接杆主轴700的接合孔702之间的径向定位,能够提高径向定位精度。As shown in Figure 15 and Figure 16. Figure 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the structure of the power unit and the first tool assembly. Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the first tool assembly and the power device. Referring to Figures 7 to 14 together, in the assembled relationship, the positioning pin 801 is inserted into the positioning section 6022 of the rotation groove 602. The two side walls extending in the axial direction of the positioning section 6022 form circumferential limits for the positioning pin 801, and the end walls form axial limits for the positioning pin 801. Therefore, the post lock head 800 will not fall in the axial direction or rotate in the circumferential direction without external force. The connection part 8000 is radially positioned between the post spindle 700 and the housing 100 , which is equivalent to the radial positioning between the post spindle 700 and the output shaft 400 (which is positioned on the housing 100 ). Specifically referring to Figures 14 and 16, the optical axis portion of the output shaft 400 and the engagement hole 702 of the post spindle 700 form a radial positioning structure 720. The radial positioning structure 720 is an equal-diameter shaft hole matching structure, that is, the output shaft 400 and Direct radial positioning is established between the engagement holes 702 . Limited by the length and fitting accuracy of the mating section forming the radial positioning between the connecting portion 8000 and the post spindle 700 , the post spindle 700 may have a certain amount of radial movement. The radial positioning between the optical axis portion of the output shaft 400 and the engagement hole 702 of the post spindle 700 can improve the radial positioning accuracy.
接杆主轴700的花键接头701与输出轴400的联轴花键4031对准并接合以接收转动运动。推力弹簧对接杆锁头800轴向的作用力使定位销801被沿轴向压紧在定位段6022的端壁上。由于推力弹簧被压缩,连接部8000与动力装置2000之间的连接存在内应力,该内应力使得工具组件3000与动力之间形成稳定的轴向定位,并且不会增加为保证轴向定位精度的设计难度或安装难度,连接更稳固,不易因振动等原因发生松动。并且,在轴向上接杆主轴700被推力弹簧推动抵靠在输出轴400上形成轴向定位。 The spline joint 701 of the post spindle 700 is aligned and engaged with the coupling spline 4031 of the output shaft 400 to receive rotational motion. The axial force of the thrust spring butt rod lock head 800 causes the positioning pin 801 to be pressed against the end wall of the positioning section 6022 along the axial direction. Since the thrust spring is compressed, there is internal stress in the connection between the connecting part 8000 and the power device 2000. This internal stress enables a stable axial positioning between the tool assembly 3000 and the power device, and does not increase the need to ensure the axial positioning accuracy. It is difficult to design or install, and the connection is more stable and less likely to loosen due to vibration and other reasons. Furthermore, in the axial direction, the connecting rod spindle 700 is pushed by the thrust spring to abut against the output shaft 400 to form an axial positioning.
相对于螺纹旋合连接,定位销801与旋槽602的配合更省力,便于术中快速拆装;定位段6022对定位销801的直接的物理限位相对于摩擦锁紧也更可靠。在一些可选的实施方式中,定位销801可设置于接杆锁头800的外圆周面,旋槽602设置于接头600的内圆周面。在另一些可选实施例中,定位销801可以设置于接头600的内/外圆周面上,旋槽602可以设置于接杆锁头800的外/内圆周面上,通过这样的设置同样保证定位销801与旋槽602配合时能够旋合,并进一步实现接头600和接杆锁头800的轴向和周向定位。Compared with the threaded screw connection, the cooperation between the positioning pin 801 and the rotating groove 602 is more labor-saving and facilitates rapid disassembly and assembly during surgery; the direct physical limitation of the positioning pin 801 by the positioning section 6022 is also more reliable than friction locking. In some optional embodiments, the positioning pin 801 can be provided on the outer circumferential surface of the post lock head 800 , and the rotating groove 602 can be provided on the inner circumferential surface of the joint 600 . In other optional embodiments, the positioning pin 801 can be provided on the inner/outer circumferential surface of the joint 600, and the rotating groove 602 can be provided on the outer/inner circumferential surface of the post lock head 800. This arrangement also ensures that The positioning pin 801 can be rotated when mated with the rotating groove 602, and further realizes the axial and circumferential positioning of the joint 600 and the post lock head 800.
输出轴400与接杆主轴700之间的接合为花键连接710,花键连接710在接合过程中只需接杆主轴700在轴向上对准输出轴400即可,操作便利。在一些可选实施例中,输出轴400与接杆主轴700之间还可以通过端面的相互嵌合形成可传递扭矩的连接。The joint between the output shaft 400 and the connecting rod spindle 700 is a spline connection 710. During the jointing process of the spline connection 710, it is only necessary that the connecting rod spindle 700 is aligned with the output shaft 400 in the axial direction, which is easy to operate. In some optional embodiments, the output shaft 400 and the connecting rod spindle 700 can also form a torque-transmissible connection through mutual fitting of the end faces.
如图17所示,图17为输出轴与转接轴另一种连接结构示意图。在一些可选实施例中,可以以其他径向定位结构替代输出轴400的光轴部分与接杆主轴700的接合孔702间的径向定位。如,在接杆主轴700的端部设置定位轴703,在输出轴400上设置定位孔404,二者的轴孔配合形成径向定位。或者,如图18所示,图18为输出轴与转接轴又一种连接结构示意图。在接头600和接杆主轴700之间设置轴孔配合结构,如,在接头600端部设置直径大于输出轴400的花键部分直径的孔603,对应的接杆主轴700的末端设置为相等直径,二者之间形成轴孔配合。As shown in Figure 17, Figure 17 is a schematic diagram of another connection structure between the output shaft and the adapter shaft. In some optional embodiments, other radial positioning structures may be used to replace the radial positioning between the optical axis portion of the output shaft 400 and the engagement hole 702 of the post spindle 700 . For example, a positioning shaft 703 is provided at the end of the connecting rod spindle 700, and a positioning hole 404 is provided on the output shaft 400, and the shaft holes of the two cooperate to form radial positioning. Or, as shown in Figure 18, Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of another connection structure between the output shaft and the adapter shaft. A shaft-hole matching structure is provided between the joint 600 and the adapter spindle 700. For example, a hole 603 with a diameter larger than the diameter of the spline part of the output shaft 400 is provided at the end of the joint 600, and the corresponding end of the adapter spindle 700 is set to have an equal diameter. , a shaft hole fit is formed between the two.
在一些可选实施例中,还可以在其他位置设置作为定位模块900中弹性件902的弹簧以形成工具组件3000与动力装置2000之间的内应力。如,在动力装置2000上固定压簧。工具组件3000安装至动力装置2000时,接杆锁头800压缩压簧,压簧的反作用力将接杆锁头800的定位销801压紧在旋槽602中,使接杆锁头800与动力装置2000之间保持预压力,形成较稳固的连接。在最终使用状态下,接杆主轴700会受到患者组织反作用力而在轴向上与输出轴压紧。压簧可采用普通螺旋弹簧、碟簧、波纹弹簧等,当然弹性件902也不限于弹簧的形式,也可以是具有弹性的弹片。In some optional embodiments, springs serving as the elastic members 902 in the positioning module 900 may also be provided at other locations to form internal stress between the tool assembly 3000 and the power device 2000 . For example, a compression spring is fixed on the power device 2000. When the tool assembly 3000 is installed on the power unit 2000, the post lock head 800 compresses the compression spring, and the reaction force of the compression spring presses the positioning pin 801 of the post lock head 800 into the rotating groove 602, so that the post lock head 800 is in contact with the power unit. Pre-pressure is maintained between the devices 2000 to form a more stable connection. In the final use state, the adapter spindle 700 will be pressed against the output shaft in the axial direction by the reaction force of the patient's tissue. The compression spring can be an ordinary spiral spring, a disc spring, a corrugated spring, etc. Of course, the elastic member 902 is not limited to the form of a spring, and can also be an elastic spring piece.
下面对髋关节成型器的使用过程进行具体说明。The following is a detailed description of the use process of the hip molder.
在使用时,第一执行器6000通过第一接口30与机器人臂9100连接,此时第一执行器6000未安装工具组件3000。首先,机器人臂9100按照预定的手术计划进入准备位置。医生将搭载有髋臼锉(即切削工具1004a)的髋臼磨锉杆组件通过接头600安装至第一执行器6000。具体为,医生手持接杆锁头800将接杆主轴700的接合孔沿轴向套设于输出轴400的输出段403,并使联轴花键4031与花键接头701对准接合。完成输出轴400和接杆主轴700的周向接合后,接杆主轴700与输出轴400抵接,医生向靠近执行器的方向提拉和转动接杆锁头800,使接杆锁头800的定位销801在旋槽602内沿旋进段6021最终进入定位段6022。When in use, the first actuator 6000 is connected to the robot arm 9100 through the first interface 30 , and at this time, the tool assembly 3000 is not installed on the first actuator 6000 . First, the robot arm 9100 enters the preparation position according to the predetermined surgical plan. The doctor installs the acetabular rasp rod assembly equipped with the acetabular file (ie, the cutting tool 1004a) to the first actuator 6000 through the joint 600. Specifically, the doctor holds the post lock 800 to axially sleeve the engagement hole of the post spindle 700 on the output section 403 of the output shaft 400, and aligns the coupling spline 4031 with the spline joint 701. After completing the circumferential joint between the output shaft 400 and the adapter spindle 700, the adapter spindle 700 contacts the output shaft 400, and the doctor pulls and rotates the adapter lock 800 in the direction close to the actuator, so that the post lock 800 The positioning pin 801 moves along the precession section 6021 in the rotation groove 602 and finally enters the positioning section 6022.
这样,联轴花键4031与花键接头701的接合实现了输出轴400和接杆主轴700的周向接合,输出段403和接合孔702的配合则提高了连接的同轴度,也与接杆锁头800一起增长了对接杆主轴700的径向定位长度,提高输出轴400和接杆主轴700传递转动时的同轴度。定位销801位于定位段6022内时,定位销801受限于定位段6022的两个沿轴向延伸的侧壁不能相对于接头600周向转动。推力弹簧使接杆锁头800相对于接头600具有朝向接杆主轴700运动的趋势,该运动趋势阻止定位销801沿轴向脱出定位段6022到达旋进段6021。推力弹簧使接杆主轴700沿轴向抵靠在输出轴400,即推力弹簧推动接杆主轴700与输出轴400保持轴向接合。上述操作过程,接杆主轴700被径向定位的部分为顶端,沿轴向移动髋臼磨锉杆组件的行程较小,所需操作空间也相应较小。 In this way, the engagement between the coupling spline 4031 and the spline joint 701 realizes the circumferential engagement between the output shaft 400 and the connecting rod spindle 700. The cooperation between the output section 403 and the engagement hole 702 improves the coaxiality of the connection and is also consistent with the connection. The rod lock head 800 also increases the radial positioning length of the docking rod spindle 700 and improves the coaxiality between the output shaft 400 and the connecting rod spindle 700 when transmitting rotation. When the positioning pin 801 is located in the positioning section 6022, the positioning pin 801 is limited by the two axially extending side walls of the positioning section 6022 and cannot rotate circumferentially relative to the joint 600. The thrust spring causes the post lock head 800 to have a tendency to move toward the post spindle 700 relative to the joint 600. This movement tendency prevents the positioning pin 801 from axially escaping from the positioning section 6022 and reaching the precession section 6021. The thrust spring causes the post spindle 700 to axially abut against the output shaft 400 , that is, the thrust spring pushes the post spindle 700 to maintain axial engagement with the output shaft 400 . During the above operation process, the radially positioned part of the adapter spindle 700 is the top end, and the stroke of the acetabular rasp rod assembly in the axial direction is small, and the required operating space is correspondingly small.
至此,髋臼磨锉杆组件与壳体100完成连接,在预定手术计划的指导下,第一执行器6000在机器人臂9100及医生的控制下运动至预定目标位置。启动电机200,电机200的转动依次经过减速器300、联轴器500传递至输出轴400。由于输出轴400和接杆主轴700通过联轴花键4031和花键接头701连接,接杆主轴700在输出轴400的带动下产生转动,转动过程中由于接杆锁头800与接头600固定连接,接杆锁头800不会产生转动。转动的接杆主轴700带动髋臼锉(切削工具1004a)转动以进行髋臼窝的磨削和成型。At this point, the acetabular rasp rod assembly is connected to the housing 100. Under the guidance of the predetermined surgical plan, the first actuator 6000 moves to the predetermined target position under the control of the robot arm 9100 and the doctor. The motor 200 is started, and the rotation of the motor 200 is transmitted to the output shaft 400 through the reducer 300 and the coupling 500 in sequence. Since the output shaft 400 and the post spindle 700 are connected through the coupling spline 4031 and the spline joint 701, the post spindle 700 is driven by the output shaft 400 to rotate. During the rotation, the post lock head 800 is fixedly connected to the joint 600. , the post lock head 800 will not rotate. The rotating adapter spindle 700 drives the acetabular file (cutting tool 1004a) to rotate to grind and shape the acetabular socket.
按照预定的手术计划完成髋臼窝的磨削成型后,机器人臂9100进入可以拆卸髋臼磨锉杆组件的位姿,医生克服推力弹簧的弹力提拉接杆锁头800,定位销801脱出定位段6022的限制,旋转接杆锁头800,定位销801经由旋进段6021后脱离旋槽602,接杆锁头800与接头600脱离。沿接杆主轴700的轴向使髋臼磨锉杆组件远离接头600即完成拆卸。After completing the grinding and shaping of the acetabular socket according to the predetermined surgical plan, the robot arm 9100 enters a position in which the acetabular grinding and filing rod assembly can be disassembled. The doctor overcomes the elastic force of the thrust spring and lifts the connecting rod lock 800, and the positioning pin 801 comes out of position. Restricted by the section 6022, the post lock head 800 is rotated, the positioning pin 801 is separated from the rotation groove 602 after passing through the precessed section 6021, and the post lock head 800 is separated from the joint 600. Move the acetabular rasp rod assembly away from the joint 600 along the axial direction of the rod spindle 700 to complete the disassembly.
综上所述,电机200、减速器300、联轴器以及输出轴400集成在壳体100内部,电机200的电源线可以通过壳体100与机器人臂9100之间的接口引入。第一执行器6000结构紧凑,不用设置外接动力源,也避免了外接动力源及其电源线对手术空间的干涉影响以及电源线外露的安全隐患。无须在手术中组装外接动力源也减少了手术的操作步骤。工具组件3000由连接部8000和髋臼磨锉杆组件组成,作为预装的模块化零件,能够方便地实现手术工具1000a与输出轴400的可拆卸连接。To sum up, the motor 200, reducer 300, coupling and output shaft 400 are integrated inside the housing 100, and the power cord of the motor 200 can be introduced through the interface between the housing 100 and the robot arm 9100. The first actuator 6000 has a compact structure and does not require an external power source. It also avoids the interference of the external power source and its power cord on the surgical space and the safety hazards of exposed power cords. There is no need to assemble an external power source during surgery, which also reduces the number of surgical steps. The tool assembly 3000 is composed of a connecting portion 8000 and an acetabular rasp rod assembly. As a pre-assembled modular part, the tool assembly 3000 can conveniently realize the detachable connection between the surgical tool 1000a and the output shaft 400.
如图19所示,图19为连接有第二种工具组件的第一执行器结构示意图。在一种可选的实施方式中,手术工具1000b为髓腔铰刀的铰刀杆部分(即铰刀杆1001),执行工具1004b为髓腔铰刀的铰刀部分。工具组件3000包括连接部8000以及髓腔铰刀的铰刀杆1001。铰刀杆1001和与铰刀杆1001连接的用于扩髓的铰刀部分构成髓腔铰刀。铰刀杆1001端部设置有花键接头701,用于与联轴花键4031连接;铰刀上开设置有铰刀刃1002,用于在旋转运动下对股骨髓腔进行扩髓。连接部8000与上述连接髋臼磨锉杆组件的连接部8000结构相同,接杆连接模块将铰刀杆1001与接杆锁头800连接。并且,连接有铰刀杆1001的工具组件3000与接头600以及输出轴400的连接与上述同理,接杆锁头800与接头600连接后,髓腔铰刀通过花键接头701与联轴花键4031接合至输出轴400,输出轴400在电机200的驱动下带动髓腔铰刀旋转并执行股骨近端的扩髓任务。As shown in Figure 19, Figure 19 is a schematic structural diagram of the first actuator connected to the second tool assembly. In an optional embodiment, the surgical tool 1000b is the reamer rod part of the medullary cavity reamer (ie, the reamer rod 1001), and the execution tool 1004b is the reamer part of the medullary cavity reamer. Tool assembly 3000 includes a connecting portion 8000 and a reamer shaft 1001 of a medullary reamer. The reamer rod 1001 and the reamer part for medullary expansion connected to the reamer rod 1001 constitute a medullary cavity reamer. The end of the reamer rod 1001 is provided with a spline joint 701 for connection with the coupling spline 4031; the reamer is provided with a reamer blade 1002 for expanding the medullary cavity of the femoral medullary cavity under rotation. The connecting portion 8000 has the same structure as the connecting portion 8000 for connecting the acetabular rasp rod assembly. The connecting rod connection module connects the reamer rod 1001 and the connecting rod lock head 800 . Moreover, the connection between the tool assembly 3000 connected to the reamer rod 1001, the joint 600 and the output shaft 400 is the same as above. After the connecting rod lock 800 is connected to the joint 600, the medullary cavity reamer is connected to the coupling spline through the spline joint 701. The key 4031 is coupled to the output shaft 400. The output shaft 400 is driven by the motor 200 to drive the medullary cavity reamer to rotate and perform the task of expanding the medullary reamer of the proximal femur.
在一种可选的实施方式中,第一执行器6000设置有三组示踪组件150。三组示踪组件150分别设置在壳体100的三个面上,每组中包含四个位于同一平面的示踪元件151。如图2至图4所示,壳体100上设置有三个平面,三组示踪元件151分别设置在三个平面上。其中,示踪元件151可以是无源的反光球或反光片,也可以是有源的电磁发生器或传感器。In an optional implementation, the first actuator 6000 is provided with three sets of tracking assemblies 150 . Three groups of tracking assemblies 150 are respectively arranged on three surfaces of the housing 100, and each group includes four tracking elements 151 located on the same plane. As shown in FIGS. 2 to 4 , the housing 100 is provided with three planes, and the three sets of tracking elements 151 are respectively provided on the three planes. The tracking element 151 may be a passive reflective ball or sheet, or an active electromagnetic generator or sensor.
可以理解的是,髋关节成型手术中,示踪组件150向定位器发送第一执行器6000的位置信息,而定位器在手术空间中通常固定设置,定位器为导航系统9000中接收位置信息的装置,通过三组示踪元件151的设置,使得第一执行器6000在多种位姿下均能够被定位器识别到位置信息。与示踪元件151对应的,定位器可以是识别反射光的光学导航仪,也可以是识别电磁信号的接收器。It can be understood that during hip joint plastic surgery, the tracer component 150 sends the position information of the first actuator 6000 to the locator, and the locator is usually fixedly installed in the surgical space. The locator is the one in the navigation system 9000 that receives the position information. The device, through the arrangement of three sets of tracking elements 151, enables the position information of the first actuator 6000 to be recognized by the locator in various postures. Corresponding to the tracking element 151, the locator may be an optical navigator that identifies reflected light, or it may be a receiver that identifies electromagnetic signals.
下面对第二执行器7000进行具体介绍,如图20至图33所示。The second actuator 7000 will be introduced in detail below, as shown in Figures 20 to 33.
第二执行器7000为假体安装执行器,用于在髋关节置换手术安装假体1003。第二执行器包括滑杆1、支撑组件4000和滑杆示踪器2。滑杆1的一端用于连接假体1003(即执行工具),滑杆1的另一端用于接受安装假体时的冲击力。支撑组件4000包括耦合部 5,耦合部5容纳滑杆1的部分杆段,滑杆1相对于支撑组件4000轴向可动。支撑组件4000用于将第二执行器7000连接于机器人系统的机器人臂9100。示踪器设置于滑杆1以指示滑杆1的方位。第二执行器7000中,滑杆1相对于支撑组件4000轴向可动,在使用时可以使滑杆1与支撑组件4000在轴向上的间隙大于滑杆1被打击时的行程,避免滑杆1与支撑组件4000发生碰撞而损坏与执行器连接的机器人臂9100。滑杆1与支撑组件4000被配置为整体。使用该执行器时无需组装或拆卸滑杆1与支撑组件4000,只需通过支撑组件将整个执行器连接至机器人臂9100或与机器人臂9100分离。The second actuator 7000 is a prosthesis installation actuator, used for installing the prosthesis 1003 during hip replacement surgery. The second actuator includes a slide rod 1, a support assembly 4000 and a slide rod tracer 2. One end of the sliding rod 1 is used to connect the prosthesis 1003 (ie, the execution tool), and the other end of the sliding rod 1 is used to receive the impact force when installing the prosthesis. Support assembly 4000 includes a coupling portion 5. The coupling part 5 accommodates part of the rod section of the slide rod 1, and the slide rod 1 is axially movable relative to the support assembly 4000. The support assembly 4000 is used to connect the second actuator 7000 to the robot arm 9100 of the robot system. A tracer is provided on the slider 1 to indicate the orientation of the slider 1 . In the second actuator 7000, the sliding rod 1 is axially movable relative to the support assembly 4000. When in use, the axial gap between the sliding rod 1 and the supporting assembly 4000 can be larger than the stroke of the sliding rod 1 when it is struck, thereby preventing slippage. The rod 1 collides with the support assembly 4000 and damages the robot arm 9100 connected to the actuator. The sliding rod 1 and the support assembly 4000 are configured as a whole. When using this actuator, there is no need to assemble or disassemble the slide rod 1 and the support assembly 4000. The entire actuator only needs to be connected to or separated from the robot arm 9100 through the support assembly.
具体地,如图3、图20至27所示的实施例中,第二执行器7000包括滑杆1,支撑组件4000、滑杆示踪器2、轴向缓冲机构80和轴向限位结构90。第二执行器7000通过支撑组件4000与第一执行器6000连接,二者连接时第二执行器7000的滑杆1与第一执行器6000的用于连接切削工具1004a的结构平行。第一执行器6000的用于连接切削工具1004a的结构为输出轴400和接头600,二者的轴线与滑杆1平行。髋臼窝/股骨髓腔成型及假体植入都涉及到工具轴线的角度精度,且轴线角度精度是关联的,将用于连接切削工具1004a的结构与用于连接假体1003的结构设置为平行是更有利的。Specifically, in the embodiment shown in Figures 3 and 20 to 27, the second actuator 7000 includes a sliding rod 1, a support assembly 4000, a sliding rod tracer 2, an axial buffering mechanism 80 and an axial limiting structure. 90. The second actuator 7000 is connected to the first actuator 6000 through the support assembly 4000. When the two are connected, the sliding rod 1 of the second actuator 7000 is parallel to the structure of the first actuator 6000 for connecting the cutting tool 1004a. The structures of the first actuator 6000 used to connect the cutting tool 1004a are the output shaft 400 and the joint 600, the axes of which are parallel to the slide rod 1. Acetabular fossa/femoral medullary cavity molding and prosthesis implantation both involve the angle accuracy of the tool axis, and the axis angle accuracy is related. The structure used to connect the cutting tool 1004a and the structure used to connect the prosthesis 1003 are set to Parallelism is more advantageous.
如图20至21所示。图20为第二执行器整体结构示意图。图21为第二执行器整体结构剖视图。滑杆1是表面光滑的金属杆件,滑杆1一端用于接受医生的锤击,另一端用于连接假体1003。滑杆1的中部设置有握持部3,握持部3为套状套合在滑杆1上并与滑杆1固定,用于使医生能够通过握持部3握持滑杆1。握持部3为绝缘的塑料套筒。其中,滑杆1作为金属杆件保证了传递冲击力时具有较高的强度,但用于手术的器械又不希望是笨重的,因此滑杆1的直径一般较小,不便医生握持。而塑料材质的握持部3既增大了滑杆1握持处的直径,为医生提供有利的握持条件,又不使手术工具增加较大的重量。当然,在一些实施方式中,握持部3也可以是绝缘的橡胶套筒或非绝缘的金属套筒。在另一些实施方式中,也可以不设置套状的握持部3,而将握持部3设置为滑杆1本身的一部分,且该部分可相对于滑杆1本身的直径加大以方便握持。As shown in Figures 20 to 21. Figure 20 is a schematic diagram of the overall structure of the second actuator. Figure 21 is a cross-sectional view of the overall structure of the second actuator. The sliding rod 1 is a metal rod with a smooth surface. One end of the sliding rod 1 is used to receive the doctor's hammering, and the other end is used to connect the prosthesis 1003 . A gripping portion 3 is provided in the middle of the sliding rod 1 . The gripping portion 3 is sleeve-like and is fitted on the sliding rod 1 and fixed with the sliding rod 1 , so that the doctor can hold the sliding rod 1 through the gripping portion 3 . The holding part 3 is an insulating plastic sleeve. Among them, the sliding rod 1 as a metal rod ensures high strength when transmitting impact force, but the instruments used for surgery are not expected to be bulky, so the diameter of the sliding rod 1 is generally small, making it inconvenient for doctors to hold. The plastic holding part 3 not only increases the diameter of the holding part of the sliding rod 1, but also provides favorable holding conditions for the doctor without adding a greater weight to the surgical tool. Of course, in some embodiments, the holding part 3 may also be an insulating rubber sleeve or a non-insulating metal sleeve. In other embodiments, the sleeve-shaped holding part 3 may not be provided, but the holding part 3 may be provided as a part of the sliding rod 1 itself, and this part may be enlarged relative to the diameter of the sliding rod 1 itself for convenience. Hold.
滑杆示踪器2包括示踪部分和连接部分。示踪部分设置有多个定位标记,用于提供位置信息。定位标记可以能够反射红外光的反光球或反光片,也可以是能够主动发出信号以实现定位的红外光源或电磁发生器。连接部分用于将滑杆示踪器2固定在滑杆1。The sliding rod tracer 2 includes a tracing part and a connecting part. The tracer part is provided with multiple positioning marks to provide location information. The positioning mark can be a reflective ball or sheet that can reflect infrared light, or it can be an infrared light source or electromagnetic generator that can actively send out signals to achieve positioning. The connecting part is used to fix the slide rod tracer 2 to the slide rod 1.
支撑组件4000包括本体4、耦合部5、绝缘套6和滑套7。本体4大致呈六面体形状,一端(如图21所示的右端)用于连接机器人臂9100。耦合部5为贯穿本体4的孔。绝缘套6和滑套7均为筒状。绝缘套6套合在耦合部5内且与耦合部5轴向固定。绝缘套6用于避免患者与机器人臂9100设备间通过支撑组件4000和滑杆1的接触形成导电通路。滑套7套合在绝缘套6内且与绝缘套6轴向固定。滑套7的材质为金属。滑杆1与滑套7形成轴孔配合,滑杆1与滑套7间存在允许滑杆1相对于滑套7自由滑动的间隙。这样设置在绝缘套6和滑杆1之间的滑套7既可以减少绝缘套6的磨损,又能够增加滑杆1滑动的顺畅度。The support assembly 4000 includes a body 4 , a coupling part 5 , an insulating sleeve 6 and a sliding sleeve 7 . The body 4 is roughly in the shape of a hexahedron, and one end (the right end as shown in Figure 21) is used to connect the robot arm 9100. The coupling part 5 is a hole penetrating the body 4 . Both the insulating sleeve 6 and the sliding sleeve 7 are cylindrical. The insulating sleeve 6 is fitted in the coupling part 5 and is axially fixed with the coupling part 5 . The insulating sleeve 6 is used to prevent the formation of a conductive path between the patient and the robotic arm 9100 device through the contact between the support assembly 4000 and the sliding rod 1 . The sliding sleeve 7 is fitted in the insulating sleeve 6 and is axially fixed with the insulating sleeve 6 . The material of the sliding sleeve 7 is metal. The sliding rod 1 and the sliding sleeve 7 form a shaft hole fit, and there is a gap between the sliding rod 1 and the sliding sleeve 7 that allows the sliding rod 1 to slide freely relative to the sliding sleeve 7 . The sliding sleeve 7 disposed between the insulating sleeve 6 and the sliding rod 1 in this way can not only reduce the wear of the insulating sleeve 6 but also increase the smoothness of the sliding rod 1 .
轴向限位结构90包括挡圈9、握持部3上远离假体1003的第一端。挡圈9和握持部3的第一端均固定于滑杆1,在滑杆1上形成两个直径大于滑杆1的台阶。在滑杆1沿滑套7移动时,两个台阶与支撑组件之间发生干涉以形成对滑杆1的轴向限位。本实施例中,挡圈9与支撑组件4000、握持部3与支撑组件4000之间还设置有绝缘件10,因此挡圈9、握持部3实际上直接与绝缘件10之间形成轴向干涉。绝缘件10为两端开口的套筒。绝缘件10内部空间的直径大于滑杆1的直径,绝缘件10一端的开口直径大于滑杆1的直径, 另一端开口直径与滑杆1的直径相同,该端通过设置有挡缘101以形成与滑杆1直径相同的开口。在滑杆1与支撑组件4000装配时,挡圈9和握持部3的第一端分别位于支撑组件4000的两侧。两个绝缘件10均套合在滑杆1上,也分别位于支撑组件4000的两侧,绝缘件10具有挡缘101的一侧与本体4连接。这样,挡圈9和握持部3的第一端在滑杆上形成两处限位点,当滑杆1相对于支撑组件4000滑动时,挡圈9和握持部3的第一端限制了滑杆1相对于支撑组件4000的最大滑动行程。The axial limiting structure 90 includes a retaining ring 9 and a first end of the holding portion 3 away from the prosthesis 1003 . The retaining ring 9 and the first end of the holding portion 3 are both fixed to the sliding rod 1, and two steps with a larger diameter than the sliding rod 1 are formed on the sliding rod 1. When the sliding rod 1 moves along the sliding sleeve 7 , interference occurs between the two steps and the support assembly to form an axial limit for the sliding rod 1 . In this embodiment, an insulating member 10 is disposed between the retaining ring 9 and the supporting component 4000, and between the holding part 3 and the supporting component 4000. Therefore, the retaining ring 9 and the holding part 3 actually directly form an axis with the insulating component 10. to interfere. The insulating member 10 is a sleeve with openings at both ends. The diameter of the internal space of the insulating member 10 is larger than the diameter of the sliding rod 1, and the diameter of the opening at one end of the insulating member 10 is larger than the diameter of the sliding rod 1. The opening diameter of the other end is the same as the diameter of the sliding rod 1, and a baffle 101 is provided at this end to form an opening with the same diameter as the sliding rod 1. When the sliding rod 1 is assembled with the support assembly 4000, the retaining ring 9 and the first end of the holding portion 3 are respectively located on both sides of the support assembly 4000. The two insulating members 10 are both fitted on the sliding rod 1 and are also located on both sides of the support assembly 4000. The side of the insulating member 10 with the baffle 101 is connected to the body 4. In this way, the retaining ring 9 and the first end of the holding part 3 form two limiting points on the sliding rod. When the sliding rod 1 slides relative to the support assembly 4000, the retaining ring 9 and the first end of the holding part 3 limit The maximum sliding stroke of the slide rod 1 relative to the support assembly 4000 is determined.
在一种可选的实施方式中,轴向限位结构90中的握持部3的第一端也可以替换为独立设置的挡圈9,在另一种可选的实施方式中,挡圈9或握持部3的第一端可以是设置在滑杆1上的台阶或轴肩。In an optional embodiment, the first end of the holding portion 3 in the axial limiting structure 90 can also be replaced by an independently provided retaining ring 9. In another optional embodiment, the retaining ring 9 9 or the first end of the gripping part 3 may be a step or shoulder provided on the sliding rod 1 .
具体参考图21和图22,图22为支撑组件和滑杆连接处结构示意图。本公开中还设置有轴向缓冲机构80,以使滑杆1和支撑组件4000在轴向上至少形成一处缓冲。本实施例中轴向缓冲机构80包括两个缓冲件,具体为第一缓冲件8和第二缓冲件11,第一缓冲件8和第二缓冲件11分布于支撑组件的两侧。两个缓冲件为弹簧。第一缓冲件8设置于挡圈9和绝缘件10之间、第二缓冲件11设置于握持部3的第一端和绝缘件10的挡缘101之间。第一缓冲件8和第二缓冲件11均套合在滑杆1上,呈预压缩状态设置于绝缘件10内。第一缓冲件8和第二缓冲件11使滑杆1相对于支撑组件4000滑动时产生缓冲,滑杆1滑动时对支撑组件4000的冲击部分被缓冲件吸收。这样,滑杆1沿轴线滑动以安装假体1003时,滑杆1对机器人臂9100不会产生刚性冲击,减少了机器人臂9100的抱死或位姿出现偏差。Specifically refer to Figures 21 and 22. Figure 22 is a schematic structural diagram of the connection between the support component and the sliding rod. The present disclosure is also provided with an axial buffer mechanism 80 so that the sliding rod 1 and the support assembly 4000 form at least one buffer in the axial direction. In this embodiment, the axial buffering mechanism 80 includes two buffering members, specifically a first buffering member 8 and a second buffering member 11. The first buffering member 8 and the second buffering member 11 are distributed on both sides of the support assembly. The two buffer members are springs. The first buffer member 8 is disposed between the retaining ring 9 and the insulating member 10 , and the second buffer member 11 is disposed between the first end of the holding portion 3 and the baffle edge 101 of the insulating member 10 . The first buffer member 8 and the second buffer member 11 are both fitted on the slide rod 1 and are arranged in the insulating member 10 in a pre-compressed state. The first buffer member 8 and the second buffer member 11 generate buffers when the slide bar 1 slides relative to the support assembly 4000. Part of the impact of the slide bar 1 on the support assembly 4000 when it slides is absorbed by the buffer members. In this way, when the sliding rod 1 slides along the axis to install the prosthesis 1003, the sliding rod 1 will not produce a rigid impact on the robot arm 9100, thereby reducing locking or posture deviation of the robot arm 9100.
在机器人臂9100的驱动下,第二执行器7000到达安装髋臼假体的目标对准位姿,假体1003与病人患处已制备好的髋臼窝对准。在机器人臂9100的移动和摆位过程中,第一缓冲件8和第二缓冲件11均为压缩状态,滑杆1在第一缓冲件8和第二缓冲件11的作用下与本体4保持一定的轴向定位关系,即滑杆1大致保持在滑动行程的中位,滑杆1不会沿耦合部5自由移动。Driven by the robot arm 9100, the second actuator 7000 reaches the target alignment position for installing the acetabular prosthesis, and the prosthesis 1003 is aligned with the prepared acetabular socket of the patient's affected area. During the movement and positioning of the robot arm 9100, the first buffer member 8 and the second buffer member 11 are both in a compressed state, and the slide rod 1 is maintained with the body 4 under the action of the first buffer member 8 and the second buffer member 11. With a certain axial positioning relationship, that is, the slide rod 1 is roughly maintained at the middle position of the sliding stroke, and the slide rod 1 will not move freely along the coupling portion 5 .
医生确认假体1003位姿和手术路径无误后,机器人臂9100设置为直线弹簧臂模式,即,通过控制机器人臂9100关节处电机的输出扭矩将机器人臂9100被设置为其末端臂/杆在沿滑杆1轴向上的阻尼很小,而在其他方向上阻尼很大。这种模式下连接在机器人臂9100的第二执行器7000可以在外力作用下沿滑杆1的轴向移动,而难以沿径向移动或以径向为轴转动。医生手持握持部3并向滑杆1上的第一端施加冲击力。冲击力可以通过锤子敲击或滑锤敲击来施加。冲击力使滑杆1驱动假体1003进入髋臼。在冲击的瞬间,由于惯性存在支撑组件4000并不会瞬时移动。在滑杆1移动过程中,挡圈9压缩第一缓冲件8、第一缓冲件8作用于支撑组件,使支撑组件4000滞后地随滑杆1沿轴向移动。第一缓冲件8避免了弹簧挡圈9与本体4刚性接触。滑杆1完成一次对假体1003的冲击后,在第一缓冲件8的作用下,滑杆1与支撑组件之间的相对关系自动复位至未接受锤击的状态。在一些情况下,还需要向第二执行器7000施加与植入假体时的锤击力相反方向的力以将假体1003或假体试模从髋臼中脱出。这种情况下,第二缓冲件11可以防止滑杆1与支撑组件4000之间的刚性接触。上述缓冲机构的设置,在冲击滑杆1的过程中可以使机器人臂9100自动随滑杆1移动,无需人工握持执行器。操作人员可以握持滑杆1,可以像传统手术一样感知打击震动。After the doctor confirms that the posture and surgical path of the prosthesis 1003 are correct, the robot arm 9100 is set to the linear spring arm mode, that is, by controlling the output torque of the motor at the joint of the robot arm 9100, the robot arm 9100 is set to have its end arm/rod along the edge. The damping in the axial direction of slide rod 1 is very small, while the damping in other directions is large. In this mode, the second actuator 7000 connected to the robot arm 9100 can move along the axial direction of the slide rod 1 under the action of external force, but it is difficult to move in the radial direction or rotate around the radial direction. The doctor holds the grip 3 and applies an impact force to the first end of the slide rod 1 . Impact force can be applied by hammer blows or slide hammer strikes. The impact force causes the sliding rod 1 to drive the prosthesis 1003 into the acetabulum. At the moment of impact, the support component 4000 does not move instantaneously due to inertia. During the movement of the sliding rod 1, the retaining ring 9 compresses the first buffer member 8, and the first buffer member 8 acts on the support assembly, causing the support assembly 4000 to move along the axial direction with the sliding rod 1 with a delay. The first buffer member 8 prevents the spring retaining ring 9 from being in rigid contact with the body 4 . After the sliding rod 1 completes an impact on the prosthesis 1003, under the action of the first buffer member 8, the relative relationship between the sliding rod 1 and the support assembly is automatically reset to a state where no hammer impact has been received. In some cases, it is also necessary to apply a force in the opposite direction to the hammering force when implanting the prosthesis to the second actuator 7000 to dislodge the prosthesis 1003 or the prosthesis trial model from the acetabulum. In this case, the second buffer member 11 can prevent rigid contact between the sliding rod 1 and the support assembly 4000 . The setting of the above-mentioned buffer mechanism allows the robot arm 9100 to automatically move with the sliding rod 1 during the impact of the sliding rod 1, without the need to manually hold the actuator. The operator can hold the slider 1 and feel the impact vibration just like traditional surgery.
滑杆1轴向移动行程由限位结构握持部3的第一端和挡圈9限定。第一缓冲件8和第二缓冲件11的设置使滑杆1的限位结构始终不与本体4刚性接触。在滑杆1不接受冲击 力时,滑杆1相对于耦合部5保持在中位,且滑杆1不会相对于支撑组件自由移动,而是需要一定力克服第一缓冲件8或第二缓冲件11才能使滑杆1移动,避免了在机器人臂9100移动时滑杆1自由窜动。The axial movement stroke of the slide rod 1 is limited by the first end of the holding portion 3 of the limiting structure and the retaining ring 9 . The arrangement of the first buffer member 8 and the second buffer member 11 prevents the limiting structure of the slide rod 1 from being in rigid contact with the body 4 at all times. No impact is received on slider 1 When the force is applied, the sliding rod 1 remains in the neutral position relative to the coupling part 5, and the sliding rod 1 will not move freely relative to the support assembly. Instead, a certain force is required to overcome the first buffer member 8 or the second buffer member 11 in order to move the sliding rod 1 1 moves to prevent the sliding rod 1 from moving freely when the robot arm 9100 moves.
在一种可选的实施方式中,支撑组件4000上设置有用于将第二执行器7000与机器人臂9100或第一执行器6000连接的快拆机构140。如图25至图27所示,图25至图27为支撑组件和第二接口结构示意图。快拆机构140包括第一限位机构141和第二限位机构142,第一限位机构141为插块12,第二限位机构142为插销组件,插块12用于以插接的方式与机器人臂9100或第一执行器6000连接,插销组件的插接限位方向与插块12的插接方向垂直。插块12与本体4固定连接或一体成型,插块12上延其插接方向的一端设置有两个限位槽121,限位槽121用于限制插接方向上的自由度。In an optional implementation, the support assembly 4000 is provided with a quick release mechanism 140 for connecting the second actuator 7000 with the robot arm 9100 or the first actuator 6000 . As shown in Figures 25 to 27, Figures 25 to 27 are schematic structural diagrams of the support assembly and the second interface. The quick release mechanism 140 includes a first limiting mechanism 141 and a second limiting mechanism 142. The first limiting mechanism 141 is a plug-in block 12, and the second limiting mechanism 142 is a plug assembly. The plug-in block 12 is used for plugging. Connected to the robot arm 9100 or the first actuator 6000, the plug-in limiting direction of the plug assembly is perpendicular to the plug-in direction of the plug block 12. The plug-in block 12 is fixedly connected to or integrally formed with the body 4. Two limiting slots 121 are provided on one end of the plug-in block 12 extending in the plug-in direction. The limit slots 121 are used to limit the degree of freedom in the plug-in direction.
本体4上设置有用于容纳插销组件的安装孔14,安装孔14与耦合部5连通。插销组件包括插销15、第一弹性件16、垫块17以及插销拉栓18,垫块17、第一弹性件16和插销15依次设置在安装孔14内。第一弹性件16为弹簧,垫块17与滑杆1抵接,插销15在安装孔14内且沿插块12的厚度方向垂直穿过插块12,第一弹性件16呈压缩状态设置于插销15和垫块17之间。安装孔14的中段与本体4外部连通,形成能够手动拨动插销15的活动区域,插销拉栓18径向穿过插销15并与插销15固定,插销15通过插销拉栓18被限制在活动区域内。在第一弹性件16的推动下,插销拉栓18与活动区域的一端抵接,插销头部穿出插块12表面,插销头部为斜面。The body 4 is provided with a mounting hole 14 for accommodating the plug assembly, and the mounting hole 14 is connected with the coupling part 5 . The latch assembly includes a latch 15, a first elastic member 16, a pad 17 and a latch pull bolt 18. The pad 17, the first elastic member 16 and the latch 15 are arranged in the installation hole 14 in sequence. The first elastic member 16 is a spring. The pad 17 is in contact with the sliding rod 1 . The latch 15 is in the mounting hole 14 and passes vertically through the plug 12 along the thickness direction of the plug 12 . The first elastic member 16 is arranged in a compressed state. between pin 15 and spacer 17. The middle section of the mounting hole 14 is connected to the outside of the body 4, forming an active area where the latch 15 can be manually moved. The latch pull bolt 18 radially passes through the latch 15 and is fixed to the latch 15. The latch 15 is limited to the active area by the latch pull bolt 18. Inside. Under the push of the first elastic member 16, the latch pull bolt 18 is in contact with one end of the active area, and the head of the latch penetrates the surface of the plug block 12, and the head of the latch is a bevel.
为了通过快拆机构140将第二执行器7000安装至第一执行器6000,第一执行器6000上设置有插槽形式的第二接口13。具体地,第二接口13包括底板131、插销孔133和限位扣132,其中底板131为矩形。插销孔133沿底板131的厚度方向设置;限位扣132数量为四个且分别设置在底板131的四角处,限位扣132与底板131形成所述第二接口13。限位扣132具体包括相连接的第一段1321和第二段1322,第一段1321与底板131连接且垂直于底板131,第二段1322平行于底板131且朝向底板131的内部延伸。限位扣132与底板131形成容纳插块12的空间。并且,插块12插接于第二接口13内时,限位槽121与限位扣132卡接,插块12在限位扣132的限制下不能沿插接的方向脱出。In order to install the second actuator 7000 to the first actuator 6000 through the quick release mechanism 140, the first actuator 6000 is provided with a second interface 13 in the form of a slot. Specifically, the second interface 13 includes a bottom plate 131, a latch hole 133, and a limiting buckle 132, where the bottom plate 131 is rectangular. The latch holes 133 are provided along the thickness direction of the bottom plate 131; the number of limiting buckles 132 is four and they are respectively provided at the four corners of the bottom plate 131. The limiting buckles 132 and the bottom plate 131 form the second interface 13. The limiting buckle 132 specifically includes a connected first section 1321 and a second section 1322. The first section 1321 is connected to the bottom plate 131 and is perpendicular to the bottom plate 131. The second section 1322 is parallel to the bottom plate 131 and extends toward the inside of the bottom plate 131. The limiting buckle 132 and the bottom plate 131 form a space for accommodating the plug-in block 12 . Moreover, when the plug-in block 12 is plugged into the second interface 13, the limiting groove 121 is engaged with the limiting buckle 132, and the plug-in block 12 cannot come out along the plugging direction under the restriction of the limiting buckle 132.
通过快拆机构140的设置,可以方便地拆装第二执行器7000。如图25至图27所示,插块12自上而下与第二接口13连接时,底板131的平面首先与插块的平面贴合,插销头部的斜面与底板131接触,插销15向本体4回缩。相对于第二接口向下移动本体4,限位槽121与限位扣132卡合,插销头部进入插销孔133内,插块12与第二接口13完全契合。在空间直角坐标系上,插块12与第二接口13在厚度和宽度上相契合限定了插块12的除z轴(也可以是x轴或y轴)外的5个自由度,限位槽121与限位扣132的卡合限定了第二执行器7000沿z轴向第一方向滑动的自由度,插销15与插销孔133的配合实现了第二执行器7000沿z轴向第二方向滑动的自由度,在图25至图27,第一方向为耦合部5轴向向下的方向,第二方向为耦合部5向上的方向。至此,第二执行器7000通过插块12、第二接口13和插销组件的设置与第一执行器6000固定连接。拆卸时只需拨动插销拉栓18(图25中向左拨动),使插销头部由插销孔133中脱出,再由第二接口13中拔出插块12即可(图25中相对于第二接口13向上拔出)。第二执行器7000快拆机构140的设置,医生在手术时可以快速完成第二执行器7000的安装和拆卸,节省手术时间。Through the arrangement of the quick release mechanism 140, the second actuator 7000 can be easily disassembled and assembled. As shown in Figures 25 to 27, when the plug 12 is connected to the second interface 13 from top to bottom, the plane of the bottom plate 131 first fits the plane of the plug, the bevel of the plug head contacts the bottom plate 131, and the plug 15 moves toward Body 4 retracts. Move the body 4 downward relative to the second interface, the limiting groove 121 engages with the limiting buckle 132, the latch head enters the latch hole 133, and the plug block 12 fully fits the second interface 13. In the space rectangular coordinate system, the thickness and width of the plug-in block 12 and the second interface 13 are consistent to define the five degrees of freedom of the plug-in block 12 except the z-axis (which can also be the x-axis or the y-axis). The engagement of the groove 121 and the limit buckle 132 limits the degree of freedom of the second actuator 7000 to slide in the first direction along the z-axis. The cooperation between the latch 15 and the latch hole 133 enables the second actuator 7000 to slide in the second direction along the z-axis. Regarding the degree of freedom of directional sliding, in Figures 25 to 27, the first direction is the axial downward direction of the coupling part 5, and the second direction is the upward direction of the coupling part 5. At this point, the second actuator 7000 is fixedly connected to the first actuator 6000 through the arrangement of the plug block 12, the second interface 13 and the plug assembly. When disassembling, you only need to turn the latch pull bolt 18 (turn it to the left in Figure 25) to make the head of the latch come out of the latch hole 133, and then pull out the plug block 12 from the second interface 13 (opposite in Figure 25). Pull it out upward from the second interface 13). The setting of the quick-release mechanism 140 of the second actuator 7000 allows the doctor to quickly complete the installation and disassembly of the second actuator 7000 during surgery, saving surgery time.
如图28所示,图28为安装有调节件的滑杆结构示意图。在一种可选的实施方式中,第二执行器7000还包括调节组件5000,调节组件5000将假体1003连接至滑杆1并且能 够调节假体1003相对于所述滑杆的周向位置。调节组件5000包转接轴21和调节件27。转接轴21一端与滑杆1连接、另一端与髋关节假体1003连接。调节件27套合于转接轴21和滑杆1连接处,在外力作用下调节件27可在所述转接轴21的第一位置28和第二位置29之间移动,调节件27在第一位置28处与滑杆1之间周向位置固定,调节件27在第二位置29处相对于滑杆1周向位置可调。As shown in Figure 28, Figure 28 is a schematic structural diagram of the sliding rod equipped with an adjustment member. In an optional embodiment, the second actuator 7000 also includes an adjustment assembly 5000, which connects the prosthesis 1003 to the slide rod 1 and can The circumferential position of the prosthesis 1003 relative to the slide rod can be adjusted. The adjustment assembly 5000 includes the adapter shaft 21 and the adjustment member 27 . One end of the adapter shaft 21 is connected to the sliding rod 1, and the other end is connected to the hip joint prosthesis 1003. The adjusting member 27 is fitted at the connection between the adapter shaft 21 and the sliding rod 1. Under the action of external force, the adjusting member 27 can move between the first position 28 and the second position 29 of the adapter shaft 21. The adjusting member 27 is in The circumferential position between the first position 28 and the sliding rod 1 is fixed, and the adjusting member 27 is adjustable in its circumferential position relative to the sliding rod 1 at the second position 29 .
如图29所示,图29为调节件示意图一。转接轴21包括滑杆接头、主轴段210和髋臼假体接头,滑杆接头和髋臼假体接头设置于主轴段210的两端,滑杆接头用于和滑杆1连接,髋臼假体接头用于连接假体1003。As shown in Figure 29, Figure 29 is a schematic diagram of the adjusting member. The adapter shaft 21 includes a sliding rod joint, a main shaft section 210 and an acetabular prosthesis joint. The sliding rod joint and the acetabular prosthetic joint are provided at both ends of the main shaft section 210. The sliding rod joint is used to connect to the sliding rod 1, and the acetabular prosthesis joint. The prosthetic joint is used to connect the prosthesis 1003.
滑杆接头顶端开设有连接孔211,连接孔211为光孔,连接孔211外围设置有两个关于转接轴21轴线对称的卡块212,两个卡块212呈“一”字形沿径向延伸。卡块212下方设置有与卡块212最大半径相同的凸缘213,凸缘213下方设置有限位段214,限位段214的半径大于主轴段210的半径,并且在限位段214和主轴段210连接处形成限位台阶215。There is a connecting hole 211 at the top of the sliding rod joint. The connecting hole 211 is a light hole. There are two clamping blocks 212 symmetrical about the axis of the adapter shaft 21 on the periphery of the connecting hole 211. The two clamping blocks 212 are in the shape of a "-" and move along the radial direction. extend. A flange 213 with the same maximum radius as the blocking block 212 is provided below the blocking block 212. A limiting section 214 is provided below the flange 213. The radius of the limiting section 214 is larger than the radius of the main shaft section 210, and between the limiting section 214 and the main shaft section A limiting step 215 is formed at the connection 210 .
参考图29至图32。图30为调节件示意图二。图31为调节件示意图三。图32为本公开实施例的螺母结构示意图。调节件27包括可拆卸连接的螺母22和转接套23、花键24以及保持件25。其中,具体参考图32,螺母22为开口向下的壳状,开口处外壁221上设置有外螺纹,且在该外壁221上对称设置有两个卡槽222,卡槽222延伸至螺母22内部,螺母22内部靠近底部的位置处设置有花键槽223。转接套23为具有开口的杯状,转接套23开口处内壁设置有内螺纹。花键24固定于滑杆1上,外周设置有齿状凸起。保持件25为具有弹性的弹簧。Refer to Figures 29 to 32. Figure 30 is the second schematic diagram of the adjusting member. Figure 31 is the third schematic diagram of the adjusting member. Figure 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a nut according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. The adjusting member 27 includes a detachably connected nut 22 and an adapter sleeve 23 , a spline 24 and a retaining member 25 . Specifically referring to FIG. 32 , the nut 22 is in the shape of a shell with an opening downward. An external thread is provided on the outer wall 221 of the opening, and two slots 222 are symmetrically provided on the outer wall 221 . The slots 222 extend to the inside of the nut 22 . , a spline groove 223 is provided inside the nut 22 near the bottom. The adapter sleeve 23 is cup-shaped with an opening, and the inner wall of the opening of the adapter sleeve 23 is provided with internal threads. The spline 24 is fixed on the sliding rod 1 and is provided with tooth-shaped protrusions on its outer periphery. The retaining member 25 is an elastic spring.
连接状态下,螺母22套合于滑杆1上花键24的上方,转接套23套合在转接轴21上,转接套23和螺母22通过内螺纹和外螺纹的配合连接,保持件25设置于转接套23内,一端与转接套23的底部抵接、另一端与凸缘213抵接。In the connected state, the nut 22 is fitted above the spline 24 on the sliding rod 1, and the adapter sleeve 23 is fitted on the adapter shaft 21. The adapter sleeve 23 and the nut 22 are connected through the matching of the internal thread and the external thread to maintain The member 25 is disposed in the adapter sleeve 23 , with one end in contact with the bottom of the adapter sleeve 23 and the other end in contact with the flange 213 .
使用时,滑杆1末端插入连接孔211内,螺母22和转接套23通过螺纹连接形成一整体。为了便于理解,下面结合调节件27的工作状态和调节过程进行说明。During use, the end of the sliding rod 1 is inserted into the connecting hole 211, and the nut 22 and the adapter sleeve 23 are threaded to form an integral body. For ease of understanding, the following description will be made in conjunction with the working state and adjustment process of the adjusting member 27 .
在工作状态下,调节件27位于第一位置28处,如图30所示,保持件25呈压缩状态抵接在凸缘213和转接套23底部,保持件25通过转接套23拉动螺母22,使螺母22的花键槽223与花键24连接,卡块212嵌合在卡槽222内。这样,滑杆1与调节装置通过花键24与花键槽223的连接周向固定、转接轴21与调节装置通过卡块和卡槽222的配合实现周向固定。基于上述过程和原理,工作状态下,通过调节组件的连接,滑杆1和转接轴21之间轴向、径向以及周向固定。In the working state, the adjusting member 27 is located at the first position 28. As shown in Figure 30, the retaining member 25 is in a compressed state and abuts the flange 213 and the bottom of the adapter sleeve 23. The retainer 25 pulls the nut through the adapter sleeve 23. 22. Connect the spline groove 223 of the nut 22 with the spline 24, and the clamping block 212 is fitted into the clamping groove 222. In this way, the sliding rod 1 and the adjusting device are circumferentially fixed through the connection between the spline 24 and the spline groove 223, and the adapter shaft 21 and the adjusting device are circumferentially fixed through the cooperation of the clamping block and the clamping groove 222. Based on the above process and principle, under working conditions, through the connection of the adjusting components, the sliding rod 1 and the adapter shaft 21 are fixed in the axial, radial and circumferential directions.
为满足临床需求,在将假体1003植入病人患处已准备好的髋臼窝内时需要保证假体1003具有正确的安装方向,例如具有翼部的假体1003,该假体1003需要与髋臼窝固定以加强髋臼窝处的结构,并且翼部需要以正确的方向与髋臼窝连接。因此每次滑杆1前需要调整假体1003的方向。基于本实施例所述的第二执行器7000,调节假体1003的方向时,如图31所示,医生向上提拉调节装置使其克服保持件25的弹力至转接套23底部与限位台阶215抵接,调节件27位于第二位置29处,。此时花键24与花键槽223脱离,卡块212未脱出卡槽222,调节件27可以相对于滑杆1周向转动,转接轴21跟随调节件27的转动而转动。这样,可以在不转动滑杆1的情况下只通过转动调节件27即可实现假体1003相对于滑杆1方向的调节。进一步的,由于滑杆1上连接了用于实时提供滑杆1位 置信息的滑杆示踪器2,滑杆示踪器2需要与接收该位置信息的定位器对准。所以上述调节组件的设置也保证了在假体1003调节时与滑杆1固定连接的滑杆示踪器2不会因为滑杆1的旋转而失去与定位器的对准,保证滑杆示踪器2能够实时被定位器所识别。In order to meet clinical needs, it is necessary to ensure that the prosthesis 1003 has the correct installation direction when implanting the prosthesis 1003 into the prepared acetabular socket of the patient's affected area. For example, the prosthesis 1003 with wings needs to be in contact with the hip. The socket is fixed to strengthen the structure at the socket, and the wings need to connect to the socket in the correct direction. Therefore, the direction of the prosthesis 1003 needs to be adjusted before sliding the rod 1 each time. Based on the second actuator 7000 described in this embodiment, when adjusting the direction of the prosthesis 1003, as shown in Figure 31, the doctor lifts the adjustment device upward to overcome the elastic force of the retainer 25 to the bottom of the adapter sleeve 23 and the limiter. The step 215 abuts, and the adjusting member 27 is located at the second position 29. At this time, the spline 24 is separated from the spline groove 223, the clamping block 212 does not come out of the clamping slot 222, the adjusting member 27 can rotate circumferentially relative to the sliding rod 1, and the adapter shaft 21 rotates following the rotation of the adjusting member 27. In this way, the direction of the prosthesis 1003 relative to the sliding rod 1 can be adjusted only by rotating the adjusting member 27 without rotating the sliding rod 1. Further, since the slider 1 is connected to provide the slider 1 bit in real time The slider tracker 2 needs to be aligned with the locator that receives the position information. Therefore, the setting of the above-mentioned adjustment component also ensures that the slide rod tracer 2 fixedly connected to the slide rod 1 will not lose alignment with the locator due to the rotation of the slide rod 1 when the prosthesis 1003 is adjusted, ensuring that the slide rod tracer Device 2 can be recognized by the locator in real time.
并且,基于调节组件,通过改变转接轴21的髋臼假体接头,转接轴21可以连接不同厂商不同型号的假体1003。无需为适配不同的假体1003而更换整个滑杆1,提高了第二执行器7000的适配和适用范围。Moreover, based on the adjustment component, by changing the acetabular prosthesis joint of the adapter shaft 21, the adapter shaft 21 can connect different models of prostheses 1003 from different manufacturers. There is no need to replace the entire slide rod 1 to adapt to different prostheses 1003, which improves the adaptability and application range of the second actuator 7000.
在一种可选的实施方式中,缓冲件可以仅保留第一缓冲件8而不设置第二缓冲件11。In an optional implementation, the buffer member may retain only the first buffer member 8 without providing the second buffer member 11 .
在一些可选实施例中,可以设置一个缓冲件,如第一缓冲件8。且缓冲件8的两端分别与挡圈9和支撑组件4000连接。滑杆沿两个方向移动时均会被缓冲件8牵引或支撑,从而形成缓冲并可以带动支撑组件4000随滑杆移动。In some optional embodiments, a buffer member may be provided, such as the first buffer member 8 . And the two ends of the buffer member 8 are connected to the retaining ring 9 and the support assembly 4000 respectively. When the sliding rod moves in two directions, it will be pulled or supported by the buffer member 8, thereby forming a buffer and driving the support assembly 4000 to move with the sliding rod.
在一些可选实施例中,轴向缓冲机构80的两个缓冲件可以不是预压缩的。如第一缓冲件8可以仅受滑杆重力作用被压缩。两个缓冲件的长度也可以小于滑杆1的行程,缓冲件可以在限位结构之间活动,只要能阻止刚性碰撞即可。In some alternative embodiments, the two buffer members of the axial buffer mechanism 80 may not be pre-compressed. For example, the first buffer member 8 can be compressed only by the gravity of the sliding rod. The length of the two buffer members can also be smaller than the stroke of the sliding rod 1, and the buffer members can move between the limiting structures, as long as they can prevent rigid collision.
在一种可选的实施方式中,参考图20和图33,图33为螺帽结构示意图。滑杆1上接受冲击力的一端设置有螺帽26,螺帽26包括受力板261和连接段262,连接段262通过螺纹与滑杆1固定连接,当然连接方式不限于螺纹连接,也可以是销钉连接等其他连接方式;受力板261的面积大于滑杆1端部的面积,受力板261为医生的施加冲击力时的锤击提供更大的受力目标,避免滑杆1端部较小而出现锤空的现象。In an optional implementation, refer to Fig. 20 and Fig. 33. Fig. 33 is a schematic diagram of the nut structure. The end of the sliding rod 1 that receives the impact force is provided with a nut 26. The nut 26 includes a force-bearing plate 261 and a connecting section 262. The connecting section 262 is fixedly connected to the sliding rod 1 through threads. Of course, the connection method is not limited to threaded connection, and can also be It is a pin connection or other connection methods; the area of the force-bearing plate 261 is larger than the area of the end of the sliding rod 1, and the force-bearing plate 261 provides a larger force target for the doctor's hammering when applying impact force to avoid the end of the sliding rod 1 The part is small and the phenomenon of hammering out appears.
如图34所示的执行膝关节手术的手术系统结构示意图,涉及计算机辅助手术(Computer-Assisted Surgery,CAS)技术。涉及该技术的外科手术系统包括机器人臂9100、导航系统9000、搭载有锯片36的膝关节执行器9400和控制系统9200。机器人臂9100相当于外科医生的手臂,可以把持锯片36并以较高的精度定位和移动锯片36。导航系统9000相当于外科医生的眼睛,可以实时测量锯片36和患者组织的位置。控制系统9200相当于外科医生的大脑,内部储存手术规划。控制系统9200根据术中通过导航系统9000获取的位置信息计算机器人臂9100的路线和/或应达的位置,可以控制机器人臂9100运动,或者通过力反馈模式设置机器人臂9100的虚拟边界,由人工推动机器人臂9100的膝关节执行器9400在虚拟边界内移动/沿虚拟边界限定的路线、面移动。Figure 34 is a schematic structural diagram of a surgical system for performing knee surgery, involving computer-assisted surgery (CAS) technology. The surgical system involving this technology includes a robot arm 9100, a navigation system 9000, a knee joint actuator 9400 equipped with a saw blade 36, and a control system 9200. The robot arm 9100 is equivalent to a surgeon's arm and can hold the saw blade 36 and position and move the saw blade 36 with high accuracy. The navigation system 9000 is equivalent to the surgeon's eyes and can measure the position of the saw blade 36 and the patient's tissue in real time. The control system 9200 is equivalent to the surgeon's brain and stores surgical plans internally. The control system 9200 calculates the route and/or the position to be reached of the robot arm 9100 based on the position information obtained through the navigation system 9000 during the operation, and can control the movement of the robot arm 9100, or set the virtual boundary of the robot arm 9100 through force feedback mode, manually The knee joint actuator 9400 that pushes the robot arm 9100 moves within the virtual boundary/along the route and surface defined by the virtual boundary.
参考图35和图36。图35为膝关节执行器9400被配置为可执行全膝关节置换术的示意图,其中示出了锯片36与膝关节执行器9400的主体371的第一连接关系。该连接关系下,锯片36设置于主体的一侧(图35中主体371的下侧),锯片36上用于切割骨组织的一端的指向与主体371的长度方向垂直,即图35中锯片36相对于主体371指向下方。在第一连接关系下膝关节执行器9400适于执行全膝关节置换术中的截骨操作。图36为膝关节执行器9400被配置为可执行胫骨高位截骨术的示意图,其中示出了锯片36与膝关节执行器9400的主体371的第二连接关系。该连接关系下,锯片36同样设置于主体的一侧(图36中主体371的下侧),锯片36上用于切割骨组织的一端的指向与主体371的长度方向平行,即图36中锯片36指向主体371的左方。在第二连接关系下膝关节执行器9400适于执行胫骨高位截骨术、股骨远端截骨术或腓骨近端截骨术。Refer to Figure 35 and Figure 36. FIG. 35 is a schematic diagram of the knee joint actuator 9400 configured to perform total knee replacement surgery, which shows the first connection relationship between the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 of the knee joint actuator 9400. Under this connection relationship, the saw blade 36 is disposed on one side of the main body (the lower side of the main body 371 in Figure 35), and the end of the saw blade 36 used for cutting bone tissue is oriented perpendicular to the length direction of the main body 371, that is, in Figure 35 Saw blade 36 points downward relative to body 371 . In the first connection relationship, the knee actuator 9400 is adapted to perform an osteotomy operation in a total knee replacement. 36 is a schematic diagram of the knee joint actuator 9400 configured to perform high tibial osteotomy, which shows the second connection relationship between the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 of the knee joint actuator 9400. Under this connection relationship, the saw blade 36 is also disposed on one side of the main body (the lower side of the main body 371 in Figure 36), and the end of the saw blade 36 used for cutting bone tissue is directed parallel to the length direction of the main body 371, that is, Figure 36 The middle saw blade 36 points to the left of the main body 371 . In the second connection relationship, the knee actuator 9400 is adapted to perform a high tibial osteotomy, a distal femoral osteotomy, or a proximal fibula osteotomy.
继续参考图35至图40。图37为图35中所示膝关节执行器9400的正视图。图38为图35中所示膝关节执行器9400的右视图。图39为图5所示的膝关节执行器9400内部结构示意图。图40为图36中所示的膝关节执行器9400的右视图。具体的,膝关节执行器 9400包括主体371和示踪器。示踪器包括第一示踪器3721和第二示踪器3722。主体371大致为圆锥体,圆锥体的回转中心线W与机器人臂9100的末端臂9101的自转中心线同轴。在此基础上,定义主体371的方向参考及坐标系CS。圆锥体的回转中心线W为坐标系CS的Z轴,垂直于Z轴的两个互相垂直的方向为Y轴和X轴。回转中心线W的延伸方向为主体371的长度方向。主体371长度方向的两端分别为第一端3701和第二端3702。主体371的径向为侧向,具体包括上侧、下侧、前侧和后侧。上侧、下侧、前侧和后侧对应于坐标系CS的Y轴正向、Y轴反向、X轴正向和X轴反向。Continue to refer to Figures 35 to 40. Figure 37 is a front view of the knee actuator 9400 shown in Figure 35. Figure 38 is a right side view of the knee actuator 9400 shown in Figure 35. Figure 39 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the knee joint actuator 9400 shown in Figure 5. Figure 40 is a right side view of the knee joint actuator 9400 shown in Figure 36. Specifically, knee joint actuator 9400 includes a body 371 and a tracer. The tracers include a first tracer 3721 and a second tracer 3722. The main body 371 is generally a cone, and the rotation center line W of the cone is coaxial with the rotation center line of the end arm 9101 of the robot arm 9100 . On this basis, the direction reference and coordinate system CS of the body 371 are defined. The rotation center line W of the cone is the Z axis of the coordinate system CS, and the two mutually perpendicular directions perpendicular to the Z axis are the Y axis and the X axis. The extension direction of the rotation center line W is the length direction of the main body 371 . The two ends in the length direction of the main body 371 are the first end 3701 and the second end 3702 respectively. The radial direction of the main body 371 is the lateral direction, specifically including the upper side, lower side, front side and rear side. The upper side, lower side, front side and back side correspond to the Y-axis forward direction, Y-axis reverse direction, X-axis forward direction and X-axis reverse direction of the coordinate system CS.
主体371连接至机器人臂9100的末端臂9101时与末端臂9101同轴固定,相当于成为机器人臂9100的末端臂9101的延伸。在其他实施例中,主体371的形状并不局限于圆锥体,只要具有预定长度且连接至机器人臂9100时能与末端臂9101同轴的规则或不规则形状均可。此处的“同轴”并不严格局限于字面意思,只要是两个杆状结构基本共线地连接即可。当然,其他形状的主体371的长度方向定义也可以参照(主体371连接至机器人臂9100时)末端臂9101的旋转中心线W,因为主体371随末端臂9101自转,二者的旋转中心线相同。When the main body 371 is connected to the end arm 9101 of the robot arm 9100, it is coaxially fixed with the end arm 9101, which is equivalent to becoming an extension of the end arm 9101 of the robot arm 9100. In other embodiments, the shape of the main body 371 is not limited to a cone, and can be a regular or irregular shape as long as it has a predetermined length and can be coaxial with the end arm 9101 when connected to the robot arm 9100 . "Coaxial" here is not strictly limited to the literal meaning, as long as the two rod-shaped structures are connected in a substantially collinear manner. Of course, the definition of the length direction of the main body 371 of other shapes can also refer to the rotation center line W of the end arm 9101 (when the main body 371 is connected to the robot arm 9100), because the main body 371 rotates with the end arm 9101, and the rotation center lines of the two are the same.
主体371具有第一接口30、第三接口3712、动力机构3713和第二手柄373。第一接口30位于主体371的第一端3701。第三接口3712位于主体371的第一侧3703,并且在长度方向上更靠近第二端3702。第二手柄373位于主体371的第二侧3704,用于为医生提供推拉膝关节执行器9400的着力部。主体371的第一侧3703对应前述的下侧,即Y轴的反向;第二侧3704对应前述的上侧,即Y轴的正向。第一接口30包括锁定机构,锁定机构用于将主体371连接至机器人臂9100。第三接口3712用于连接锯片36。如图39所示,第三接口3712具体为机械连接结构,并且具有能往复转动的转轴37121。锯片36固定在转轴37121上,并在转轴7012的带动下往复摆动。动力机构3713设置于主体371内部,动力机构3713用于向第三接口3712提供动力。动力机构3713主要包括电机200a、减速器300a以及传动机构37133。电机200a和减速器300a用于提供初始动力,传动机构37133一端与减速器连接,另一端设置于第三接口3712处。锯片36与第三接口3712连接时,传动机构37133接收电机200a及减速器300a的初始动力并通过转轴37121驱动锯片36摆动。The main body 371 has a first interface 30, a third interface 3712, a power mechanism 3713 and a second handle 373. The first interface 30 is located at the first end 3701 of the main body 371 . The third interface 3712 is located on the first side 3703 of the body 371 and closer to the second end 3702 in the length direction. The second handle 373 is located on the second side 3704 of the main body 371 and is used to provide a force portion for the doctor to push and pull the knee joint actuator 9400. The first side 3703 of the main body 371 corresponds to the aforementioned lower side, that is, the reverse direction of the Y-axis; the second side 3704 corresponds to the aforementioned upper side, that is, the forward direction of the Y-axis. The first interface 30 includes a locking mechanism for connecting the main body 371 to the robot arm 9100. The third interface 3712 is used to connect the saw blade 36 . As shown in Figure 39, the third interface 3712 is specifically a mechanical connection structure and has a rotating shaft 37121 that can rotate back and forth. The saw blade 36 is fixed on the rotating shaft 37121 and swings back and forth driven by the rotating shaft 7012. The power mechanism 3713 is disposed inside the main body 371 , and is used to provide power to the third interface 3712 . The power mechanism 3713 mainly includes a motor 200a, a reducer 300a and a transmission mechanism 37133. The motor 200a and the reducer 300a are used to provide initial power. One end of the transmission mechanism 37133 is connected to the reducer, and the other end is provided at the third interface 3712. When the saw blade 36 is connected to the third interface 3712, the transmission mechanism 37133 receives the initial power from the motor 200a and the reducer 300a and drives the saw blade 36 to swing through the rotating shaft 37121.
锯片36为长条状,两端分别为切削端361和连接端362。切削端361设置有锯齿,用于切割骨组织。连接端362用于与第三接口3712连接,接收驱动锯片36摆动的动力。The saw blade 36 is in the shape of a long strip, and its two ends are respectively a cutting end 361 and a connecting end 362. The cutting end 361 is provided with saw teeth for cutting bone tissue. The connecting end 362 is used to connect with the third interface 3712 and receive the power to drive the saw blade 36 to swing.
示踪器设置于主体371的第二端3702,用于指示锯片36的方位。示踪器包括第一示踪器3721和第二示踪器3722。第一示踪器3721固定设置于主体371的第二端3702,第一示踪器3721上的示踪元件3723可拆卸。导航系统9000可以在手术空间中确定示踪器的方位,并以此确定锯片36的方位。示踪器为光学示踪器,其上安装有示踪元件3723,示踪元件3723为反光片或反光球。导航系统9000包括能够识别反光片或反光球的双目视觉相机9001。示踪器使得膝关节执行器9400在把持锯片36运动的过程中,导航系统9000能够清楚且精确地了解到锯片36的位置。如切割骨组织时,锯片36对于骨组织切割的程度、以及剩余待切割的骨组织情况可以通过示踪器反映的锯片36位置来确定。在一种可选的实施方式中,示踪器也可以是电磁发射器或位置传感器,能够识别电磁发射信号或位置传感器位置的相应导航系统9000可以确定锯片36的方位。The tracer is disposed on the second end 3702 of the main body 371 for indicating the orientation of the saw blade 36 . The tracers include a first tracer 3721 and a second tracer 3722. The first tracer 3721 is fixedly disposed on the second end 3702 of the main body 371, and the tracer element 3723 on the first tracer 3721 is detachable. The navigation system 9000 can orient the tracer, and thereby the saw blade 36, in the surgical space. The tracer is an optical tracer, and a tracer element 3723 is installed on it. The tracer element 3723 is a reflective sheet or reflective ball. The navigation system 9000 includes a binocular vision camera 9001 capable of identifying reflective sheets or reflective balls. The tracer enables the navigation system 9000 to clearly and accurately understand the position of the saw blade 36 during the movement of the knee joint actuator 9400 holding the saw blade 36 . For example, when cutting bone tissue, the degree of cutting of the bone tissue by the saw blade 36 and the condition of the remaining bone tissue to be cut can be determined by the position of the saw blade 36 reflected by the tracer. In an optional embodiment, the tracer may also be an electromagnetic transmitter or a position sensor, and a corresponding navigation system 9000 capable of identifying the position of the electromagnetic transmit signal or position sensor may determine the orientation of the saw blade 36 .
锯片36与第三接口3712连接时,锯片36与第三接口3712之间可形成第一连接关系或第二连接关系。在第一连接关系下锯片36与主体371之间具有第一相对方位关系,并 且由第一示踪器3721指示锯片36的方位。第二连接关系下锯片36与主体371之间具有第二相对方位关系,并且由第二示踪器3722指示锯片36的方位。When the saw blade 36 is connected to the third interface 3712, a first connection relationship or a second connection relationship may be formed between the saw blade 36 and the third interface 3712. Under the first connection relationship, there is a first relative orientation relationship between the saw blade 36 and the main body 371, and And the first tracer 3721 indicates the orientation of the saw blade 36 . Under the second connection relationship, there is a second relative orientation relationship between the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 , and the orientation of the saw blade 36 is indicated by the second tracer 3722 .
如图35、图37和图38所示为锯片36与第三接口3712在第一连接关系下的示意图。在第一连接关系下,锯片36与主体371具有第一夹角,第一夹角为直角,即锯片36的长度方向与主体371的长度方向(旋转中心线W的方向)具有90度的夹角。锯片36的平面与主体371的虚拟纵剖面P平行。虚拟纵剖面P为主体371长度方向的剖切面,虚拟纵剖面P与机器人臂9100的末端臂9101的轴线平行。具体如图35中所示的,锯片36的长度方向指向Y轴的反向;锯片36的平面与Y轴和Z轴所确定的平面平行。继续参考图35,第一接口的轴线M与第二接口的轴线N均在虚拟纵剖面P上,其中第一接口的轴线M与旋转中心线W重合,即轴线M与CS坐标系中的Z轴同轴。第二接口的轴线N与主体371指向第一侧3703的连线重合,即轴线N与CS坐标系中的Y轴平行。以虚拟纵剖面P为镜像面,主体371关于虚拟纵剖面P对称。第二手柄的轴线O大致与第二接口的轴线N重合。35, 37 and 38 are schematic diagrams of the saw blade 36 and the third interface 3712 in the first connection relationship. Under the first connection relationship, the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 have a first included angle, and the first included angle is a right angle, that is, the length direction of the saw blade 36 and the length direction of the main body 371 (the direction of the rotation center line W) are 90 degrees. angle. The plane of the saw blade 36 is parallel to the virtual longitudinal section P of the main body 371 . The virtual longitudinal section P is a cross-sectional plane in the length direction of the main body 371 , and the virtual longitudinal section P is parallel to the axis of the end arm 9101 of the robot arm 9100 . As specifically shown in Figure 35, the length direction of the saw blade 36 points in the opposite direction of the Y-axis; the plane of the saw blade 36 is parallel to the plane determined by the Y-axis and the Z-axis. Continuing to refer to Figure 35, the axis M of the first interface and the axis N of the second interface are both on the virtual longitudinal section P. The axis M of the first interface coincides with the rotation center line W, that is, the axis M coincides with Z in the CS coordinate system. Axis coaxial. The axis N of the second interface coincides with the line connecting the main body 371 to the first side 3703, that is, the axis N is parallel to the Y-axis in the CS coordinate system. Taking the virtual longitudinal section P as a mirror plane, the main body 371 is symmetrical with respect to the virtual longitudinal section P. The axis O of the second handle generally coincides with the axis N of the second interface.
如图41至图43所示,图41为右腿全膝关节置换术示意图。图42为膝关节执行器9400调整锯片36角度示意图。图43为膝关节执行器9400调整角度使锯片与6股骨远端目标截骨面b对准状态示意图。锯片36与主体371间具有第一方位关系的情况下,膝关节执行器9400便于进行膝关节置换手术,如全膝关节置换术或单髁置换术。该手术类型下,以右腿全膝关节置换为例,患者为屈膝仰卧位,机器人臂9100及承载其的台车9102位于患者的患处侧(患者的右侧)导航系统9000位于患处侧的对侧(患者的左侧)。机器人臂9100由患处侧指向对侧,机器人臂9100的末端臂9101连接有膝关节执行器9400,机器人臂9100将膝关节执行器9400大致保持在膝关节上方且横向于患者。手术时,锯片36将从患者前侧入路,锯片36的切削端361指向膝关节,锯片36截骨时锯片平面只需膝关节执行器9400大致绕平行于人体冠状面与横断面交线的轴线W调整角度,即可实现膝关节置换手术规划的六个平面的定位。As shown in Figures 41 to 43, Figure 41 is a schematic diagram of total knee replacement of the right leg. Figure 42 is a schematic diagram of the knee joint actuator 9400 adjusting the angle of the saw blade 36. Figure 43 is a schematic diagram of the knee joint actuator 9400 adjusting the angle to align the saw blade with the target osteotomy surface b of the distal femur 6. When the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 have a first orientation relationship, the knee joint actuator 9400 facilitates knee replacement surgery, such as total knee replacement or unicondylar replacement. Under this type of surgery, taking total knee replacement of the right leg as an example, the patient is in a supine position with the knees bent, the robot arm 9100 and the trolley 9102 carrying it are located on the affected side of the patient (the patient's right side), and the navigation system 9000 is located on the opposite side of the affected side. side (patient's left side). The robot arm 9100 points from the affected side to the opposite side. The end arm 9101 of the robot arm 9100 is connected to the knee joint actuator 9400. The robot arm 9100 keeps the knee joint actuator 9400 substantially above the knee joint and transverse to the patient. During the operation, the saw blade 36 will enter from the front of the patient, and the cutting end 361 of the saw blade 36 points to the knee joint. When the saw blade 36 performs osteotomy, the saw blade plane only needs the knee joint actuator 9400 to be roughly parallel to the human body's coronal plane and transverse direction. By adjusting the angle of the axis W of the plane intersection, the positioning of the six planes for knee replacement surgery planning can be achieved.
具体参考图42,膝关节执行器9400搭载锯片36进行不同截骨面的定位时,为适应不同目标截骨面的角度,在远离患处的位置处进行锯片36平面调整。机器人臂的末端臂9101绕自身轴线的旋转使膝关节执行器9400绕轴线W旋转,锯片36平面转动一定角度。按照临床中的截骨顺序,膝关节执行器9400姿态调整后依次具有第一姿态A、第二姿态B、第三姿态C、第四姿态D、第五姿态E以及第六姿态G。其中膝关节执行器9400的第一姿态A中锯片的6角度与胫骨目标截骨面a的角度对应;第二姿态B中锯片的6角度与股骨远端目标截骨面b的角度对应;第三姿态C中锯片的6角度与股骨前端目标截骨面c的角度对应;第四姿态D中锯片的6角度与股骨后端目标截骨面d的角度对应,第五姿态E中锯片的6角度与股骨后斜目标截骨面e的角度对应,第六姿态G中锯片的6角度与股骨前斜目标截骨面g的角度对应。分别完成锯片36与六个相应的目标截骨面截骨面的角度定位后,机器人臂9100在一定范围内按照预定路径平移一定距离即可实现各个平面与目标截骨平面的对准,如图43所示为锯片36与股骨远端目标截骨平面b对准并即将进行截骨的示意图,锯片36定位至该状态后,机器人臂9100在控制系统9200的控制下将锯片36的移动范围限制在该平面,医生推动膝关节执行器9400在该平面移动并完成相应的截骨。Referring specifically to Figure 42, when the knee joint actuator 9400 is equipped with the saw blade 36 to position different osteotomy surfaces, in order to adapt to the angles of different target osteotomy surfaces, the plane of the saw blade 36 is adjusted at a position away from the affected area. The rotation of the end arm 9101 of the robot arm around its own axis causes the knee joint actuator 9400 to rotate around the axis W, and the saw blade 36 rotates at a certain angle in the plane. According to the clinical osteotomy sequence, the knee joint actuator 9400 has a first posture A, a second posture B, a third posture C, a fourth posture D, a fifth posture E, and a sixth posture G after adjustment. The 6 angles of the saw blade in the first posture A of the knee joint actuator 9400 correspond to the angle of the target osteotomy surface a of the tibia; the 6 angles of the saw blade in the second posture B correspond to the angle of the target osteotomy surface b of the distal femur. ; The 6 angles of the saw blade in the third posture C correspond to the angle of the target osteotomy surface c at the front end of the femur; the 6 angles of the saw blade in the fourth posture D correspond to the angle of the target osteotomy surface d at the rear end of the femur, and the fifth posture E The 6 angles of the middle saw blade correspond to the angle of the femoral posterior oblique target osteotomy surface e, and the 6 angles of the saw blade in the sixth posture G correspond to the angle of the femoral anterior oblique target osteotomy surface g. After completing the angular positioning of the saw blade 36 and the six corresponding target osteotomy planes, the robot arm 9100 can achieve alignment between each plane and the target osteotomy plane by translating a certain distance within a certain range according to a predetermined path, such as Figure 43 shows a schematic diagram of the saw blade 36 aligned with the target osteotomy plane b of the distal femur and about to perform osteotomy. After the saw blade 36 is positioned in this state, the robot arm 9100 moves the saw blade 36 under the control of the control system 9200 The movement range is limited to this plane, and the doctor pushes the knee joint actuator 9400 to move in this plane and completes the corresponding osteotomy.
继续参考图42,在不考虑锯片36位置平移的情况下,锯片36的角度调整过程中,锯片36为适应不同的目标截骨平面,膝关节执行器9400绕轴线W的旋转带动锯片36进行角度调整。这样,机器人臂9100本身无需大角度、大幅度调整自身姿态,只需机器 人臂9100的末端臂9101绕轴线W旋转膝关节执行器9400即可实现锯片36角度的调整。可以理解的是,膝关节单髁置换与全膝关节置换类似,同样是在患者为屈膝仰卧位状态下,锯片36由患者前侧入路进行截骨,具体截骨平面的定位原理与全膝关节置换中的相关定位原理相同,这里不再赘述。Continuing to refer to Figure 42, without considering the translational position of the saw blade 36, during the angle adjustment process of the saw blade 36, in order to adapt to different target osteotomy planes, the knee joint actuator 9400 rotates around the axis W to drive the saw. Use piece 36 to adjust the angle. In this way, the robot arm 9100 itself does not need to adjust its posture at a large angle or greatly, only the machine The end arm 9101 of the human arm 9100 rotates the knee joint actuator 9400 around the axis W to adjust the angle of the saw blade 36 . It can be understood that unicondylar knee replacement is similar to total knee replacement. Also, with the patient in the supine position with the knees bent, the saw blade 36 performs osteotomy through the patient's anterior approach. The specific positioning principle of the osteotomy plane is the same as that of the total knee joint replacement. The relevant positioning principles in knee replacement are the same and will not be repeated here.
如图44至图46所示为锯片36与第三接口3712在第二连接关系下手术空间的示意图。图44为左腿内侧胫骨高位截骨术示意图。图45和图46所示为锯片对准胫骨高位的示意图。在第二连接关系下,锯片36与主体371具有第二夹角,第二夹角为零角,即锯片36的长度方向与主体371的长度方向(轴线W的方向)平行。锯片36的平面与主体371的虚拟纵剖面P平行,虚拟纵剖面P为主体371长度方向的剖切面。具体的,主体371的虚拟纵剖面P为第一接口的轴线M与第二接口的轴线N所确定的平面,其中第一接口的轴线M与轴线W重合,第二接口的轴线N与主体371指向第一侧3703的连线重合。以虚拟纵剖面P为镜像面,主体371关于虚拟纵剖面P对称。44 to 46 are schematic diagrams of the operating space in the second connection relationship between the saw blade 36 and the third interface 3712. Figure 44 is a schematic diagram of high medial tibial osteotomy of the left leg. Figure 45 and Figure 46 show the schematic diagram of the saw blade aligned with the high position of the tibia. Under the second connection relationship, the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 have a second included angle, and the second included angle is a zero angle, that is, the length direction of the saw blade 36 is parallel to the length direction of the main body 371 (the direction of the axis W). The plane of the saw blade 36 is parallel to the virtual longitudinal section P of the main body 371 , and the virtual longitudinal section P is the cross-section plane in the length direction of the main body 371 . Specifically, the virtual longitudinal section P of the main body 371 is the plane determined by the axis M of the first interface and the axis N of the second interface, where the axis M of the first interface coincides with the axis W, and the axis N of the second interface coincides with the axis N of the main body 371 The lines pointing to the first side 3703 coincide. Taking the virtual longitudinal section P as a mirror plane, the main body 371 is symmetrical with respect to the virtual longitudinal section P.
锯片36与主体371间具有第二方位关系的情况下,膝关节执行器9400便于进行胫骨高位截骨术、股骨远端截骨术。该手术类型通过股骨F或胫骨T侧方的开放楔形截骨或闭合截骨以保护膝关节生理结构的完整性,是治疗早期膝关节病变的主要手术方式。不同于膝关节置换手术,胫骨高位截骨术或股骨远端截骨术将以患侧的内侧或外侧入路。如图44所示,以左腿内侧胫骨高位截骨为例,患者为屈膝仰卧位,机器人臂9100及承载其的台车9102位于患者患处侧的对侧(患者的右侧),导航系统9000位于患处测(患者的左侧)。机器人臂9100由患处侧指向对侧,机器人臂的末端臂9101连接有膝关节执行器9400,机器人臂9100将执行器大致横向于患者且保持在左腿和右腿中间的上方且更靠近左腿。如图45和图46所示,手术时,锯片36将从患者左腿胫骨T近端内侧入路,锯片36的切削端361沿横向于患者的水平方向指向胫骨T近端。截骨时,锯片36平面为适应预定手术计划的规划截骨面,需要膝关节执行器9400大致绕平行于人体冠状面与横断面交线的轴线W调整锯片36平面的角度。角度调整过程中,机器人臂的末端臂9101绕自身轴线的旋转使膝关节执行器9400绕轴线W旋转,锯片36平面转动一定角度与胫骨高位目标截骨面h平行。并且,机器人臂9100在一定范围内按照预定路径平移一定距离即可实现各个平面与胫骨高位目标截骨面h的对准。When the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 have the second orientation relationship, the knee joint actuator 9400 facilitates high tibial osteotomy and distal femoral osteotomy. This type of surgery uses open wedge osteotomy or closed osteotomy on the lateral side of the femur F or tibia T to protect the integrity of the physiological structure of the knee joint. It is the main surgical method for the treatment of early knee joint lesions. Unlike knee replacement surgery, a high tibial osteotomy or distal femoral osteotomy will be performed through a medial or lateral approach to the affected side. As shown in Figure 44, taking high osteotomy of the medial tibia of the left leg as an example, the patient is in the supine position with knees bent, the robot arm 9100 and the trolley 9102 carrying it are located on the opposite side of the patient's affected side (right side of the patient), and the navigation system 9000 Located on the affected area (patient's left side). The robot arm 9100 points from the affected side to the opposite side. The end arm 9101 of the robot arm is connected to a knee joint actuator 9400. The robot arm 9100 keeps the actuator roughly transverse to the patient and above the middle of the left leg and the right leg and closer to the left leg. . As shown in Figures 45 and 46, during the operation, the saw blade 36 will be introduced from the inside of the proximal end of the tibia T of the patient's left leg, and the cutting end 361 of the saw blade 36 points toward the proximal end of the tibia T in a horizontal direction transverse to the patient. During osteotomy, the plane of the saw blade 36 is adapted to the planned osteotomy plane of the predetermined surgical plan, and the knee joint actuator 9400 is required to adjust the angle of the plane of the saw blade 36 approximately around an axis W parallel to the intersection of the human body's coronal plane and the transverse plane. During the angle adjustment process, the rotation of the end arm 9101 of the robot arm around its own axis causes the knee joint actuator 9400 to rotate around the axis W, and the saw blade 36 rotates in a certain plane to be parallel to the high target osteotomy surface h of the tibia. In addition, the robot arm 9100 can achieve alignment of each plane with the high tibial target osteotomy surface h by translating a certain distance within a certain range according to a predetermined path.
在不考虑锯片36平移的情况下,锯片36的角度调整过程中,锯片36为适应相应的胫骨高位目标截骨面h,机器人臂9100本身无需大角度、大幅度调整自身姿态,只需转动机器人臂9100末端臂即可实现锯片36角度的调整。可以理解的是,股骨远端截骨术与胫骨高位截骨术情况类似,患者均为屈膝仰卧位的状态,搭载有锯片36的膝关节执行器9400从相应股骨的内侧或外侧入路。并且,腓骨近端截骨术也与胫骨高位截骨术类似。患者通常为仰卧位,搭载有锯片36的膝关节执行器9400从相应腓骨的后外侧入路,切割位置在腓骨头下方6至10cm。手术时,膝关节执行器9400搭载锯片36将腓骨截断约2cm,并在截断端用骨蜡封堵,避免腓骨断端愈合。在股骨远端截骨术和腓骨近端截骨术中,基于相似的入路和锯片36的截骨姿态,锯片36与膝关节执行器9400具有第二连接关系时锯片36的切削端361可以从骨骼侧方指向手术部位。机器人臂9100可搭载膝关节执行器9400灵活方便地进行股骨远端截骨手术或腓骨近端截骨手术。Without considering the translation of the saw blade 36, during the angle adjustment process of the saw blade 36, in order to adapt to the corresponding high target osteotomy surface h of the tibia, the robot arm 9100 itself does not need to adjust its posture at a large angle or greatly. The angle of the saw blade 36 can be adjusted by rotating the end arm of the robot arm 9100. It can be understood that the distal femoral osteotomy is similar to the high tibial osteotomy. The patient is in a supine position with the knees bent, and the knee joint actuator 9400 equipped with the saw blade 36 is introduced from the medial or lateral side of the corresponding femur. Furthermore, the proximal fibular osteotomy is similar to the high tibial osteotomy. The patient is usually in the supine position, and the knee joint actuator 9400 equipped with the saw blade 36 enters through the posterolateral approach of the corresponding fibula, and the cutting position is 6 to 10 cm below the fibular head. During the operation, the knee joint actuator 9400 is equipped with a saw blade 36 to cut off the fibula by about 2cm, and seal the cut end with bone wax to prevent the broken end of the fibula from healing. During the distal femur osteotomy and the proximal fibula osteotomy, based on the similar approach and the osteotomy posture of the saw blade 36 , the cutting of the saw blade 36 when the saw blade 36 has a second connection relationship with the knee joint actuator 9400 End 361 may be directed laterally from the bone toward the surgical site. The robot arm 9100 can be equipped with the knee joint actuator 9400 to flexibly and conveniently perform distal femur osteotomy surgery or proximal fibula osteotomy surgery.
这样,通过锯片36与主体371第一连接关系和第二连接关系的设置,锯片36与主体371具有第一方位关系时,锯片36的切削端361能够在患者前侧更好地指向待手术的膝关节部位。锯片36与主体371具有第二方位关系时,锯片36的切削端361能更好地从患者下肢内侧或外侧指向股骨F、胫骨T或腓骨。锯片36以第一连接关系获第二连接关系 与主体371连接,膝关节执行器9400可以适应不同的手术入路及手术类型,承载膝关节执行器9400的机器人臂9100无需以复杂或难以到达的姿态将锯片定位至目标截骨平面。医生的操作利、操作空间充足,并且搭载有膝关节执行器9400的机器人具有足够的灵活性以完成多种术式的手术,设备采购成本和医生的学习时间成本将大大降低。In this way, through the setting of the first connection relationship and the second connection relationship between the saw blade 36 and the main body 371, when the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 have the first orientation relationship, the cutting end 361 of the saw blade 36 can be better pointed on the front side of the patient. The area of the knee joint to be operated on. When the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 have the second orientation relationship, the cutting end 361 of the saw blade 36 can be better directed from the inside or outside of the patient's lower limb to the femur F, tibia T or fibula. The saw blade 36 obtains the second connection relationship through the first connection relationship. Connected to the main body 371, the knee actuator 9400 can adapt to different surgical approaches and types of surgery. The robot arm 9100 carrying the knee actuator 9400 does not need to position the saw blade to the target osteotomy plane in a complicated or difficult-to-reach posture. The doctor's operation is convenient and the operating space is sufficient, and the robot equipped with the knee actuator 9400 is flexible enough to complete a variety of surgeries. The equipment purchase cost and the doctor's learning time cost will be greatly reduced.
如图47至图49所示,在本实施例中,第三接口3712为夹紧机构38,锯片36与通过夹紧机构38连接至膝关节执行器9400。夹紧机构38包括两个相对设置的夹紧部381,两个夹紧部381在外力作用下相互靠近以夹紧锯片36的连接端362。As shown in FIGS. 47 to 49 , in this embodiment, the third interface 3712 is a clamping mechanism 38 , and the saw blade 36 is connected to the knee joint actuator 9400 through the clamping mechanism 38 . The clamping mechanism 38 includes two opposite clamping parts 381 . The two clamping parts 381 approach each other under the action of external force to clamp the connecting end 362 of the saw blade 36 .
如图47所示的第一种锯片36与夹紧机构38的示意图。两个夹紧部381与锯片36间设置有换向结构,换向结构能够使锯片36通过第三接口3712与主体371连接时形成第一连接关系或第二连接关系。换向结构包括凸起391和凹槽392,凸起391和凹槽392分别设置于夹紧部381和锯片36,凹槽392至少包括两个容纳空间3921,两个容纳空间3921与所述凸起391配合时分别为锯片36与转轴37121周向固定。Figure 47 shows a schematic diagram of the first saw blade 36 and the clamping mechanism 38. A reversing structure is provided between the two clamping parts 381 and the saw blade 36. The reversing structure enables the saw blade 36 to form a first connection relationship or a second connection relationship when the saw blade 36 is connected to the main body 371 through the third interface 3712. The reversing structure includes a protrusion 391 and a groove 392. The protrusion 391 and the groove 392 are respectively provided on the clamping part 381 and the saw blade 36. The groove 392 includes at least two accommodation spaces 3921, and the two accommodation spaces 3921 are connected with the described When the protrusions 391 cooperate, the saw blade 36 and the rotating shaft 37121 are circumferentially fixed respectively.
继续参考图47,凸起391设置于其中一个夹紧部381,凹槽392设置于锯片36的连接端362,凸起391和凹槽392均包括周向均匀分布的条状单元。锯片36被夹紧部381夹紧时,锯片36相对于主体371将具有多种角度连接方式,其中两种连接方式分别对应锯片36与主体371的第一连接关系和第二连接关系。这样,需要进行膝关节置换手术时,调整凸起391和凹槽392的配合关系可使锯锯片36与主体371具有第一方位关系。需要进行胫骨高位截骨或股骨远端截骨时,调整凸起391和凹槽392的配合关系可使锯锯片36与主体371具有第二方位关系。在一种可选的实施方式中,凸起391设置于锯片36的连接端362,凹槽392设置于夹紧部381。在一种可选的实施方式中,如图48和图49为第二种锯片36与夹紧结构8的示意图。凸起391a和凹槽392a的形状不同于上述(图37所示的实施方式)。凸起391a为一个条状,凹槽392a具有间隔90度设置的两个容纳空间3921,条状的凸起391a在两个容纳空间3921中分别对应锯片36与主体371的第一连接关系和第二连接关系。如图48所示的状态使锯片36与主体371具有第一连接关系;如图49所示的状态使锯片36与主体371具有第二连接关系。Continuing to refer to FIG. 47 , the protrusion 391 is provided on one of the clamping parts 381 , and the groove 392 is provided on the connecting end 362 of the saw blade 36 . Both the protrusion 391 and the groove 392 include strip-shaped units evenly distributed in the circumferential direction. When the saw blade 36 is clamped by the clamping portion 381, the saw blade 36 will have multiple angular connection methods relative to the main body 371, two of which respectively correspond to the first connection relationship and the second connection relationship between the saw blade 36 and the main body 371. . In this way, when knee replacement surgery is required, adjusting the matching relationship between the protrusion 391 and the groove 392 can allow the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 to have a first orientation relationship. When high tibial osteotomy or distal femoral osteotomy is required, adjusting the matching relationship between the protrusion 391 and the groove 392 allows the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 to have a second orientation relationship. In an optional implementation, the protrusion 391 is provided on the connecting end 362 of the saw blade 36 , and the groove 392 is provided on the clamping portion 381 . In an optional implementation, FIG. 48 and FIG. 49 are schematic diagrams of the second saw blade 36 and the clamping structure 8 . The shapes of the protrusion 391a and the groove 392a are different from those described above (the embodiment shown in FIG. 37). The protrusion 391a is in the shape of a strip, and the groove 392a has two accommodation spaces 3921 spaced 90 degrees apart. The strip-shaped protrusion 391a corresponds to the first connection relationship between the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 in the two accommodation spaces 3921. Second connection relationship. The state shown in FIG. 48 allows the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 to have a first connection relationship; the state shown in FIG. 49 allows the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 to have a second connection relationship.
如图39、图40以及图50所示,在本实施例中,示踪器包括第一示踪器3721和第二示踪器3722。第一示踪器3721固定设置于主体371的第二端3702,第一示踪器3721上的示踪元件3723可拆卸,锯片36与主体371具有第一连接关系时由第一示踪器3721指示方位。第二示踪器3722可拆卸连接于主体371的第二端3702,锯片36与主体371具有第二连接关系时由第二示踪器3722指示方位。As shown in Figures 39, 40 and 50, in this embodiment, the tracer includes a first tracer 3721 and a second tracer 3722. The first tracer 3721 is fixedly disposed on the second end 3702 of the main body 371. The tracer element 3723 on the first tracer 3721 is detachable. When the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 have a first connection relationship, the first tracer 3721 indicates the direction. The second tracer 3722 is detachably connected to the second end 3702 of the main body 371. When the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 have a second connection relationship, the second tracer 3722 indicates the orientation.
在临床手术中,锯片36与主体371具有第一连接关系时,锯片36由患者前侧(患者屈膝的膝关节上方)指向膝关节,此时的膝关节执行器9400高于屈膝状态的患者腿部,第一示踪器3721与主体371相对于患者的高度基本一致。导航系统9000位于主体371的对侧,可识别第一示踪器3721的位置信息,控制系统9200根据第一示踪器3721的位置信息获得锯片的位置信息,以控制膝关节执行器9400将锯片36定位至目标截骨平面。During the clinical operation, when the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 have the first connection relationship, the saw blade 36 points from the front side of the patient (above the knee joint of the patient's bent knee) to the knee joint. At this time, the knee joint actuator 9400 is higher than the knee joint actuator 9400 in the bent knee state. The heights of the patient's legs, the first tracer 3721 and the main body 371 relative to the patient are substantially consistent. The navigation system 9000 is located on the opposite side of the main body 371 and can identify the position information of the first tracer 3721. The control system 9200 obtains the position information of the saw blade based on the position information of the first tracer 3721 to control the knee joint actuator 9400. Saw blade 36 is positioned to the target osteotomy plane.
锯片36与主体371具有第二连接关系时,将第一示踪器3721上的示踪元件3723拆除,第二示踪器3722与主体371的第二端3702连接。第二示踪器3722位于第一示踪器3721的远离所述第三接口3712的方向的一侧。这样,在手术空间内,在膝关节执行器9400位于屈膝状态下的胫骨T近端处时,第二示踪器3722能够高于屈膝状态的患者下肢,处于第二示踪器3722对侧的导航系统9000能够无遮挡地识别到第二示踪器3722的位置信息。在对锯片36平面进行校验时的验证架同样需要面对导航系统9000,锯片36与主体 371更靠近,验证架安装于锯片36时可能遮挡第一示踪器3721,第二示踪器3722的设置,也使锯片36安装验证架时也不会阻挡第二示踪器3722被导航系统9000识别的视线。When the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 have a second connection relationship, the tracking element 3723 on the first tracer 3721 is removed, and the second tracer 3722 is connected to the second end 3702 of the main body 371 . The second tracer 3722 is located on a side of the first tracer 3721 away from the third interface 3712 . In this way, in the operating space, when the knee joint actuator 9400 is located at the proximal end of the tibia T in the knee flexion state, the second tracer 3722 can be higher than the patient's lower limb in the knee flexion state and on the opposite side of the second tracer 3722 The navigation system 9000 can recognize the position information of the second tracer 3722 without obstruction. When verifying the plane of the saw blade 36, the verification frame also needs to face the navigation system 9000, the saw blade 36 and the main body 371 is closer, the verification frame may block the first tracer 3721 when installed on the saw blade 36. The setting of the second tracer 3722 also prevents the second tracer 3722 from being blocked when the verification frame is installed on the saw blade 36. The navigation system 9000 recognizes the line of sight.
在一种可选的实施方式中,示踪器可只包含第一示踪器3721。在进行全膝关节置换、胫骨高位截骨或股骨远端截骨时,锯片36与主体具有第一连接关系或第二连接关系,定位系统均通过第一示踪器3721的位姿确定锯片36在手术空间中的位姿。只设置第一示踪器3721的情况下,只需要保证进锯片36与执行器具有第二连接关系时,屈膝状态的患者腿部或验证架不会阻挡导航系统9000识别第一示踪器3721的视线即可。如可以在图35所示的第一示踪器3721的基础上增加其沿Y轴正向的高度。In an optional implementation, the tracer may only include the first tracer 3721. When performing total knee replacement, high tibial osteotomy or distal femoral osteotomy, the saw blade 36 has a first connection relationship or a second connection relationship with the main body, and the positioning system determines the saw blade through the position and posture of the first tracer 3721 Position and posture of film 36 in the surgical space. When only the first tracer 3721 is provided, it is only necessary to ensure that when the saw blade 36 and the actuator have the second connection relationship, the patient's legs or the verification stand in the kneeled state will not block the navigation system 9000 from identifying the first tracer. 3721 line of sight is enough. For example, the height of the first tracer 3721 along the positive direction of the Y-axis can be increased based on the first tracer 3721 shown in FIG. 35 .
如图39、图40、图50及图51所示,图50为第二示踪器3722与主体371示意图。图51为第二示踪器结构示意图。在本实施例中,第二示踪器3722通过可拆固定结构实现与主体371第二端3702的连接,可拆固定结构包括插拔组件和锁紧件3103,插拔组件包括插销件3101和套件3102,插销件3101与所述套件3102插接时,第二示踪器3722相对于主体371具有沿与插接方向相反方向移动的剩余自由度。锁紧件3103用于沿垂直于所插接方向的方向进给,以限制第二示踪器3722相对于主体371的剩余自由度。As shown in Figures 39, 40, 50 and 51, Figure 50 is a schematic diagram of the second tracer 3722 and the main body 371. Figure 51 is a schematic structural diagram of the second tracer. In this embodiment, the second tracer 3722 is connected to the second end 3702 of the main body 371 through a detachable fixing structure. The detachable fixing structure includes a plug-in component and a locking component 3103. The plug-in component includes a plug component 3101 and a locking component 3103. Kit 3102, when the plug member 3101 is plugged into the kit 3102, the second tracer 3722 has the remaining degree of freedom to move in the direction opposite to the plugging direction relative to the main body 371. The locking member 3103 is used to advance in a direction perpendicular to the insertion direction to limit the remaining degree of freedom of the second tracer 3722 relative to the main body 371 .
继续参考图50和图51,具体的,插销件3101设置于主体371,为燕尾型插块。套件3102设置于第二示踪器3722,为燕尾槽。插销件3101与套件3102插接时,第二示踪器3722相对于主体371在插接方向上具有不固定的剩余自由度。锁紧件3103为顶丝结构,锁紧件3103固定剩余自由度时,锁紧件3103贯穿插槽底面与插销件3101表面顶紧接触,限制第二示踪器3722沿插接方向的反方向脱离主体371。Continuing to refer to Figures 50 and 51, specifically, the plug member 3101 is provided on the main body 371 and is a dovetail-type plug block. The set 3102 is provided on the second tracer 3722 and is a dovetail groove. When the plug member 3101 is plugged into the sleeve 3102, the second tracer 3722 has an unfixed remaining degree of freedom in the plugging direction relative to the main body 371. The locking piece 3103 has a jackscrew structure. When the locking piece 3103 fixes the remaining degree of freedom, the locking piece 3103 penetrates the bottom surface of the slot and is in tight contact with the surface of the latch piece 3101, restricting the second tracer 3722 in the opposite direction of the plugging direction. Detachment from subject371.
如图35至图40、图50及图51所示,示踪器包括示踪架3724和示踪部分,示踪架3724与执行器主体371连接,示踪部分包括多个与示踪架3724连接的示踪元件3723,多个示踪元件3723沿平面排列,沿平面排列的多个示踪元件3723记确定一个平面,该平面由导航系统9000识别并据此反映锯片36的方位。As shown in Figures 35 to 40, Figure 50 and Figure 51, the tracer includes a tracer frame 3724 and a tracer part. The tracer frame 3724 is connected to the actuator body 371. The tracer part includes a plurality of tracer frames 3724. The connected tracking elements 3723 and multiple tracking elements 3723 are arranged along a plane, and the multiple tracking elements 3723 arranged along the plane define a plane, which is recognized by the navigation system 9000 and reflects the orientation of the saw blade 36 accordingly.
在一种可选的实施方式中,膝关节执行器9400的主体371上不设置第二手柄373。这样,操作者可以把持主体371的第二侧3704来控制膝关节执行器的位姿改变或移动。In an optional implementation, the second handle 373 is not provided on the main body 371 of the knee joint actuator 9400. In this way, the operator can hold the second side 3704 of the main body 371 to control the posture change or movement of the knee joint actuator.
继续参考图1和图34,第二方面,本公开提出一种外科手术系统,包括关节手术装置、导航系统9000以及控制系统9200,关节手术装置为第一方面的膝关节手术装置。关节手术装置中,机器人臂9100用于搭载髋关节执行器9300或膝关节执行器9400,并且为髋关节执行器9300或膝关节执行器9400提供动力;导航系统9000用于识别示踪器的位置以获取锯片或执行工具的位置信息;控制系统9200,用于控制髋关节执行器9300或膝关节执行器9400按照预定手术计划手术。Continuing to refer to FIG. 1 and FIG. 34 , in a second aspect, the present disclosure proposes a surgical system, including a joint surgical device, a navigation system 9000 and a control system 9200 . The joint surgical device is the knee surgical device of the first aspect. In the joint surgery device, the robot arm 9100 is used to carry the hip actuator 9300 or the knee actuator 9400 and provide power for the hip actuator 9300 or the knee actuator 9400; the navigation system 9000 is used to identify the position of the tracer To obtain the position information of the saw blade or execution tool; the control system 9200 is used to control the hip actuator 9300 or the knee actuator 9400 to operate according to the predetermined surgical plan.
具体地,控制系统9200可以控制机器人臂9100,使机器人臂9100完全自主地按照手术计划移动,或通过提供触觉反馈或力反馈以限制外科医生手动移动手术工具3超出预定虚拟边界,或提供虚拟导向以引导外科医生沿某个自由度移动。虚拟边界和虚拟导向可以来自于手术计划,也可以在术中通过输入装置设置。髋关节执行器9300或膝关节执行器9400与机器人臂9100之间均为可拆卸连接;导航系统9000用于获知锯片36、执行工具以及患者骨骼的位置。导航系统9000一般包括定位器(如双目相机21)通过3D测量技术测量上述示踪器的方位。控制系统9200用于根据手术计划驱动机器人臂将髋关节执行器9300或膝关节执行器9400移动,以使锯片36或执行工具定位至目标位置。手术计划中可以包括机器人臂移动路径、移动边界等。 Specifically, the control system 9200 can control the robot arm 9100 so that the robot arm 9100 moves completely autonomously according to the surgical plan, or by providing tactile feedback or force feedback to limit the surgeon's manual movement of the surgical tool 3 beyond the predetermined virtual boundary, or by providing virtual guidance. to guide the surgeon's movement along a certain degree of freedom. Virtual boundaries and virtual guides can come from the surgical plan or can be set intraoperatively via input devices. The hip joint actuator 9300 or the knee joint actuator 9400 is detachably connected to the robot arm 9100; the navigation system 9000 is used to learn the positions of the saw blade 36, the execution tool, and the patient's bones. The navigation system 9000 generally includes a positioner (such as a binocular camera 21) to measure the orientation of the above-mentioned tracer through 3D measurement technology. The control system 9200 is used to drive the robot arm to move the hip joint actuator 9300 or the knee joint actuator 9400 according to the surgical plan to position the saw blade 36 or the execution tool to the target position. The surgical plan can include the robot arm movement path, movement boundaries, etc.
在外科手术系统中,在机器人臂9100、控制系统9200和导航系统9000的辅助下。能够仅在机器人臂9100连接髋关节执行器9300的情况下进行髋臼窝制备、髓腔的制备或假体1003的安装。在机器人臂连接膝关节执行器9400的情况下进行膝关节手术。一套系统可适应多种术式和手术操作,既减轻了医生适应手术系统的时间,也无需单独应各种手术而采购相应的专用设备。In a surgical system, with the assistance of a robotic arm 9100, a control system 9200, and a navigation system 9000. Acetabular socket preparation, medullary cavity preparation, or installation of the prosthesis 1003 can be performed only with the robot arm 9100 connected to the hip joint actuator 9300. Knee surgery is performed with the robotic arm connected to the knee actuator 9400. One system can adapt to a variety of surgeries and operations, which not only reduces the time for doctors to adapt to the surgical system, but also eliminates the need to purchase corresponding special equipment for various surgeries.
图52至图68示出了连接装置及具有连接装置的手术机器人系统。52 to 68 illustrate a connecting device and a surgical robot system having the connecting device.
参考图52和图53。图52为手术机器人系统的示意图。图53为末端执行器通过连接装置连接至机器人臂的示意图。机器人系统主要包括机器人臂1、台车2、搭载有手术工具3的末端执行器4以及连接装置5。机器人臂1相当于医生的手臂,通过末端执行器4把持手术工具3进行定位或移动。台车2作为机器人臂1的基座,其内部设置有用于驱动机器人臂1运动的驱动器和动力装置。手术工具3可以是执行预定动作的导向器、骨钻、骨锯、磨锉、铣刀等工具。末端执行器4通过连接装置5与机器人臂1的末端臂11可拆卸连接,并且末端执行器4为手术工具3提供执行预定动作的动力。连接装置5作为连接末端执行器4和机器人臂1的末端臂11的转接件,使末端执行器4能够方便的拆装,节省手术准备时间。在手术机器人的辅助下,医生可以精准把控手术工具3的运动以完成截骨、钻孔、切割或磨削等操作。Refer to Figure 52 and Figure 53. Figure 52 is a schematic diagram of the surgical robot system. Figure 53 is a schematic diagram of the end effector being connected to the robot arm through a connecting device. The robot system mainly includes a robot arm 1, a trolley 2, an end effector 4 equipped with a surgical tool 3, and a connection device 5. The robot arm 1 is equivalent to the doctor's arm, and uses the end effector 4 to hold the surgical tool 3 for positioning or movement. The trolley 2 serves as the base of the robot arm 1, and a driver and a power device for driving the movement of the robot arm 1 are provided inside. The surgical tool 3 may be a guide, a bone drill, a bone saw, a rasp, a milling cutter and other tools for performing predetermined actions. The end effector 4 is detachably connected to the end arm 11 of the robot arm 1 through the connecting device 5 , and the end effector 4 provides power for the surgical tool 3 to perform predetermined actions. The connecting device 5 serves as an adapter connecting the end effector 4 and the end arm 11 of the robot arm 1, allowing the end effector 4 to be easily disassembled and assembled, thereby saving surgical preparation time. With the assistance of the surgical robot, the doctor can accurately control the movement of the surgical tool 3 to complete operations such as osteotomy, drilling, cutting or grinding.
参考图54、图55及图60。图54为连接装置5的外部结构示意图。图55为连接装置5的内部结构示意图。图60为连接装置5的爆炸图。连接装置5包括插接的第一连接件51、第二连接件52、锁紧件53及施力组件54。Refer to Figure 54, Figure 55 and Figure 60. Figure 54 is a schematic diagram of the external structure of the connecting device 5. Figure 55 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the connecting device 5. FIG. 60 is an exploded view of the connecting device 5 . The connection device 5 includes a plug-in first connection part 51 , a second connection part 52 , a locking part 53 and a force applying component 54 .
第一连接件51大致为柱状,其轴向两端分别为第一连接端A和第一锁定端B。第一连接端A用于与机器人臂1的末端臂11固定连接。第一锁定端B包括接纳部511、第一限位部512和锁紧面5111a。接纳部511为轴状,位于第一锁定端B的第一侧。第一限位部512为径向突出于接纳部511的法兰,位于第一锁定端B的第二侧,其中第二侧与第一侧为第一锁定端B相对的两侧。接纳部511外表面周向开设有截面为倒置梯形的环槽5111,环槽5111的宽度沿第一连接件51的径向方向逐渐减小。环槽5111中靠近第一锁定端B的第二侧的锥面为锁紧面5111a。在图55中,锥面与其虚拟顶点O的连线方向指向第一连接端A。即锁紧面5111a相较于柱面为倾斜的斜面,且锁紧面5111a与第一限位部512的端面(图示中第一限位部右侧的端面)面对面设置。The first connecting member 51 is generally cylindrical, and its two axial ends are a first connecting end A and a first locking end B respectively. The first connection end A is used for fixed connection with the end arm 11 of the robot arm 1 . The first locking end B includes a receiving portion 511, a first limiting portion 512 and a locking surface 5111a. The receiving portion 511 is shaft-shaped and is located on the first side of the first locking end B. The first limiting portion 512 is a flange that protrudes radially from the receiving portion 511 and is located on the second side of the first locking end B, where the second side and the first side are two opposite sides of the first locking end B. An annular groove 5111 with an inverted trapezoidal cross-section is circumferentially formed on the outer surface of the receiving portion 511 . The width of the annular groove 5111 gradually decreases along the radial direction of the first connecting member 51 . The tapered surface on the second side of the ring groove 5111 close to the first locking end B is the locking surface 5111a. In Figure 55, the direction of the line connecting the cone surface and its virtual vertex O points to the first connection end A. That is, the locking surface 5111a is an inclined slope compared to the cylindrical surface, and the locking surface 5111a is disposed face to face with the end surface of the first limiting part 512 (the end surface on the right side of the first limiting part in the figure).
如图55和图59所示,图59为第二连接件52结构示意图。第二连接件52为柱状的套筒,其轴向两端分别为第二连接端C和第二锁定端D。第二连接端C为法兰连接端,法兰连接端用于与末端执行器4固定连接。第二锁定端D具有第二限位部521,第二限位部521为第二锁定端D的第一侧的端面。第二连接件52的第二锁定端D一侧的外周设置有环形的容纳槽522,容纳槽522的开口朝向第二连接端C。第二锁定端D的外周周向均布多个安装孔523。安装孔523为圆形通孔,安装孔523靠近第二连接件52轴线的一端设置有止挡圈,止挡圈的直径小于圆形通孔的直径。As shown in Figures 55 and 59, Figure 59 is a schematic structural diagram of the second connecting member 52. The second connecting member 52 is a cylindrical sleeve, and its two axial ends are the second connecting end C and the second locking end D respectively. The second connection end C is a flange connection end, and the flange connection end is used for fixed connection with the end effector 4 . The second locking end D has a second limiting portion 521 , and the second limiting portion 521 is the end surface of the first side of the second locking end D. An annular receiving groove 522 is provided on the outer periphery of the second locking end D side of the second connecting member 52 , and the opening of the receiving groove 522 faces the second connecting end C. A plurality of mounting holes 523 are evenly distributed around the outer periphery of the second locking end D. The mounting hole 523 is a circular through hole, and a stop ring is provided at one end of the mounting hole 523 close to the axis of the second connector 52 . The diameter of the stop ring is smaller than the diameter of the circular through hole.
锁紧件53为滚珠,且数量为多个。多个锁紧件53位于安装孔523内且滚珠的至少部分可穿过第二连接件52的内壁。The locking parts 53 are balls, and there are multiple locking parts. The plurality of locking members 53 are located in the mounting holes 523 and at least part of the balls can pass through the inner wall of the second connecting member 52 .
继续参考图55,第一连接件51与第二连接件52连接时,第一锁定端B与第二锁定端D相对并插接。接纳部511进入第二锁定端D内,且接纳部511的外周面与第二锁定端D的内周面贴合;第一连接端A和第二连接端C相背离。接纳部511与第二锁定端D 轴向插入至第一限位部512与第二限位部521接触,锁紧件53大致与锁紧面5111a对准。为便于描述,基于上述定义图中箭头W的方向为轴向的正方向,与箭头W方向相反的为轴向的反方向。第一连接件51和第二连接件52连接时,锁紧件53、锁紧面5111a、第一限位部512以及第二限位部521将第一连接件51和第二连接件52锁紧。锁紧件53在力的作用下沿第二连接件52的径向移动,锁紧件53部分(图示的锁紧件靠近第二连接件轴线的一侧)穿过第二连接件52的内壁压紧锁紧面5111a。当锁紧件53接受上述使其径向移动的力时,锁紧件53向锁紧面5111a施加垂直于锁紧面5111a的力。锁紧件53受到的作用力使得锁紧件53挤压安装孔523的侧壁,从而驱动第二连接件52压紧第一连接件51,即,使得第二限位部521压紧第一限位部512。垂直于锁紧面5111a的力沿径向的分力使第一连接件51与第二连接件52之间在径向上也产生内应力,二者轴孔配合的接触面上会有相应的内应力。当第一连接件51有相对于第二连接件52转动的趋势时,内应力所带来的静摩擦力以及第一限位部512与第二限位部521间的静摩擦力将阻止第一连接件51相对于第二连接件52转动的趋势。综上,锁紧件53在力的作用下径向移动挤压第一连接件51,使第一连接件51和第二连接件52轴向、径向和周向锁定。Continuing to refer to FIG. 55 , when the first connecting member 51 is connected to the second connecting member 52 , the first locking end B and the second locking end D are opposite and inserted. The receiving portion 511 enters the second locking end D, and the outer peripheral surface of the receiving portion 511 fits the inner peripheral surface of the second locking end D; the first connecting end A and the second connecting end C are separated from each other. The receiving portion 511 and the second locking end D It is inserted axially until the first limiting part 512 contacts the second limiting part 521, and the locking member 53 is substantially aligned with the locking surface 5111a. For the convenience of description, based on the above definition, the direction of the arrow W in the figure is the positive direction of the axial direction, and the direction opposite to the direction of the arrow W is the reverse direction of the axial direction. When the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 are connected, the locking member 53, the locking surface 5111a, the first limiting portion 512 and the second limiting portion 521 lock the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52. tight. The locking piece 53 moves along the radial direction of the second connecting piece 52 under the action of force, and the part of the locking piece 53 (the side of the locking piece shown in the figure close to the axis of the second connecting piece) passes through the second connecting piece 52 The inner wall presses the locking surface 5111a. When the locking member 53 receives the above-mentioned force causing it to move radially, the locking member 53 applies a force perpendicular to the locking surface 5111a to the locking surface 5111a. The force exerted on the locking member 53 causes the locking member 53 to squeeze the side wall of the mounting hole 523 , thereby driving the second connecting member 52 to press the first connecting member 51 , that is, causing the second limiting portion 521 to press the first connecting member 52 . Limiting part 512. The radial component of the force perpendicular to the locking surface 5111a causes internal stress in the radial direction between the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52, and there will be corresponding internal stress on the contact surface where the two shaft holes fit. stress. When the first connecting member 51 tends to rotate relative to the second connecting member 52 , the static friction force caused by the internal stress and the static friction force between the first limiting portion 512 and the second limiting portion 521 will prevent the first connection. The member 51 has a tendency to rotate relative to the second connecting member 52 . To sum up, the locking member 53 moves radially under the action of force and squeezes the first connecting member 51, so that the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 are locked in the axial, radial and circumferential directions.
在本实施例中,第一限位部512还设置有定位销5121,第二限位部521设置有定位孔5211。第一连接件51与第二连接件52插接时,定位销5121插入定位孔5211。通过定位销5121与定位孔5211的配合,既保证了末端执行器4能够以正确的周向姿态和机器人臂1的末端臂11连接,又进一步保证了第一连接件51和第二连接件52锁紧固定时的周向锁定的效果。在一种可选的实施方式中,定位销5121和定位孔5211的位置设置可交换,即在第一限位部512设置定位孔5211,在第二限位部521设置定位销5121。在另一些可选的实施方式中,可通过键连接代替定位销5121与定位孔5211的配合。In this embodiment, the first limiting part 512 is also provided with a positioning pin 5121, and the second limiting part 521 is provided with a positioning hole 5211. When the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 are plugged in, the positioning pin 5121 is inserted into the positioning hole 5211. The cooperation between the positioning pin 5121 and the positioning hole 5211 not only ensures that the end effector 4 can be connected to the end arm 11 of the robot arm 1 in a correct circumferential posture, but also further ensures that the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 Circumferential locking effect when locking and fixing. In an optional implementation, the positions of the positioning pin 5121 and the positioning hole 5211 are interchangeable, that is, the positioning hole 5211 is provided in the first limiting part 512 and the positioning pin 5121 is provided in the second limiting part 521 . In some other optional implementations, the cooperation between the positioning pin 5121 and the positioning hole 5211 can be replaced by key connection.
在本实施例中,第二连接件52外设置有施力组件54,施力组件54用于向锁紧件53施力,锁紧件53在该力的作用下径向移动挤压第一连接件51使第一限位部512和第二限位部521压紧。In this embodiment, a force-applying component 54 is provided outside the second connecting member 52. The force-applying component 54 is used to apply force to the locking member 53. Under the action of this force, the locking member 53 moves radially and squeezes the first The connecting piece 51 compresses the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 .
具体的,参考图55至图57。图56为第二连接件和施力组件结构示意图。图57为第二连接件和施力组件内部结构示意图。施力组件54包括轴套541、螺母旋进机构、第一弹性件544、第二弹性件545、锁紧力调节机构546以及推力轴承547。结合图63和图64。图63为轴套结构立体图。图64为轴套结构剖面图。轴套541大致为旋转体,且包括半径不同的第一筒段5411和第二筒段5412,第一筒段5411的半径大于第二筒段5412的半径且两者之间间隔一定距离。第一筒段5411的内外周面均为圆柱面。第二筒段5412的外周面为圆柱面,内周面为圆锥面,即内周面为相较于柱面的斜面。第二筒段的内周面用于在轴向推动轴套541时向锁紧件53施力。第二筒段5412内周面的倾斜方向与锁紧面5111a的倾斜方向相反。在图55中,第二筒段5412内周面的锥面与其虚拟顶点Q的连线指向第二连接端C。第一筒段5411的内周面与第二筒段5412的外周面形成间隔空间5413。Specifically, refer to Figures 55 to 57. Figure 56 is a schematic structural diagram of the second connecting member and the force-applying component. Figure 57 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the second connecting member and the force-applying component. The force-applying assembly 54 includes a sleeve 541, a nut screwing mechanism, a first elastic member 544, a second elastic member 545, a locking force adjustment mechanism 546 and a thrust bearing 547. Combine Figure 63 and Figure 64. Figure 63 is a perspective view of the shaft sleeve structure. Figure 64 is a cross-sectional view of the shaft sleeve structure. The sleeve 541 is generally a rotating body and includes a first cylinder section 5411 and a second cylinder section 5412 with different radii. The radius of the first cylinder section 5411 is larger than the radius of the second cylinder section 5412 and there is a certain distance between them. The inner and outer peripheral surfaces of the first barrel section 5411 are both cylindrical surfaces. The outer circumferential surface of the second barrel section 5412 is a cylindrical surface, and the inner circumferential surface is a conical surface, that is, the inner circumferential surface is an inclined surface compared to the cylindrical surface. The inner circumferential surface of the second barrel section is used to exert force on the locking member 53 when the shaft sleeve 541 is pushed axially. The inclination direction of the inner peripheral surface of the second barrel section 5412 is opposite to the inclination direction of the locking surface 5111a. In Figure 55, the line connecting the tapered surface of the inner peripheral surface of the second barrel section 5412 and its virtual vertex Q points to the second connecting end C. The inner peripheral surface of the first cylinder section 5411 and the outer peripheral surface of the second cylinder section 5412 form a separation space 5413.
螺母旋进机构包括螺母件和旋槽543,螺母件沿旋槽543转动可推动轴套541轴向移动。螺母件包括锁母5421以及导向件5422。参考图61和图62。图61为螺母件示意图。图62为导向件示意图。锁母5421为环状。导向件5422沿锁母5421的径向突出于锁母5421的内圈,导向件5422的数量为两个,对称设置在锁母5421的内周。在本实施例中,导向件5422为导轮组件,导轮组件包括与锁母5421内圈固定的轴和套合在轴的末端用于与旋槽543配合的导轮,导轮与轴转动连接。旋槽543数量为两个,设置于第二连接件52的周面,位于第二连接端C和第二锁定端D之间。并且,如图59所示的第二连接件。旋槽543包括四段,依次为第一导程段a、第二导程段b、第三导程段c和第四导程段d。 其中前三段导程为顺时针螺旋的升程,基于升程,前三段导程段顺时针螺旋产生的轴向增量的方向为第二连接端C指向第二锁定端D的方向(轴向的反方向),即前三段导程在螺旋的过程中逐渐靠近第二锁定端D。并且第一导程段a、第二导程段b和第三导程段c的导程依次减小。第四导程段d为顺时针螺旋的降程,基于降程,第四导程段d顺时针螺旋产生的轴向增量的方向与升程中轴向增量的方向相反。The nut threading mechanism includes a nut piece and a rotating groove 543. The nut piece rotates along the rotating groove 543 to push the shaft sleeve 541 to move axially. The nut component includes a lock nut 5421 and a guide component 5422. Refer to Figure 61 and Figure 62. Figure 61 is a schematic diagram of the nut assembly. Figure 62 is a schematic diagram of the guide member. Lock mother 5421 is annular. The guide members 5422 protrude from the inner ring of the lock mother 5421 along the radial direction of the lock mother 5421. There are two guide members 5422, which are symmetrically arranged on the inner circumference of the lock mother 5421. In this embodiment, the guide member 5422 is a guide wheel assembly. The guide wheel assembly includes a shaft fixed to the inner ring of the lock nut 5421 and a guide wheel fitted at the end of the shaft for mating with the rotating groove 543. The guide wheel rotates with the shaft. connect. There are two rotating grooves 543 , which are provided on the peripheral surface of the second connecting member 52 and located between the second connecting end C and the second locking end D. And, the second connector shown in Figure 59. The spiral groove 543 includes four sections, namely the first lead section a, the second lead section b, the third lead section c and the fourth lead section d. The first three lead segments are the lift of the clockwise spiral. Based on the lift, the direction of the axial increment generated by the clockwise spiral of the first three lead segments is the direction in which the second connecting end C points to the second locking end D (the opposite of the axial direction). direction), that is, the first three leads gradually approach the second locking end D during the spiral process. And the leads of the first lead section a, the second lead section b and the third lead section c decrease in sequence. The fourth lead section d is the descending stroke of the clockwise spiral. Based on the descending stroke, the direction of the axial increment produced by the clockwise spiral in the fourth lead section d is opposite to the direction of the axial increment in the lift.
如图55和图60所示。第一弹性件544和第二弹性件545均为弹簧。其中第一弹性件544作为定力件,用于使施力组件54向锁紧件53施加的力为恒定力。As shown in Figure 55 and Figure 60. The first elastic member 544 and the second elastic member 545 are both springs. The first elastic member 544 serves as a force-fixing member to make the force applied by the force-applying component 54 to the locking member 53 a constant force.
锁紧力调节机构546为可调节轴向厚度的环状组件,用于在其轴向厚度变化时调整第一弹性件544的预定压缩行程,以调整施力组件54向锁紧件53施所加力的大小。参考图65和图66,图65和图66为锁紧力调节机构结构示意图。本实施例中,锁紧力调节机构546包括内环5461和外环5462。内环5461的内周面设置有周向定位面,周向定位面用于使内环5461与被连接件(本实施例中被连接件为第二连接件52)周向固定。内环5461的外周面与外环5462的内周面设置有螺纹。外环5462与内环5461通过螺纹连接,调整内环5461和外环5462的旋合深度可调节锁紧力调节机构546的轴向厚度。The locking force adjustment mechanism 546 is an annular component with adjustable axial thickness, and is used to adjust the predetermined compression stroke of the first elastic member 544 when its axial thickness changes, so as to adjust the force applied by the force-applying component 54 to the locking member 53 . The amount of afterburner. Refer to Figures 65 and 66, which are schematic structural diagrams of the locking force adjustment mechanism. In this embodiment, the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 includes an inner ring 5461 and an outer ring 5462. The inner peripheral surface of the inner ring 5461 is provided with a circumferential positioning surface. The circumferential positioning surface is used to circumferentially fix the inner ring 5461 and the connected part (the connected part is the second connecting part 52 in this embodiment). The outer peripheral surface of the inner ring 5461 and the inner peripheral surface of the outer ring 5462 are provided with threads. The outer ring 5462 and the inner ring 5461 are connected through threads. The axial thickness of the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 can be adjusted by adjusting the screwing depth of the inner ring 5461 and the outer ring 5462.
推力轴承547,用于减小施力组件54内部阻力。The thrust bearing 547 is used to reduce the internal resistance of the force applying component 54.
继续参考图55,施力组件54套设于第二连接件52外。施力组件54的锁母5421设置在旋槽543位置处,导轮组件的导轮位于旋槽543内。锁母5421靠近第二锁定端D的一侧依次设置有推力轴承547、锁紧力调节机构546第一弹性件544、轴套541和第二弹性件545,且上述部件均套设在第二连接件52外。Continuing to refer to FIG. 55 , the force applying component 54 is sleeved outside the second connecting member 52 . The lock nut 5421 of the force-applying assembly 54 is disposed at the position of the rotating groove 543 , and the guide wheel of the guide wheel assembly is located in the rotating groove 543 . The side of the lock mother 5421 close to the second locking end D is provided with a thrust bearing 547, a locking force adjustment mechanism 546, a first elastic member 544, a shaft sleeve 541 and a second elastic member 545, and the above components are all set on the second locking end D. Outside the connector 52.
推力轴承547的一侧与锁母5421抵接,另一端与内环5461的侧面抵接。锁紧力调节机构546的内环5461通过周向定位面与第二连接件52周向固定。第一弹性件544为碟簧,一端与锁紧力调节机构546的外环5462抵接,另一端与轴套541抵接。轴套541的第一筒段5411部分插入容纳槽522,且第一筒部的外周面与容纳槽522的半径较大的壁面贴合,使得轴套541被第一弹性件544推动时能够在容纳槽522壁面的导向作用下轴向移动。第二弹性件545设置于轴套541和容纳槽522之间,其一端与容纳槽522的底面抵接,另一端与间隔空间5413的底面抵接。在施力组件54组装至第二连接件52时,轴套541大致位于锁紧件53的上方。One side of the thrust bearing 547 is in contact with the lock nut 5421, and the other end is in contact with the side surface of the inner ring 5461. The inner ring 5461 of the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 is circumferentially fixed to the second connecting member 52 through a circumferential positioning surface. The first elastic member 544 is a disc spring, one end is in contact with the outer ring 5462 of the locking force adjustment mechanism 546, and the other end is in contact with the shaft sleeve 541. The first cylinder section 5411 of the sleeve 541 is partially inserted into the accommodating groove 522, and the outer peripheral surface of the first cylinder part fits the wall surface with a larger radius of the accommodating groove 522, so that the axle sleeve 541 can be pushed by the first elastic member 544. The receiving groove 522 moves axially under the guidance of the wall surface. The second elastic member 545 is disposed between the sleeve 541 and the receiving groove 522. One end of the second elastic member 545 is in contact with the bottom surface of the receiving groove 522, and the other end is in contact with the bottom surface of the separation space 5413. When the force-applying assembly 54 is assembled to the second connecting member 52 , the sleeve 541 is generally located above the locking member 53 .
下面,将结合第一连接件51、第二连接件52、锁紧件53以及施力组件54整体构成的连接装置5对连接装置5的连接原理做整体性说明。Next, the connection principle of the connection device 5 will be comprehensively described in conjunction with the connection device 5 that is integrally composed of the first connection part 51 , the second connection part 52 , the locking part 53 and the force-applying component 54 .
在将末端执行器4连接至机器人臂1的末端臂11前,第一连接件51的第一连接端A固定在末端臂11上,第二连接件52的第二连接端C与末端执行器4固定连接,第一锁定端B和第二锁定端D处于相互分离状态。Before connecting the end effector 4 to the end arm 11 of the robot arm 1 , the first connection end A of the first connection member 51 is fixed on the end arm 11 , and the second connection end C of the second connection member 52 is connected to the end effector 4 . 4 are fixedly connected, and the first locking end B and the second locking end D are in a mutually separated state.
安装末端执行器4时,将第一锁定端B和第二锁定端D置于大致对准的位置处。以定位销5121和定位孔5211为定位参照,移动末端执行器4使定位销5121插入定位孔5211,第二锁定端D插套在第一锁定端B外,直至第一限位部512与第二限位部521接触。此时,手持锁母5421并沿顺时针方向旋转锁母5421。锁母5421转动的过程中,导轮组件的导轮沿旋槽543的侧壁滚动,并使锁母5421向靠近第二锁定端D的方向(图55中向左的方向)轴向进给,即锁母5421沿轴向的反方向轴向进给。When installing the end effector 4, place the first locking end B and the second locking end D at approximately aligned positions. Taking the positioning pin 5121 and the positioning hole 5211 as a positioning reference, move the end effector 4 so that the positioning pin 5121 is inserted into the positioning hole 5211, and the second locking end D is inserted outside the first locking end B until the first limiting part 512 and the The two limiting parts 521 are in contact. At this time, hold the lock nut 5421 and rotate the lock nut 5421 clockwise. During the rotation of the lock nut 5421, the guide wheel of the guide wheel assembly rolls along the side wall of the rotating groove 543, and causes the lock nut 5421 to axially feed in the direction close to the second locking end D (the left direction in Figure 55). , that is, the lock nut 5421 is axially fed in the opposite direction of the axial direction.
锁母5421通过推力轴承547、锁紧力调节机构546和第一弹性件544推动轴套541(沿图55中向左的方向)轴向移动,即轴套541也沿轴向的反方向轴向进给。参考图58, 图58为锁紧件与第一连接件、第二连接件接触位置示意图。轴套541轴向移动过程中,第二筒段5412的内周面在锁紧件53顶部的第一点P1压迫锁紧件53。在安装孔523的限制下,锁紧件53沿径向移动,锁紧件53底部的第二点P2压迫锁紧面5111a,锁紧件53侧面的第三点P3轴向压迫安装孔523的壁面。锁紧件53通过第二点P2压迫锁紧面5111a的过程中,对第一连接件51产生第一轴向作用力,第一轴向作用力的方向指向轴向的正方向。锁紧件53通过第三点P3压迫安装孔523的壁面的过程中,对第二连接件52产生第二轴向作用力,第二轴向作用力的方向指向轴向的反方向。方向相反的第一轴向作用力和第二作用力使第一限位部512和第二限位部521轴向压紧。The lock nut 5421 pushes the shaft sleeve 541 to move axially (in the left direction in Figure 55) through the thrust bearing 547, the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 and the first elastic member 544, that is, the shaft sleeve 541 also moves in the opposite direction of the axial direction. Feed towards. Referring to Figure 58, Figure 58 is a schematic diagram of the contact position between the locking member and the first connecting member and the second connecting member. During the axial movement of the sleeve 541, the inner circumferential surface of the second cylinder section 5412 presses the locking member 53 at the first point P1 on the top of the locking member 53. Under the restriction of the mounting hole 523, the locking member 53 moves in the radial direction, the second point P2 at the bottom of the locking member 53 presses the locking surface 5111a, and the third point P3 on the side of the locking member 53 axially presses the mounting hole 523. Wall surface. When the locking member 53 presses the locking surface 5111a through the second point P2, it generates a first axial force on the first connecting member 51, and the direction of the first axial force points to the positive axial direction. When the locking member 53 presses the wall surface of the mounting hole 523 through the third point P3, it generates a second axial force on the second connecting member 52, and the direction of the second axial force points in the opposite direction of the axial direction. The first axial force and the second force in opposite directions compress the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 in the axial direction.
这样,通过锁紧件53对锁紧面5111a的挤压以及第一限位部512和第二限位部521的压紧,实现了第一连接件51和第二连接件52轴向固定连接。此外,锁紧件53对锁紧面5111a的压力、第一限位部512和第二限位部521的压紧力使第一连接件51和第二连接在具有相对转动的趋势时分别在两处产生阻止该趋势的静摩擦力,实现第一连接件51和第二连接件52的周向固定。当然,在定位销5121和定位孔5211存在的情况下,定位销5121和定位孔5211以更刚性的方式使第一连接件51和第二连接件52周向固定。并且,第一连接件51的接纳部511的外周面和第二连接件52的内周面贴合形成轴孔配合,锁紧件53对锁紧面5111a的挤压力在径向上的分力使第一连接件51和第二连接件52径向固定。至此,通过连接装置5的连接,第一连接件51和第二连接件52的轴向、周向以及径向的固定使末端执行器4稳定可靠地锁紧在机器人臂1的末端臂11上。In this way, through the pressing of the locking surface 5111a by the locking member 53 and the pressing of the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521, the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 are axially fixedly connected. . In addition, the pressure of the locking member 53 on the locking surface 5111a and the pressing force of the first limiting portion 512 and the second limiting portion 521 cause the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member to rotate respectively when they have a tendency to rotate relative to each other. Static friction is generated at two places to prevent this tendency, thereby achieving circumferential fixation of the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 . Of course, in the presence of the positioning pins 5121 and the positioning holes 5211, the positioning pins 5121 and the positioning holes 5211 circumferentially fix the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 in a more rigid manner. Moreover, the outer peripheral surface of the receiving portion 511 of the first connecting member 51 and the inner peripheral surface of the second connecting member 52 fit together to form a shaft hole fit, and the radial component of the pressing force of the locking member 53 on the locking surface 5111a The first connecting piece 51 and the second connecting piece 52 are fixed radially. At this point, through the connection of the connecting device 5 and the axial, circumferential and radial fixation of the first connecting part 51 and the second connecting part 52, the end effector 4 is stably and reliably locked on the end arm 11 of the robot arm 1 .
容易理解的是,由于旋槽543具有连续的四段,其中第一导程段a、第二导程段b和第三导程段c为升程且导程逐渐减小,第四导程段d为降程。旋转锁母5421使导轮组件在旋槽543中由第一导程段a滑动至第三导程段c的过程中,锁母5421持续克服第一弹性件544和第二弹性件545的弹力不断挤压锁紧件53。第一弹性件544和第二弹性件545的压缩量逐渐变大,需要旋动锁母5421的扭矩也将持续增大。以较为均匀的速度旋动锁母5421,锁母5421在导程不断减小的三个导程段内轴向进给相同的距离时,第一弹性件544和第二弹性件545反馈给锁母5421的阻力大致相同。操作者匀速转动锁母5421时反馈力不会突然增大使得锁母5421难以继续旋进,保证了操作时顺畅的手感。并且,第四导程段d的降程设置,使导轮组件进入第四导程段d后不会自动退回前三个导程段。即将螺母旋进第四导程段d时,轴套541挤压锁紧件53使第一限位部512和第二限位部521压紧的状态不会自动放松,连接装置5对第一连接件51和第二连接件52的锁紧可靠稳定。It is easy to understand that since the spiral groove 543 has four consecutive sections, the first lead section a, the second lead section b and the third lead section c are lifts and the leads gradually decrease, the fourth lead section Section d is the descending distance. When the lock mother 5421 is rotated to cause the guide wheel assembly to slide from the first lead section a to the third lead section c in the rotating groove 543, the lock mother 5421 continues to overcome the elastic force of the first elastic member 544 and the second elastic member 545. Keep squeezing the locking piece 53. The compression amount of the first elastic member 544 and the second elastic member 545 gradually increases, and the torque required to rotate the lock nut 5421 will also continue to increase. Rotate the lock mother 5421 at a relatively uniform speed. When the lock mother 5421 axially feeds the same distance in the three lead sections with continuously decreasing lead, the first elastic member 544 and the second elastic member 545 feed back to the lock. The resistance of the mother 5421 is about the same. When the operator rotates the lock nut 5421 at a constant speed, the feedback force will not suddenly increase, making it difficult for the lock nut 5421 to continue to advance, ensuring a smooth feel during operation. Moreover, the drop setting of the fourth lead section d prevents the guide wheel assembly from automatically returning to the first three lead sections after entering the fourth lead section d. When the nut is screwed into the fourth lead section d, the sleeve 541 squeezes the locking member 53 so that the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 are not automatically relaxed, and the connecting device 5 The locking of the connecting piece 51 and the second connecting piece 52 is reliable and stable.
在本实施例中,锁紧面5111a相对于轴向正方向的倾斜角α为45度,轴套541中第二筒段5412内表面的锥面相对于轴向反方向的倾斜角β为15度。继续参考图58,设定轴套541被推动时轴向受到推力F0。第二筒段5412的锥面与锁紧件53接触的第一点P1处,轴套541向锁紧件53施加垂直于该锥面的挤压力N。在挤压力N的作用下,使锁紧件53在第二点P2处产生挤压锁紧面5111a的挤压力M,在第三点P3处沿轴向的反方向产生挤压安装孔523的锁紧力F,锁紧力F为轴向力,该力的大小即为使第一限位部512和第二限位部521轴向压紧的锁紧力。上述三个挤压力的大小具有相应关系,即N=F0/sin15°;F=Nx+Mx=N*sin15°+N*cos15°≈4.7F0。其中Nx为挤压力N的轴向分力;Mx为挤压力M的轴向分力。这样,最终使第一限位部512和第二限位部521压紧的锁紧力的大小约为初始作用力F0的4.7倍,即锁紧件53、锁紧面5111a以及轴套541的结构设置具有增力功能,通过锁母5421向轴套541施加一个较小的力即可实现第一连接件51和第二连接件52之间被较大的锁紧力锁紧。In this embodiment, the inclination angle α of the locking surface 5111a relative to the positive axial direction is 45 degrees, and the inclination angle β of the tapered surface of the inner surface of the second barrel section 5412 in the sleeve 541 relative to the opposite axial direction is 15 degrees. . Continuing to refer to Figure 58, it is set that when the sleeve 541 is pushed, it receives an axial thrust F0. At the first point P1 where the conical surface of the second barrel section 5412 contacts the locking member 53 , the sleeve 541 exerts a pressing force N perpendicular to the conical surface on the locking member 53 . Under the action of the extrusion force N, the locking member 53 generates an extrusion force M that extrudes the locking surface 5111a at the second point P2, and creates an extrusion mounting hole in the opposite axial direction at the third point P3. The locking force F of 523 is an axial force, and the magnitude of this force is the locking force that presses the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 axially. The above three extrusion forces have corresponding relationships, that is, N=F0/sin15°; F=Nx+Mx=N*sin15°+N*cos15°≈4.7F0. Among them, Nx is the axial component of the extrusion force N; Mx is the axial component of the extrusion force M. In this way, the locking force that finally presses the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 is about 4.7 times the initial force F0, that is, the locking member 53, the locking surface 5111a and the shaft sleeve 541 The structural setting has a force-increasing function. By applying a small force to the shaft sleeve 541 through the lock nut 5421, the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 can be locked with a large locking force.
在施力组件54中,锁母5421沿旋槽543的第一导程段a到达第四导程段d末端的过 程中,锁母5421沿轴向的正方向移动的行程是固定的。该固定的行程完成时对第一弹性件544和第二弹性件545的压缩量均是固定的。这样第一弹性件544向轴套541施加的力F0乃至锁紧力F也是恒定的,即第一弹性件544作为定立件使第一连接件51和第二连接件52间的锁紧力恒定。第二弹性件545则起复位作用,用于在逆时针旋转锁母5421时回弹以帮助轴套541沿轴向的正方向复位。In the force-applying assembly 54, the lock nut 5421 reaches the end of the fourth lead section d along the first lead section a of the rotating groove 543. During the process, the stroke of the lock nut 5421 moving in the positive axial direction is fixed. When the fixed stroke is completed, the compression amounts of the first elastic member 544 and the second elastic member 545 are both fixed. In this way, the force F0 and even the locking force F applied by the first elastic member 544 to the sleeve 541 are also constant. That is, the first elastic member 544 serves as a positioning member to make the locking force between the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 constant. . The second elastic member 545 plays a reset role and is used to rebound when the lock nut 5421 is rotated counterclockwise to help the sleeve 541 reset in the positive axial direction.
设置于施力组件54中的锁紧力调节机构546可以调节该锁紧力F的大小。结合上述锁紧力F与轴套541被施加的初始力F0的大小关系:F≈4.7F0,改变F0的大小即可调整锁紧力F的大小。初始力F0为第一弹性件544施加给轴套541的,该力的大小为第一弹性件544产生预定压缩量x与弹性系数k的乘积,即F0=k*x。进一步可以得出锁紧力与第一弹性件544压缩量的关系:F≈4.7k*x。因此,调整第一弹性件544的压缩量x的大小即可调节锁紧力的大小。并且该第一弹性件544的压缩量包括第一弹性件544的预压缩量x1和锁母5421在旋槽543内从第一导程段a到第四导程段d的行程对第一弹性件544的行程压缩量x2。行程压缩量x2为锁母5421沿轴向的反方向进给的量,为一个定量。The locking force adjustment mechanism 546 provided in the force application component 54 can adjust the size of the locking force F. Combining the relationship between the above-mentioned locking force F and the initial force F0 exerted on the shaft sleeve 541: F≈4.7F0, the locking force F can be adjusted by changing the size of F0. The initial force F0 is applied to the sleeve 541 by the first elastic member 544, and the magnitude of this force is the product of the predetermined compression amount x and the elastic coefficient k produced by the first elastic member 544, that is, F0=k*x. It can further be concluded that the relationship between the locking force and the compression amount of the first elastic member 544 is: F≈4.7k*x. Therefore, adjusting the compression amount x of the first elastic member 544 can adjust the locking force. And the compression amount of the first elastic member 544 includes the pre-compression amount x1 of the first elastic member 544 and the stroke of the lock nut 5421 in the rotating groove 543 from the first lead section a to the fourth lead section d. The stroke compression amount of piece 544 is x2. The stroke compression amount x2 is the amount of feed of the lock nut 5421 in the opposite direction of the axial direction, which is a fixed amount.
因此通过改变第一弹性件544的预压缩量x1可以调节锁紧力F的大小。其具体原理为:在容纳槽522底部和旋槽543之间的空间为施力组件54的设置空间的轴向长度是固定的。锁紧力调节机构546的中内环5461和外环5462的旋合程度,可以改变锁紧力调节机构546的整体厚度,进而使第一弹性件544的预压缩量发生变化。例如希望锁紧力F变大时,可以增加锁紧力调节机构546的厚度,第一弹性件544的预压缩量x1增大,锁母5421行进一个行程将继续压缩第一弹性件544使其产生行程压缩量x2。这样,第一弹性件544由于被压缩的更多,向轴套541传递的初始力F0将变大,最终锁紧力也随之增大。反之,减小锁紧力调节机构546的厚度可以减小锁紧力F的大小。Therefore, the size of the locking force F can be adjusted by changing the pre-compression amount x1 of the first elastic member 544 . The specific principle is that the axial length of the space between the bottom of the receiving groove 522 and the rotating groove 543 is fixed for the installation space of the force applying component 54 . The degree of rotation of the inner ring 5461 and the outer ring 5462 of the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 can change the overall thickness of the locking force adjustment mechanism 546, thereby changing the pre-compression amount of the first elastic member 544. For example, if you want the locking force F to become larger, you can increase the thickness of the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 and increase the pre-compression amount x1 of the first elastic member 544. When the lock nut 5421 travels a stroke, it will continue to compress the first elastic member 544. The stroke compression amount x2 is generated. In this way, since the first elastic member 544 is compressed more, the initial force F0 transmitted to the sleeve 541 will become larger, and the final locking force will also increase. On the contrary, reducing the thickness of the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 can reduce the size of the locking force F.
在一种可选的实施方式中,锁紧力调节机构546为可增减数量的多个垫圈。这样,增加垫片的数量可以增加弹簧的预压缩量x1,进而使锁紧力F增大。反之,减少垫片的数量可以减小锁紧力的大小。其具体原理与调节内环5461和外环5462的旋合程度调节锁紧力F大小的原理相同,这里不再赘述。In an optional implementation, the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 is a plurality of washers whose number can be increased or decreased. In this way, increasing the number of washers can increase the pre-compression amount x1 of the spring, thereby increasing the locking force F. On the contrary, reducing the number of shims can reduce the locking force. The specific principle is the same as adjusting the degree of rotation of the inner ring 5461 and the outer ring 5462 to adjust the size of the locking force F, which will not be described again here.
在一种可选的实施方式中,推力轴承547可以替换为任何能减小周向旋转摩擦力的结构,例如用摩擦系数较小的材料(如聚四氟乙烯、聚醚醚酮、聚甲醛、铜合金、粉末冶金等)制成的耐磨垫。旨在使锁母5421能够在推动轴套541的过程中顺畅旋转。In an optional embodiment, the thrust bearing 547 can be replaced with any structure that can reduce circumferential rotational friction, for example, with a material with a smaller friction coefficient (such as polytetrafluoroethylene, polyetheretherketone, polyoxymethylene). , copper alloy, powder metallurgy, etc.). The purpose is to enable the lock nut 5421 to rotate smoothly while pushing the shaft sleeve 541.
在一种可选的实施方式中,施力组件54为轴套541。轴套541与第二连接件52螺纹连接,轴套541相对于第二连接件52旋转,轴套541可沿轴向的正方向或反方向移动。轴套541沿轴向的反方向移动时,第二筒段5412的内周面的锥面压迫锁紧件53,锁紧件53进一步挤压第一连接件51的锁紧面5111a,第一限部512和第二限位部521压紧,实现末端执行器4与机器人臂1的刚性连接。并且通过轴套541的旋转,可实现第一装置和第二装置的便捷拆装。In an optional implementation, the force applying component 54 is a sleeve 541 . The shaft sleeve 541 is threadedly connected to the second connecting piece 52. The shaft sleeve 541 rotates relative to the second connecting piece 52, and the shaft sleeve 541 can move in the forward or reverse direction of the axial direction. When the sleeve 541 moves in the opposite direction of the axial direction, the tapered surface of the inner circumferential surface of the second cylinder section 5412 presses the locking member 53, and the locking member 53 further presses the locking surface 5111a of the first connecting member 51, and the first The limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 are pressed together to achieve a rigid connection between the end effector 4 and the robot arm 1 . And through the rotation of the shaft sleeve 541, the first device and the second device can be easily disassembled and assembled.
在一种可选的实施方式中,参考图67和图68,图67和图68为另一种施力组件的结构示意图。施力组件55包括轴套551和用于推动轴套551轴向移动的凸轮组件。凸轮组件包括凸轮把手551和可动盘553。凸轮把手551与第二连接件52铰接,可动盘553套设在第二连接件52,且一侧(图示的右侧)与凸轮把手551的凸轮5511接触,另一侧(图示的左侧)与轴套541固定。当扳动凸轮把手551时,在凸轮5511的作用下,可动盘553沿轴向移动。当可动盘553沿轴向的反方向移动时,推动轴套541压迫锁紧件53,锁紧件53挤压第一连接件51。进而使第一限位部512和第二限位部521压紧,实现第一连接 件51和第二连接件52的连接,并且,凸轮把手551的控制方便,简单的扳动动作即可实现第一装置和第二装置的快速拆装。In an optional implementation, refer to Figures 67 and 68, which are schematic structural diagrams of another force-applying assembly. The force-applying assembly 55 includes a sleeve 551 and a cam assembly for pushing the sleeve 551 to move axially. The cam assembly includes a cam handle 551 and a movable disc 553 . The cam handle 551 is hingedly connected to the second connecting member 52. The movable disk 553 is sleeved on the second connecting member 52, and one side (the right side in the illustration) is in contact with the cam 5511 of the cam handle 551, and the other side (the right side in the illustration) is in contact with the cam 5511 of the cam handle 551. Left side) is fixed with bushing 541. When the cam handle 551 is pulled, the movable disk 553 moves in the axial direction under the action of the cam 5511. When the movable disk 553 moves in the opposite direction of the axial direction, the pushing sleeve 541 presses the locking member 53 , and the locking member 53 presses the first connecting member 51 . Then the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 are pressed tightly to realize the first connection. The connection between the member 51 and the second connecting member 52 is convenient, and the cam handle 551 is easy to control, and a simple pulling action can realize quick disassembly and assembly of the first device and the second device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,可以不设置施力组件54,而锁紧件53为螺钉,安装孔523壁面设置有螺纹。螺钉沿安装孔523相对于第二连接件的径向移动时其顶端可挤压第一连接件51的锁紧面5111a。挤压产生的反作用力使螺钉驱动第二连接件向第一限位部512紧靠,使第二限位部521压紧第一限位部512。这样,第一连接件51和第二连接件52通过螺钉与锁紧面5111a的挤压接触、第一限位部512和第二限位部521的压紧使末端执行器4固定至机器人臂1的末端。In an optional implementation, the force-applying component 54 may not be provided, and the locking member 53 is a screw, and the wall surface of the mounting hole 523 is provided with threads. When the screw moves radially along the mounting hole 523 relative to the second connecting member, its top end can press the locking surface 5111a of the first connecting member 51 . The reaction force generated by the extrusion causes the screw to drive the second connecting member to be close to the first limiting part 512 , causing the second limiting part 521 to press the first limiting part 512 . In this way, the first connecting member 51 and the second connecting member 52 fix the end effector 4 to the robot arm through the pressing contact between the screw and the locking surface 5111a and the pressing of the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 1 end.
在一种可选的实施方式中,第一限位部512和第二限位部521还可以设置在其他位置。如,在第二连接件52的内孔中设置凸缘作为轴向限位结构(第二限位部)。对应地,第一连接件51的第一锁定端B的端面即形成第一限位部。第二连接件52连接至第一连接件51时,第一锁定端B的端面可抵靠凸缘以限制插接深度。锁紧件53压紧第一连接件51时,反作用力使得第一锁定端B的端面进一步压紧凸缘。In an optional implementation, the first limiting part 512 and the second limiting part 521 can also be provided at other positions. For example, a flange is provided in the inner hole of the second connecting member 52 as an axial limiting structure (second limiting portion). Correspondingly, the end surface of the first locking end B of the first connecting member 51 forms a first limiting portion. When the second connector 52 is connected to the first connector 51, the end surface of the first locking end B can abut against the flange to limit the insertion depth. When the locking member 53 presses the first connecting member 51, the reaction force causes the end surface of the first locking end B to further press the flange.
在一种可选的实施方式中,可以不设置锁紧力调节机构546。即施力组件54中将固定设置一锁紧力的值,锁紧力的大小不可调节。该固定大小的锁紧力同样可以实现第一装置和第二装置的固定连接。In an optional implementation, the locking force adjustment mechanism 546 may not be provided. That is, a locking force value is fixedly set in the force-applying component 54, and the locking force cannot be adjusted. The fixed locking force can also achieve a fixed connection between the first device and the second device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,可以不设置定力件(第一弹性件544),仅通过轴套541移动距离来控制锁紧力的大小。轴套541沿径向的反方向移动的越多,轴套541对于锁紧件53的压迫越大,锁紧件53挤压第一连接件51的力以及锁紧力F越大。反之锁紧力越小。In an optional implementation, the fixed force member (first elastic member 544) may not be provided, and the locking force is controlled only by the movement distance of the sleeve 541. The more the sleeve 541 moves in the opposite radial direction, the greater the pressure exerted by the sleeve 541 on the locking member 53 , and the force of the locking member 53 squeezing the first connecting member 51 and the greater the locking force F. On the contrary, the locking force is smaller.
在一种可选的实施方式中,第一装置和第二装置可以是除末端执行器4和机器人臂1外的其他需要刚性固定连接的结构。例如第一装置可以是导航系统中用于识别示踪器位置的双目视觉相机,第二装置则是用于支撑双目视觉相机的支架。In an optional implementation, the first device and the second device may be other structures that require rigid fixed connection except the end effector 4 and the robot arm 1 . For example, the first device may be a binocular vision camera used in the navigation system to identify the position of the tracer, and the second device may be a bracket used to support the binocular vision camera.
另一方面,提出一种手术机器人,继续参考图52和图53,手术机器人包括末端执行器4、机器人臂1和连接装置5,末端执行器4用于搭载手术工具3;机器人臂1用于把持末端执行器4以使其定位或移动;连接装置5为前述实施例的连接装置5,用于将末端执行器4连接至机器人臂1的末端臂11。这样,在利用手术机器人辅助医生手术时,通过连接装置5的设置,末端执行器4可以便捷地与机器人臂1的末端臂11安装或拆卸,节省手术准备时间。On the other hand, a surgical robot is proposed. Continuing to refer to Figures 52 and 53, the surgical robot includes an end effector 4, a robot arm 1 and a connecting device 5. The end effector 4 is used to carry the surgical tool 3; the robot arm 1 is used to The end effector 4 is held to position or move it; the connecting device 5 is the connecting device 5 of the previous embodiment, and is used to connect the end effector 4 to the end arm 11 of the robot arm 1 . In this way, when the surgical robot is used to assist the doctor in the operation, through the arrangement of the connecting device 5, the end effector 4 can be easily installed or detached from the end arm 11 of the robot arm 1, thereby saving operation preparation time.
以上所述,仅为本发明的具体实施方式,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为了描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、模块和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。应理解,本发明的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到各种等效的修改或替换,这些修改或替换都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。 The above are only specific implementations of the present invention. Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the above-described systems, modules and units can be referred to the foregoing method embodiments. The corresponding process will not be described again here. It should be understood that the protection scope of the present invention is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of various equivalent modifications or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present invention, and these modifications or substitutions should be covered. within the protection scope of the present invention.

Claims (47)

  1. 一种关节手术装置,用于选择性地执行膝关节手术或髋关节置换手术,其特征在于,包括:A joint surgery device for selectively performing knee surgery or hip replacement surgery, characterized by including:
    膝关节执行器,用于连接锯片以在骨上切割制备预定形状;Knee joint actuator, used to connect the saw blade to cut on the bone to prepare a predetermined shape;
    髋关节执行器,用于连接执行工具以在骨上制备假体安装的空间和植入假体;Hip joint actuator, used to connect the execution tool to prepare the space for prosthesis installation on the bone and implant the prosthesis;
    机器人臂,用于连接所述膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器;a robot arm for connecting the knee joint actuator or hip joint actuator;
    所述膝关节执行器和髋关节执行器被构造为具有相同的第一接口,所述第一接口用于将所述膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器可拆卸地连接至所述机器人臂。The knee actuator and the hip actuator are configured to have the same first interface for detachably connecting the knee actuator or the hip actuator to the robot arm.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述第一接口和所述机器人臂的末端臂连接时,所述膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器与所述末端臂同轴。The joint surgery device according to claim 1, wherein when the first interface is connected to the end arm of the robot arm, the knee joint actuator or hip joint actuator is coaxial with the end arm.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,其特征在于,所述第一接口包括锁定机构,所述锁定机构用于将所述膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器连接至所述机器人臂的末端臂。The joint surgical device according to claim 1, wherein the first interface includes a locking mechanism for connecting the knee joint actuator or hip joint actuator to the The end arm of the robot arm.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述髋关节执行器包括:The joint surgery device according to claim 1, wherein the hip joint actuator includes:
    第一执行器,用于连接切削工具以加工髋臼和/或髓腔,所述第一执行器具有第一接口和第二接口;以及a first actuator for connecting a cutting tool to machine the acetabulum and/or medullary cavity, the first actuator having a first interface and a second interface; and
    第二执行器,用于在执行假体植入操作时连接至所述第一执行器的第二接口,所述第二执行器用于连接假体和接受安装假体的冲击;其中,The second actuator is used to connect to the second interface of the first actuator when performing a prosthesis implantation operation, and the second actuator is used to connect the prosthesis and accept the impact of installing the prosthesis; wherein,
    所述第一执行器用于通过所述第一接口安装至机器人臂。The first actuator is configured to be mounted to the robot arm through the first interface.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述第二执行器连接至所述第一执行器时,用于连接假体的结构与用于连接切削工具的结构平行。The joint surgical device according to claim 4, wherein when the second actuator is connected to the first actuator, the structure for connecting the prosthesis is parallel to the structure for connecting the cutting tool.
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述第一接口和所述第二接口分布于所述第一执行器的两端。The joint surgery device according to claim 4, wherein the first interface and the second interface are distributed at both ends of the first actuator.
  7. 根据权利要求4所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述第一执行器设置有第一手柄,所述第一手柄被配置为在所述切削工具连接至所述第一执行器时与所述切削工具平行或同轴,所述第一手柄和所述切削工具分布在所述第一执行器的两侧。The joint surgical device of claim 4, wherein the first actuator is provided with a first handle configured to interact with the cutting tool when the cutting tool is connected to the first actuator. The cutting tool is parallel or coaxial, and the first handle and the cutting tool are distributed on both sides of the first actuator.
  8. 根据权利要求4所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述第一执行器包括动力装置和工具组件,所述工具组件与所述动力装置之间可拆卸连接,所述第一接口设置于所述动力装置。The joint surgery device according to claim 4, wherein the first actuator includes a power device and a tool assembly, the tool assembly and the power device are detachably connected, and the first interface is provided on The power plant.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述动力装置包括内设的动力组件,所述动力组件包括动力源和输出轴,所述输出轴与所述动力源连接;The joint surgery device according to claim 8, wherein the power device includes a built-in power assembly, the power assembly includes a power source and an output shaft, and the output shaft is connected to the power source;
    所述工具组件包括连接部和手术工具,所述手术工具可转动地设置于所述连接部,所述工具组件通过所述连接部可拆卸地设置于所述动力装置;其中,The tool assembly includes a connecting portion and a surgical tool, the surgical tool is rotatably provided at the connecting portion, and the tool assembly is detachably provided at the power device through the connecting portion; wherein,
    所述工具组件通过所述连接部与所述动力装置连接时,所述手术工具与所述输出轴形成接合以接收所述输出轴输出的转动运动。When the tool assembly is connected to the power device through the connecting portion, the surgical tool is engaged with the output shaft to receive the rotational motion output by the output shaft.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述手术工具相对于所述输 出轴沿轴向的插入或套接动作形成所述接合。The joint surgical device according to claim 9, wherein the surgical tool is The insertion or sleeve action of the output shaft in the axial direction forms the joint.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述手术工具与所述动力装置之间还设置有径向定位结构。The joint surgical device according to claim 9, characterized in that a radial positioning structure is further provided between the surgical tool and the power device.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述径向定位结构设置于所述手术工具与所述输出轴之间,所述径向定位结构为所述输出轴与所述手术工具之间的轴孔配合。The joint surgery device according to claim 11, wherein the radial positioning structure is provided between the surgical tool and the output shaft, and the radial positioning structure is a connection between the output shaft and the surgical tool. Shaft hole fit between tools.
  13. 根据权利要求9所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述连接部与所述动力装置间设置有定位模块,所述定位模块使所述连接部和所述动力装置之间形成预定作用力。The joint surgery device according to claim 9, characterized in that a positioning module is provided between the connecting part and the power device, and the positioning module causes a predetermined force to be formed between the connecting part and the power device. .
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述定位模块包括弹性件,所述弹性件被所述动力装置和所述工具组件挤压以产生所述预定作用力,所述预定的作用力的方向为所述输出轴的轴向。The joint surgery device according to claim 13, wherein the positioning module includes an elastic member, and the elastic member is extruded by the power device and the tool assembly to generate the predetermined force, and the predetermined force is generated by the elastic member. The direction of the force is the axial direction of the output shaft.
  15. 根据权利要求4所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述第二执行器为假体安装执行器,包括:The joint surgery device according to claim 4, wherein the second actuator is a prosthesis installation actuator, including:
    滑杆,所述滑杆的一端用于连接假体,所述滑杆的另一端用于接受安装所述假体时的冲击力;A sliding rod, one end of the sliding rod is used to connect the prosthesis, and the other end of the sliding rod is used to receive the impact force when installing the prosthesis;
    支撑组件,包括耦合部,所述耦合部容纳所述滑杆的部分杆段,所述滑杆相对于所述支撑组件轴向可动;所述支撑组件用于将所述第二执行器连接于机器人系统的机器人臂;以及A support assembly, including a coupling portion that accommodates a partial rod section of the slide rod, and the slide rod is axially movable relative to the support assembly; the support assembly is used to connect the second actuator Robot arms for robotic systems; and
    滑杆示踪器,设置于所述滑杆以指示所述滑杆的方位。A slide bar tracer is provided on the slide bar to indicate the orientation of the slide bar.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述第二执行器还包括轴向缓冲机构,所述滑杆受到轴向冲击时所述轴向缓冲机构形成所述滑杆与所述支撑组件之间的轴向缓冲。The joint surgery device according to claim 15, wherein the second actuator further includes an axial buffering mechanism, and when the sliding rod is subjected to an axial impact, the axial buffering mechanism forms a connection between the sliding rod and the sliding rod. axial buffering between the support components.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述滑杆与所述支撑组件之间设置有轴向限位结构,所述轴向缓冲机构设置于所述支撑组件与所述轴向限位结构之间。The joint surgery device according to claim 16, wherein an axial limiting structure is provided between the sliding rod and the support component, and the axial buffering mechanism is provided between the support component and the shaft. between the limiting structures.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述耦合部为贯穿所述支撑组件的通道,所述轴向缓冲机构包括2个缓冲件,2个所述缓冲件分别位于所述通道的两端。The joint surgery device according to claim 17, wherein the coupling part is a channel that runs through the support assembly, and the axial buffering mechanism includes two buffering members, and the two buffering members are respectively located on the both ends of the channel.
  19. 根据权利要求1所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述膝关节执行器包括:The joint surgery device according to claim 1, wherein the knee joint actuator includes:
    主体,具有第一接口、第三接口和动力机构,所述第一接口用于连接机器人臂,所述第三接口用于连接锯片,所述动力机构设置于所述主体内部,所述动力机构用于向所述第三接口提供动力;The main body has a first interface, a third interface and a power mechanism. The first interface is used to connect the robot arm. The third interface is used to connect the saw blade. The power mechanism is arranged inside the main body. The power mechanism A mechanism is used to provide power to the third interface;
    示踪器,设置于所述主体,用于指示所述锯片的方位;其中A tracer is provided on the main body and is used to indicate the orientation of the saw blade; wherein
    所述第三接口被配置为其可以与所述锯片之间形成第一连接关系或第二连接关系,在所述第一连接关系下所述锯片与所述主体之间具有第一相对方位关系,所述第二连接关系下所述锯片与所述主体之间具有第二相对方位关系。The third interface is configured to form a first connection relationship or a second connection relationship with the saw blade. Under the first connection relationship, there is a first relative relationship between the saw blade and the main body. Orientation relationship: under the second connection relationship, there is a second relative orientation relationship between the saw blade and the main body.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述第一相对方位关系为所 述锯片与所述主体具有第一夹角值,所述第二相对方位关系为所述锯片与所述主体具有第二夹角值。The joint surgery device according to claim 19, wherein the first relative orientation relationship is The saw blade and the main body have a first included angle value, and the second relative orientation relationship is that the saw blade and the main body have a second included angle value.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述第一相对方位关系为所述锯片垂直于所述主体,所述第二相对方位关系为所述锯片平行于所述主体。The joint surgery device according to claim 20, wherein the first relative orientation relationship is that the saw blade is perpendicular to the main body, and the second relative orientation relationship is that the saw blade is parallel to the main body. .
  22. 根据权利要求19所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述第一接口位于所述主体的第一端,所述第三接口位于所述主体的第一侧。The joint surgery device according to claim 19, wherein the first interface is located at the first end of the main body, and the third interface is located at the first side of the main body.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述第三接口位于所述主体的所述第一侧的靠近第二端的位置,所述第二端和所述第一端为所述主体的两个末端。The joint surgery device according to claim 22, wherein the third interface is located on the first side of the main body close to the second end, and the second end and the first end are the describe the two ends of the body.
  24. 根据权利要求22所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,在所述第一连接关系下,所述锯片的切削端从所述主体的所述第一侧远离所述主体延伸,在所述第二连接关系下,所述锯片的切削端的指向与所述主体的所述第一端的朝向相反。The joint surgical device according to claim 22, wherein in the first connection relationship, the cutting end of the saw blade extends away from the main body from the first side of the main body, and in the In the second connection relationship, the cutting end of the saw blade is oriented opposite to the first end of the body.
  25. 根据权利要求19所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述锯片的平面与所述主体的虚拟纵剖面平行设置。The joint surgery device according to claim 19, wherein the plane of the saw blade is arranged parallel to the virtual longitudinal section of the main body.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的关节手术装置,其特征在于,所述主体连接至所述机器人臂时与所述机器人臂的末端臂同轴设置,所述虚拟纵剖面与所述末端臂的轴线平行。The joint surgery device according to claim 25, wherein when the main body is connected to the robot arm, it is arranged coaxially with the end arm of the robot arm, and the virtual longitudinal section is parallel to the axis of the end arm. .
  27. 一种外科手术系统,其特征在于,包括:A surgical system is characterized by including:
    关节手术装置,所述关节手术装置为权利要求1至26中任一项所述的关节手术装置;A joint surgery device, the joint surgery device is the joint surgery device according to any one of claims 1 to 26;
    导航系统,用于检测所述膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器的位置;以及a navigation system for detecting the position of the knee actuator or hip actuator; and
    控制系统,用于根据手术计划驱动机器人臂将膝关节执行器或髋关节执行器移动至目标位置。The control system is used to drive the robot arm to move the knee actuator or hip actuator to the target position according to the surgical plan.
  28. 一种连接装置,用于连接第一装置和第二装置,其特征在于,包括:A connecting device for connecting a first device and a second device, characterized in that it includes:
    第一连接件,一端用于连接所述第一装置,另一端具有接纳部和第一限位部;A first connecting piece, one end is used to connect the first device, and the other end has a receiving part and a first limiting part;
    第二连接件,一端用于连接所述第二装置,另一端从外部套设于所述接纳部,所述第二连接件具有第二限位部,所述第一限位部和所述第二限位部被构造为在第二连接件套设至所述接纳部的过程中彼此抵靠以限定套设深度;The second connecting piece has one end for connecting to the second device and the other end is sleeved on the receiving part from the outside. The second connecting piece has a second limiting part. The first limiting part and the The second limiting portion is configured to abut against each other during the process of the second connecting member being sleeved on the receiving portion to limit the sleeve depth;
    锁紧件,可动地设置于所述第二连接件,所述锁紧件并被配置为在相对于所述第二连接件活动时能挤压所述第一连接件和第二连接件,以使所述第一限位部和所述第二限位部之间压紧。a locking piece movably provided on the second connecting piece, the locking piece being configured to squeeze the first connecting piece and the second connecting piece when moving relative to the second connecting piece , so that the first limiting part and the second limiting part are pressed tightly.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的连接装置,其特征在于,所述锁紧件并被配置为:所述锁紧件相对于所述第二连接件活动的方向横向于所述第二连接件套设至所述第一连接件的套设方向。The connection device according to claim 28, wherein the locking member is configured such that the direction of movement of the locking member relative to the second connecting member is transverse to the second connecting member. To the laying direction of the first connecting piece.
  30. 根据权利要求28所述的连接装置,其特征在于,所述锁紧件和所述第二连接件被构造为:所述锁紧件能够相对于所述第二连接件径向可动,且在所述锁紧件沿径向移动时能够挤压所述第一连接件和所述第二连接件。The connection device according to claim 28, wherein the locking member and the second connection member are configured such that the locking member is radially movable relative to the second connection member, and The first connecting piece and the second connecting piece can be squeezed when the locking piece moves in the radial direction.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的连接装置,其特征在于,所述第二连接件的壁面上设置有通向所述接纳部的通孔,所述锁紧件位于所述通孔内并在所述第二连接件与所述第一连接件套设时可抵靠所述接纳部。 The connection device according to claim 30, wherein a through hole leading to the receiving portion is provided on the wall of the second connecting member, and the locking member is located in the through hole and in the The second connecting piece can abut against the receiving portion when sleeved with the first connecting piece.
  32. 根据权利要求28所述的连接装置,其特征在于,所述第一连接件的接纳部设置有锁紧面,所述锁紧面用于接受所述锁紧件的挤压。The connection device according to claim 28, wherein the receiving portion of the first connection member is provided with a locking surface, and the locking surface is used to receive the extrusion of the locking member.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的连接装置,其特征在于,所述锁紧面的朝向与所述第二连接件套设至所述接纳部时的套设方向一致。The connection device according to claim 32, wherein the orientation of the locking surface is consistent with the sleeve direction of the second connector when sleeved on the receiving portion.
  34. 根据权利要求32所述的连接装置,其特征在于,所述锁紧面为斜面,用于将所述锁紧件的挤压转换为所述第一限位部和所述第二限位部压紧的轴向力。The connection device according to claim 32, wherein the locking surface is an inclined surface for converting the extrusion of the locking member into the first limiting part and the second limiting part. Compression axial force.
  35. 根据权利要求28所述的连接装置,其特征在于,所述锁紧件为滚珠,多个所述锁紧件沿所述第二连接件周向分布。The connection device according to claim 28, wherein the locking member is a ball, and a plurality of the locking members are distributed circumferentially along the second connecting member.
  36. 根据权利要求28所述的连接装置,其特征在于,还包括施力组件,所述施力组件可动地设置于所述第二连接件,所述施力组件相对于所述第二连接件移动时可驱动所述锁紧件挤压所述第一连接件。The connection device according to claim 28, further comprising a force applying component, the force applying component is movably disposed on the second connecting member, and the force applying component is relative to the second connecting member. When moving, the locking piece can be driven to squeeze the first connecting piece.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的连接装置,其特征在于,所述施力组件中设置有定力件,所述定力件用于使所述施力组件驱动所述锁紧件挤压所述第一连接件的力恒定。The connection device according to claim 36, wherein the force-applying component is provided with a fixed force component, and the fixed-force component is used to cause the force-applying component to drive the locking component to squeeze the third The force on a connection is constant.
  38. 根据权利要求36所述的连接装置,其特征在于,所述施力组件中设置有锁紧力调节机构,所述锁紧力调节机构被构造为状态变化时可改变所述施力组件对所述锁紧件施加力的大小。The connection device according to claim 36, wherein the force-applying component is provided with a locking force adjustment mechanism, and the locking force adjustment mechanism is configured to change the force-applying force of the force-applying component when the state changes. The amount of force exerted by the locking piece.
  39. 根据权利要求36所述的连接装置,其特征在于,所述施力组件包括轴套,所述轴套内壁面至少部分为斜面,所述斜面用于在所述轴套轴向移动时向所述锁紧件施力。The connection device according to claim 36, wherein the force-applying component includes a shaft sleeve, and at least part of the inner wall surface of the shaft sleeve is an inclined plane, and the inclined plane is used to move the shaft sleeve to the desired position when the shaft sleeve moves axially. The locking piece exerts force.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的连接装置,其特征在于,所述施力组件还包括螺母旋进机构,所述螺母旋进机构包括螺母件和旋槽,所述螺母件被构造为能够沿所述旋槽移动,并在移动时推动所述轴套轴向移动。The connection device according to claim 39, wherein the force-applying assembly further includes a nut screw-in mechanism, the nut screw-in mechanism includes a nut piece and a screw groove, and the nut piece is configured to be able to move along the The rotating groove moves, and when moving, pushes the bushing to move axially.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的连接装置,其特征在于,还包括第一弹性件,所述第一弹性件设置于所述螺母件和所述轴套之间。The connection device according to claim 40, further comprising a first elastic member disposed between the nut member and the shaft sleeve.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的连接装置,其特征在于,所述螺母件与所述第一弹性件间或所述轴套与所述第一弹性件间设置有锁紧力调节机构,所述锁紧力调节机构被构造为可调节所述第一弹性件的预定压缩行程。The connection device according to claim 41, characterized in that a locking force adjustment mechanism is provided between the nut member and the first elastic member or between the shaft sleeve and the first elastic member. The force adjustment mechanism is configured to adjust a predetermined compression stroke of the first elastic member.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的连接装置,其特征在于,还包括第二弹性件,所述第二弹性件设置于所述轴套的背离所述第一弹性件的一侧。The connection device according to claim 42, further comprising a second elastic member, the second elastic member being disposed on a side of the sleeve away from the first elastic member.
  44. 根据权利要求39所述的连接装置,其特征在于,所述施力组件还包括凸轮推动结构,所述凸轮推动结构包括凸轮和把手件,所述凸轮推动机构被构造为所述把手件转动时所述凸轮推动所述轴套轴向移动。The connection device according to claim 39, wherein the force-applying assembly further includes a cam pushing structure, the cam pushing structure includes a cam and a handle piece, and the cam pushing mechanism is configured to rotate when the handle piece rotates. The cam pushes the sleeve to move axially.
  45. 根据权利要求39所述的连接装置,其特征在于,所述轴套与所述第二连接件螺纹连接,所述轴套相对与所述第二连接件旋进时,所述轴套内壁面的斜面向所述锁紧件施力。The connection device according to claim 39, wherein the shaft sleeve is threadedly connected to the second connecting piece, and when the shaft sleeve is precessed relative to the second connecting piece, the inner wall surface of the shaft sleeve The slope exerts force on the locking piece.
  46. 一种机器人用连接装置,用于将末端执行器连接至机器人臂的末端臂,其特征在于,包括:A connecting device for robots, used to connect an end effector to an end arm of a robot arm, which is characterized in that it includes:
    第一连接件,一端用于连接所述机器人臂的末端臂,另一端具有接纳部和第一限位部; A first connecting piece, one end is used to connect the end arm of the robot arm, and the other end has a receiving part and a first limiting part;
    第二连接件,一端用于连接所述末端执行器,另一端从外部套设于所述接纳部,所述第二连接件具有第二限位部,所述第一限位部和所述第二限位部被构造为在第二连接件套设至所述接纳部的过程中彼此抵靠以限定套设深度;The second connecting piece has one end used to connect the end effector and the other end is sleeved on the receiving part from the outside. The second connecting piece has a second limiting part. The first limiting part and the The second limiting portion is configured to abut against each other during the process of the second connecting member being sleeved on the receiving portion to limit the sleeve depth;
    锁紧件,可动地设置于所述第二连接件,所述锁紧件并被配置为在相对于所述第二连接件活动时能挤压所述第一连接件和所述第二连接件,以使所述第一限位部和所述第二限位部之间压紧。A locking piece is movably provided on the second connecting piece, and the locking piece is configured to squeeze the first connecting piece and the second connecting piece when moving relative to the second connecting piece. Connector to compress the first limiting part and the second limiting part.
  47. 一种手术机器人,其特征在于,包括:A surgical robot is characterized by including:
    末端执行器,用于搭载手术工具;End effector, used to carry surgical tools;
    机器人臂,用于把持所述末端执行器以使其定位或移动;A robot arm used to hold the end effector to position or move it;
    连接装置,所述连接装置为权利要求28至46任一项所述的连接装置,用于将末端执行器连接至机器人臂的末端臂。 A connection device, the connection device being the connection device according to any one of claims 28 to 46, used for connecting the end effector to the end arm of the robot arm.
PCT/CN2023/116190 2022-09-06 2023-08-31 Connecting apparatus, joint surgical apparatus and surgical operation system WO2024051571A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211084958.4A CN116725682A (en) 2022-09-06 2022-09-06 Connecting device and surgical robot
CN202211084958.4 2022-09-06
CN202211186817.3 2022-09-27
CN202211186817.3A CN116725684A (en) 2022-09-27 2022-09-27 Joint operation device and surgical operation system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024051571A1 true WO2024051571A1 (en) 2024-03-14

Family

ID=90192006

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/116190 WO2024051571A1 (en) 2022-09-06 2023-08-31 Connecting apparatus, joint surgical apparatus and surgical operation system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024051571A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN2905360Y (en) * 2006-03-24 2007-05-30 史丹利七和国际股份有限公司 Hand tool connection rod
WO2018104704A1 (en) * 2016-12-05 2018-06-14 Murray Brown James Apparatus for alignment of knee arthroplasty tibial cutting block
CN110037768A (en) * 2019-04-23 2019-07-23 雅客智慧(北京)科技有限公司 Joint replacement surgery assisted location method, positioning device and system
CN113842214A (en) * 2021-09-03 2021-12-28 北京长木谷医疗科技有限公司 Surgical robot navigation positioning system and method
CN215688401U (en) * 2021-08-06 2022-02-01 北京天智航医疗科技股份有限公司 Surgical robot and attachment/detachment mechanism for surgical robot
CN114010325A (en) * 2022-01-07 2022-02-08 北京威高智慧科技有限公司 Power fast-assembling device, power device and surgical robot

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN2905360Y (en) * 2006-03-24 2007-05-30 史丹利七和国际股份有限公司 Hand tool connection rod
WO2018104704A1 (en) * 2016-12-05 2018-06-14 Murray Brown James Apparatus for alignment of knee arthroplasty tibial cutting block
CN110037768A (en) * 2019-04-23 2019-07-23 雅客智慧(北京)科技有限公司 Joint replacement surgery assisted location method, positioning device and system
CN215688401U (en) * 2021-08-06 2022-02-01 北京天智航医疗科技股份有限公司 Surgical robot and attachment/detachment mechanism for surgical robot
CN113842214A (en) * 2021-09-03 2021-12-28 北京长木谷医疗科技有限公司 Surgical robot navigation positioning system and method
CN114010325A (en) * 2022-01-07 2022-02-08 北京威高智慧科技有限公司 Power fast-assembling device, power device and surgical robot

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN219661885U (en) Joint operation device and surgical operation system
US9421019B2 (en) Robotic guide assembly for use in computer-aided surgery
CA2801282C (en) Guiding tool
JP2021118881A (en) Active robotic pin placement in total knee arthroplasty
US6613052B1 (en) Multi-functional orthopedic surgical instrument and method of using same
WO2024002262A1 (en) Hip replacement surgery actuator and surgical system
CN116725684A (en) Joint operation device and surgical operation system
JP2018501905A (en) Assembly tool
CN219331798U (en) Hip replacement surgery actuator and surgical system
CN218572248U (en) Joint molding executor and surgical operation system
CN116370015B (en) Hip replacement surgery actuator and surgical system
EP2967596A1 (en) Universal acetabular guide and associated hardware
KR20120091147A (en) Tool, kit-of-parts for multi-functional tool, and robotic system for same
EP2405834A1 (en) External fixation system
CN218419966U (en) Tool assembly
CN114760936A (en) Methods and systems for robotic-assisted surgery using a customized bone registration guide
KR101119725B1 (en) Dynamic knee balancer
JP2023502714A (en) Surgical tools and robotic systems comprising such surgical tools
JP2023505164A (en) Systems and methods for aligning tools with axes to perform medical procedures
Wang et al. A handheld steerable surgical drill with a novel miniaturized articulated joint module for dexterous confined-space bone work
WO2024051571A1 (en) Connecting apparatus, joint surgical apparatus and surgical operation system
CN112971988B (en) Knee joint replacement surgical robot
CN116370014A (en) Joint forming actuator and surgical system
CN116370016A (en) Tool assembly
CN117257460B (en) Joint surgery system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23862265

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1